Ceres City Council
April 13, 2026

AGENDA

CITY COUNCIL REGULAR MEETING

CITY OF CERES, CALIFORNIA
City Council Chambers, 2701 Fourth Street
Monday, April 13, 2026, at 6:00 p.m.

Mailing Address: Ceres City Hall, 2220 Magnolia Street, Ceres, CA 95307-3292 Phone: (209) 538-5700 Fax: (209) 538-5780

CALL TO ORDER
Mayor Lopez

ROLL CALL
Mayor: Javier Lopez
Vice Mayor: Daniel A. Martinez (District 4)
Councilmembers: James Casey (District 1); Rosalinda L. Vierra (District 2); Cerina Otero (District 3)

INVOCATION
Invocation by Patrick Davis, Ceres Christian Church.

Click this link to join the webinar:
https://us02web.zoom.us/j/89022952839?pwd=Zd4bNbIfizFGlrz29ImykKaZbvIuTh.1 Webinar ID: 890 2295 2839; Passcode: 223798; or Dial: (669) 900-6833

REMOTE PUBLIC COMMENT IS AVAILABLE FOR THE CITY COUNCIL MEETING BY EMAILING THE CITY CLERK AT [email protected] BEFORE 4:00 PM THE DAY OF THE MEETING.

INCLUDE THE AGENDA ITEM NUMBER OR PUBLIC COMMENT PERIOD IN THE SUBJECT LINE OF THE EMAIL. THE CLERK MAY READ WRITTEN COMMENTS INTO THE RECORD, IF SPECIFICALLY REQUESTED TO DO SO AT THE BEGINNING OF YOUR EMAIL. YOUR WRITTEN

COMMENT WILL BE DISTRIBUTED TO THE CITY COUNCIL AND KEPT ON FILE AS PART OF THE OFFICIAL RECORD OF THE COUNCIL MEETING.

If you have any questions on how to attend virtually or are encountering difficulties connecting to the meeting, please contact the City Clerk at [email protected].

AGENDA
Regular City Council Meeting
April 13, 2026

PLEDGE OF ALLEGIANCE
Pledge of Allegiance led by Jonah Panarra, Walter White Elementary School.

PRESENTATIONS
A. Recognizing Brian Petersen for 20 Years of Service
B. Love Stanislaus County Presentation
C. Love Ceres Proclamation
D. Arbor Day Proclamation
E. National Public Safety Telecommunicators Week Proclamation CITIZEN COMMUNICATIONS to the Council on matters not included on the agenda (five minutes).

While the City Council welcomes and encourages participation in City Council meetings, adopted rules allow no more than 5 minutes (Resolution No. 2007-106) for expression of non-agenda items. Matters under the jurisdiction of the City Council, and not on the posted agenda, may be addressed by the general public; however, California law prohibits the City Council from taking action on any matter which is not on the posted agenda unless it is determined to be an emergency by the City Council. Citizens are entitled to address the City Council on any agenda item subject to the 5-minute provision.

CONFLICT OF INTEREST DECLARATION

APPOINTMENTS TO BOARDS/COMMISSIONS
F. Selecting Interview Format for Upcoming Measure H Citizens’ Oversight Committee Interview

CONSENT CALENDAR
All matters listed on the consent calendar are considered routine in nature and will be enacted by a single motion unless otherwise requested by an individual Councilmember or public for special consideration.

Otherwise, the recommendation of staff will be accepted and acted upon by roll call vote.

1. Clerks Report of Posting. The agenda of the April 13, 2026, City Council Meeting was Posted on Wednesday, April 8, 2026. (City Clerk)

2. Waive Readings. All Readings of Ordinances and Resolutions are Waived. (Waive readings in full of all ordinances and resolutions on the agenda and declare that said titles which appear on the public agenda shall be determined to have been read by title). (City Clerk)
AGENDA
Regular City Council Meeting
April 13, 2026

3. Approval of Minutes (City Clerk)
a. March 23, 2026, Regular City Council Meeting
b. March 23, 2026, Special City Council Meeting

4. Register of Audited Demand(s) Dated March 12, 2026, through April 1, 2026. (Portillo)

5. Resolution No. 2026-XXX, Approving a Budget Amendment in the Amount of $29,189.21 for Fiscal Year 2025-26 to Appropriate COPS (SLESF) Funds to Purchase Radios, Computers and Graphics for Two Previously Purchased Police Vehicles and Approving the Upfitting of Both Previously Purchased Vehicles Using Funds Budgeted in Department 20 (Equipment-Fleet Services). (Johnson)

6. Resolution No. 2026-XXX, Approving the Construction Contract for the Rockefeller Water Building Improvement Project (2402) to GCJ, Inc. in the Amount of $1,919,989.49, Authorizing a 20% Contingency, Authorizing 10% Construction Support Funds, Authorizing a Budget Amendment, and Authorizing the City Manager to Execute the Contract. (Beltran)

7. Resolution No. 2026-XXX, Approving Project Agreement No. 5 to the Master Agreement for Professional Consultant Services with Westwood Professional Services, for Design Services for the Building on Active Transportation and Connectivity within the City (New Project String) Project in the Amount of $301,600; Approving the Project to be Added to the Capital Improvement Program; Approving the New Project String; Accepting Active Transportation Program Grant Funding in the Amount of $256,000; Approving a Budget Amendment in the Amount of $256,000; Approving a Budget Transfer from Project 2408 in the Amount of $19,352.42 and Project 2522 in the Amount of $64,228.33 for a Total of $83,580.75 for Matching Funds ($45,600) and Staff Time ($37,980.75); and Authorizing the City Manager to Execute the Project Agreement No. 5. (Beltran)

8. Waiver of Second Reading and Adoption of Ordinance No. 2026-XXXX, An Ordinance of the City Council of the City of Ceres Amending Title 5, Business Licenses and Regulation, Chapter 20, Fireworks Sales of the Ceres Municipal Code. (Johnson)
9a. Waiver of Second Reading and Adoption of Ordinance No. 2026-XXXX, An Ordinance of the City Council of the City of Ceres Amending Title 5, Business Licenses and Regulations, Chapter 3, General Permit Procedure, Section 010, General and Title 5, Business Licenses and Regulation, Chapter 22, Cannabis Pilot Program, of the Ceres Municipal Code. (City Attorney) 9b. Waiver of Second Reading and Adoption of Ordinance No. 2026-XXXX, A Zoning Ordinance Text Amendment of the City Council of the City of Ceres Adding Chapter 44, Cannabis Conditional Use Permits, to Title 18, Zoning, and Amending AGENDA
Regular City Council Meeting
April 13, 2026

Sections 18.02.010, 18.13.020, 18.16.040, 18.17.040, 18.18.040, 18.19.040, and

18.20.040, of Title 18, Zoning, of the Ceres Municipal Code. (City Attorney)

10. Resolution No. 2026-XXX, Approving a Budget Amendment in the Amount of $89,991.52 for Fiscal Year 2025-26 to Appropriate Abandoned Vehicle Abatement Funds to Purchase a New Vehicle from Downtown Ford Sacramento Center and Upfitting of Said Vehicle. (Johnson)

11. General Correspondence – Information Only
a. Public Works Monthly Report for February 2026 (Casas)

CONSIDERATION OF ITEM(S) REMOVED FROM THE CONSENT CALENDAR

UNFINISHED BUSINESS
None

PUBLIC HEARING

12. Ordinance No. 2026-XXXX, An Ordinance of the City Council of the City Council of the City of Ceres Amending Chapter 10, Tobacco and Smoke Shop Restrictions, to Title 6, Health and Sanitation, of the Ceres Municipal Code. (Johnson) *This public hearing is being continued to a future City Council meeting. 13a. Resolution No. 2026-XXX, Approving the Certification of the Environmental Impact Report for the Copper Trails Specific Plan and Annexation Project, Adopting the Mitigation Monitoring and Reporting Program, and Adopting the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) Findings of Fact, including a Statement of Overriding Considerations. (Beltran)
13b. Resolution No. 2026-XXX, Approving an Amendment to the Ceres General Plan Land Use Map to Reflect the Land Uses Contained in the Copper Trails Specific Plan Area and Existing Land Uses in the Pocket Area. (Beltran) 13c. Ordinance No. 2026-XXXX, Approving the Pre-Zoning for the Copper Trails Specific Plan Area and Pocket Area Located within Unincorporated Stanislaus County, and Amending the City’s Zoning Map Accordingly. (Beltran) 13d. Resolution No. 2026-XXX, Adopting the Copper Trails Specific Plan and Associated Public Facilities Financing Plan. (Beltran)
13e. Resolution No. 2026-XXX, Authorizing Staff to Make and Execute Any and All Necessary Documents and Applications to the Stanislaus County Local Agency Formation Commission for Annexation of the Copper Trails Specific Plan Area and Pocket Area. (Beltran)
AGENDA
Regular City Council Meeting
April 13, 2026

NEW BUSINESS

14. Resolution No. 2026-XXX, Accepting the 2023-2024 City of Ceres Audited Financial Statements and Audit Reports for the Period Ended June 30, 2024. (Portillo)

15. Resolution No. 2026-XXX, Approving Revisions to the Council Donation Policy Adopted on October 27, 2025, through Resolution 2025-130. (Johnson)

16. Resolution No. 2026-XXX, Adopting the “Disruption of Remote Participation During Council Meetings Policy” as Required by Senate Bill 707. (City Clerk)

17. Resolution No. 2026-XXX, Appointing Steve Williams as Interim City Manager, Approving the Employment Agreement, and Authorizing the Mayor to Execute the Agreement. (City Attorney)

DISCUSSION ITEMS
None

COUNCILMEMBER REFERRALS
Councilmembers request to have an agenda item placed on a future agenda (pursuant to Chapter 2 - City Council Meetings, J-8. City Council Referrals/Determination of Items for Agenda).

18. Hourly Parking in Downtown
(Requested by Vice Mayor Martinez at the November 10, 2025, Regular City Council Meeting)

19. Conduct a Special City Council Meeting on Tuesday, May 26, 2026 (Requested by Councilmember Casey on December 23, 2025)

REPORTS
At this time, any Councilmembers or City staff will make an announcement, or report briefly on his/her activities.
• Mayor
• City Council
• City Manager
• City Attorney
• Departments

CLOSED SESSION

20. Conference with Legal Counsel – Anticipated Litigation, Significant Exposure to Litigation Pursuant to Cal. Gov’t Code § 54956.9(d)(2)
Potential Case: 4 cases
AGENDA
Regular City Council Meeting
April 13, 2026

21. Public Employment, Cal. Gov’t Code § 54957
Title: City Manager

REPORT FROM CLOSED SESSION

ADJOURNMENT
The next regularly scheduled City Council Meeting will be held on April 27, 2026, at 6:00 p.m. in the City Council Chambers located in the Community Center at 2701 Fourth Street, Ceres, CA.

Council Agenda:

The City Council agenda is available for public review on the City’s website at www.ci.ceres.ca.us and posted at the time and places noted above.

Related Materials:

Any writings or documents provided to a majority of the City Council regarding any item on this agenda will be made available for public inspection at the City Clerk’s Office at City Hall located at 2220 Magnolia Street, Ceres, CA during normal business hours. Persons with questions concerning any agenda item may call the City Clerk’s Office at (209) 538- 5731.

Notice regarding Americans with Disabilities Act:

In compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act, if you need special assistance to participate in this meeting or if you need the agenda and/or the documents in the agenda packet provided in an alternative format, please contact the city clerk’s office at (209) 538- 5731 at least 48 hours prior to the meeting to ensure that reasonable arrangements can be made (28CFR 35.102-35.104 ADA TITLE II).

AFFIDAVIT OF POSTING
I, Fallon Martin, City Clerk, for the City of Ceres, declare under penalty of perjury that the foregoing agenda for the Regular City Council Meeting was posted on Wednesday, April 8, 2026, at the following locations in Ceres:
• Community Center Display Case – 2701 Fourth Street
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Fallon Martin, City Clerk
AGENDA
REUNIÓN REGULAR DEL CONCEJO MUNICIPAL

CIUDAD DE CERES, CALIFORNIA
Sala del Concejo Municipal, 2701 Fourth Street
Lunes, 13 de abril de 2026, a las 6:00 p.m.

Dirección de envio: Ceres City Hall, 2220 Magnolia Street, Ceres, CA 95307-3292 Teléfono: (209) 538-5700 Fax: (209) 538-5780

LLAMAR AL ORDEN
Alcalde Lopez

PASE DE LISTA
Alcalde: Javier Lopez
Vicealcalde: Daniel A. Martinez (Distrito 4)
Concejales: James Casey (Distrito 1); Rosalinda L. Vierra (Distrito 2); Cerina Otero (Distrito 3)
INVOCACIÓN
Invocación por Patrick Davis, Ceres Christian Church.

Únete al seminario web de ZOOM para participar en vivo en:
https://us02web.zoom.us/j/89022952839?pwd=Zd4bNbIfizFGlrz29ImykKaZbvIuTh.1 ID del seminario web: 890 2295 2839; Código de acceso: 223798; or Llame: (669) 900-6833 PARA PARTICIPAR EN LA SESIÓN DEL CONCEJO MUNICIPAL VIA COMMENTARIO PÚBLICO REMOTE ENVÍE UN CORREO ELECTRÓNICO A LA SECRETARIA MUNICIPAL A [email protected] ANTES DE LAS 4:00 P.M. EL DÍA DE LA REUNIÓN. INCLUYA EL NÚMERO DEL PUNTO DEL ORDEN DEL DÍA O MENCIONE "PERÍODO DE COMENTARIOS DEL PÚBLICO" EN EL ASUNTO DEL CORREO ELECTRÓNICO. LA SECRETARIA PODRÁ LEER LOS COMENTARIOS POR ESCRITO DURANTE LA SESIÓN, SI ASÍ LO SOLICITA EXPRESAMENTE AL COMIENZO DE SU CORREO ELECTRÓNICO. SU COMENTARIO ESCRITO SE DISTRIBUIRÁ A LOS MIEMBROS DEL CONCEJO MUNICIPAL Y SE ARCHIVARÁ COMO PARTE DEL ACTA OFICIAL DE LA REUNIÓN.

Si tiene alguna pregunta sobre cómo asistir virtualmente o si tiene dificultades en conectarse a la reunión, comuníquese con la Secretaria Municipal a través de la dirección de correo electrónico [email protected].

AGENDA
Reuniòn Regular Del Consejo Municipal
13 de abril de 2026
Página 2

JURAMENTO A LA BANDERA
Juramento a la bandera dirigido por Jonah Panarra, Walter White Elementary School.

PRESENTACIONES
A. Reconocimiento a Brian Petersen por sus 20 años de servicio B. Presentación de Love Stanislaus County
C. Proclamación de Love Ceres
D. Proclamación del Día del Árbol
E. Proclamación de la Semana Nacional de los Telecomunicadores de Seguridad Pública
COMENTARIOS PÚBLICOS al Consejo sobre asuntos no incluidos en la agenda (cinco minutos).

El Consejo Municipal da la bienvenida y fomenta la participación en sus reuniones. Las reglas adoptadas permiten un máximo de 5 minutos (Resolución n.° 2007-106) para la expresión sobre temas no incluidos en la agenda. El público general puede dirigirse aserca de asuntos que esten bajo la jurisdicción del Consejo Municipal y que no estan incluidos en la agenda que fue publicada; sin embargo, la ley de California prohíbe que el Consejo Municipal tome decisiones sobre cualquier asunto que no esté en la agenda publicada, a menos que el Consejo Municipal lo declare como una emergencia. Cuidadanos tienen el derecho a dirigirse al Consejo Municipal sobre cualquier punto de la agenda, con la limitación de 5 minutos.

DECLARACIÓN DE CONFLICTO DE INTERESES

NOMBRAMIENTOS PARA JUNTAS/COMISIONES
F. Selección del formato de entrevista para la próxima entrevista del Comité de Supervisión Ciudadana de la Medida H.

CALENDARIO DE CONSENTIMIENTO
Todos los asuntos incluidos en el Calendario de Consentimiento se consideran de rutina ordinaria y se aprobarán por una sola moción, a menos que algún Concejal o miembro del público solicite su consideración por separado. Si no, se aceptará la recomendación del personal y se procederá a la votación nominal.

1. Informe de la Secretaria Municipal sobre la publicación de la agenda. La agenda de la Reunión del Concejo Municipal del 13 de abril de 2026 se publicó el miércoles 8 de abril de 2026. (Secretaria Municipal)

2. Renuncia procesal de lectura. Renuncia de la lectura de todas las ordenanzas y resoluciones. (Se renuncia la lectura completa de todas las ordenanzas y AGENDA
Reuniòn Regular Del Consejo Municipal
13 de abril de 2026
Página 3
resoluciones incluidas en la agenda y se declara que los títulos mencionados en la agenda pública se considerarán leídos por título). (Secretaria municipal)

3. Aprobación de la acta de la Renuión Regular del Consejo Municipal (Secretaria Municipal)
a. 23 de marzo de 2026 Reunión Regular Del Concejo Municipal b. 23 de marzo de 2026 Reunión Especial Del Concejo Municipal

4. Registro de demandas de pago del 12 de marzo de 2026 al 1 de abril de 2026. (Portillo)

5. Resolución Nº 2026-XXX, Aprobación de una enmienda presupuestaria por un monto de $29,189.21 para el año fiscal 2025-26, con el fin de asignar fondos COPS (SLESF) para la compra de radios, computadoras y elementos gráficos para dos vehículos policiales adquiridos previamente; y aprobación del equipamiento de ambos vehículos adquiridos con anterioridad, utilizando fondos presupuestados en el Departamento 20 (Equipamiento - Servicios de Flota). (Johnson)

6. Resolución Nº 2026-XXX, Aprobación del Contrato de Construcción para el Proyecto de Mejoras del Edificio Rockefeller Water (2402) con GCJ, Inc., por un monto de $1,919,989.49; autorización de una partida de contingencia del 20%; autorización de fondos de apoyo a la construcción del 10%; autorización de una enmienda presupuestaria; y autorización al Administrador Municipal para firmar el contrato. (Beltran)

7. Resolución Nº 2026-XXX, Aprobación del Acuerdo de Proyecto N.º 5 del Acuerdo Marco de Servicios de Consultoría Profesional con Westwood Professional Services, para los servicios de diseño del proyecto del Transporte Activo y la Conectividad dentro de la Ciudad (Nueva Cadena de Proyecto), por un monto de $301,600; aprobar la incorporación de del proyecto al Programa de Mejoras de Capital; aprobar la nueva cadena de proyecto; aceptar la financiación mediante subvención del Programa de Transporte Activo por un monto de $256,000; aprobar una enmienda presupuestaria por un monto de $256,000; aprobar una transferencia presupuestaria proveniente del Proyecto 2408 por un monto de $19,352.42 y del Proyecto 2522 por un monto de $64,228.33, sumando un total de $83,580.75, destinados a fondos de contrapartida ($45,600) y tiempo del personal ($37,980.75); y autorizar al Aministrador Municipal de la Ciudad a firmar el Acuerdo de Proyecto N.º 5. (Beltran)

8. Renuncia a la Segunda Lectura y Aprobación de Ordenanza Nº 2026-XXXX, Una Ordenanza del Concejo Municipal de la Ciudad de Ceres que enmienda el Título 5, Licencias y Regulación de Negocios, Capítulo 20, Venta de Fuegos Artificiales, del Código Municipal de Ceres. (Johnson)
9a. Renuncia a la Segunda Lectura y Adopción de la Ordenanza N.º 2026-XXXX, Una Ordenanza del Consejo Municipal de la Ciudad de Ceres que enmienda el Título AGENDA
Reuniòn Regular Del Consejo Municipal
13 de abril de 2026
Página 4
5, Licencias y Reglamentos Comerciales, Capítulo 3, Procedimiento General de Permisos, Sección 010, General y el Título 5, Licencias y Reglamentos Comerciales, Capítulo 22, Programa Piloto de Cannabis, del Código Municipal de Ceres. (Abogada Municipal)
9b. Renuncia a la Segunda Lectura y Adopción de la Ordenanza N.º 2026-XXXX, Enmienda al Texto de la Ordenanza de Zonificación del Concejo de la Ciudad de Ceres que añade el Capítulo 44, Permisos de Uso Condicional de Cannabis, al Título 18, Zonificación, y modifica las Secciones 18.02.010, 18.13.020, 18.16.040,

18.17.040, 18.18.040, 18.19.040 y 18.20.040 del Título 18, Zonificación, del Código Municipal de Ceres. (Abogada Municipal)

10. Resolución Nº 2026-XXX, Aprobación de una enmienda presupuestaria por un monto de $89,991.52 para el año fiscal 2025-26, Asignación de fondos para la retirada de vehículos abandonados destinados a la compra de un vehículo nuevo en Downtown Ford Sacramento Center y el equipamiento de dicho vehículo. (Johnson)

11. Correspondencia General – Solo para infomación
a. Informe mensual de Obras Públicas correspondiente a febrero de 2026. (Casas)
CONSIDERACIÓN DE LOS ASUNTOS RETIRADOS DEL CALENDARIO DE

CONSENTIMIENTO

ASUNTOS PENDIETES
Nada
AUDIENCIA PÚBLICA

12. Ordenanza Nº 2026-XXXX, Ordenanza del Concejo Municipal de la Ciudad de Ceres que enmienda el Capítulo 10, Restricciones sobre Tabaco y Tiendas de Artículos para Fumadores, del Título 6, Salud y Saneamiento, del Código Municipal de Ceres. (Johnson)
*Esta audiencia pública se pospone para una futura reunión del Concejo Municipal. 13a. Resolución Nº 2026-XXX, aprobación de la Certificación del Informe de Impacto Ambiental para el Plan Específico y Proyecto de Anexión Copper Trails; Adopción del Programa de Monitoreo y Reporte de Mitigación; y Adopción de las Conclusiones de hecho conforme a la Ley de Calidad Ambiental de California (CEQA), incluida una Declaración de Consideraciones Prevalecientes. (Beltran) 13b. Resolución Nº 2026-XXX, Aprobación de una enmienda al Mapa de Uso del Terreno del Plan General de Ceres para reflejar los usos del terreno contenidos en AGENDA
Reuniòn Regular Del Consejo Municipal
13 de abril de 2026
Página 5
el Área del Plan Específico Copper Trails y los usos del terreno existentes en el Área Remanente. (Beltran)
13c. Ordenanza Nº 2026-XXXX, Aprobación de la prezonificación para el Área del Plan Específico Copper Trails y el Área Remanente, ubicadas dentro del Condado de Stanislaus no incorporado, y modificación del Mapa de Zonificación de la Ciudad en consecuencia. (Beltran)
13d. Resolución Nº 2026-XXX, Adopción del Plan Específico Copper Trails y del Plan de Financiamiento de Instalaciones Públicas Asociadas. (Beltran) 13e. Resolución Nº 2026-XXX, Autorizar al personal para crear y ejecutar todos documentos y solicitudes necesarios ante la Comisión de Formación de Agencias Locales del Condado de Stanislaus para la anexión del Área del Plan Específico Copper Trails y del Área Remanente. (Beltran)

ASUNTOS NUEVOS

14. Resolución Nº 2026-XXX, Aceptación de los estados financieros auditados y los informes de auditoría de la Ciudad de Ceres correspondientes al periodo 2023- 2024, finalizado el 30 de junio de 2024. (Portillo)

15. Resolución Nº 2026-XXX, Aprobación de las revisiones a la Política de Donaciones del Consejo, adoptada el 27 de octubre de 2025 a través de la Resolución 2025-130. (Johnson)

16. Resolución Nº 2026-XXX, Adopción de la Política Sobre la Interrupción de la Participación Remota Durante las Reuniones del Concejo, según lo requerido por el Proyecto de Ley del Senado 707. (Secretaria Municipal)

17. Resolución Nº 2026-XXX, Nombramiento de Steve Williams como Administrador Municipal Interino, aprobación del Acuerdo de Empleo y autorización al Alcalde para firmar el Acuerdo. (Abogada de la Ciudad)
TEMAS DE DISCUSIÓN
Nada

RECOMENDACIONES DE LOS CONCEJALES
Los concejales solicitan que se incluya un punto en la agenda de una futura reunión (en conformidad con el Capítulo 2 - Reuniones del Consejo Municipal, J-8. Recomendaciones/Determinación de puntos para la agenda del Consejo Municipal).

18. Estacionamiento por horas en el centro de la ciudad (Solicitado por el Vicealcalde Martínez en la Reunión Regular del Concejo Municipal del 10 de noviembre de 2025)
AGENDA
Reuniòn Regular Del Consejo Municipal
13 de abril de 2026
Página 6

19. Tener una Reunión Especial del Concejo Municipal el martes 26 de mayo de 2026. (Solicitado por el Concejal Casey el 23 de diciembre de 2025)

INFORMES
En este momento, cualquier miembro del Consejo o del personal municipal podrá hacer un anuncio o informar brevemente sobre sus actividades.
• Alcalde
• Consejales
• Administrador Municipal
• Abogada Municipal
• Departmentos
SESIÓN A PUERTA CERRADA

20. Conferencia con el asesor legal – Litigio Previsto, Exposición Significativa a Litigios de conformidad con el Código de Gobierno de California §54956.9(d)(2) Casos potenciales: 4 casos

21. Empleo público, Código Gubernamental de California § 54957 Título: Administrador Municipal
INFORME DE LA SESIÓN A PUERTA CERRADA

APLAZAMIENTO
La próxima reunión regular del Consejo Municipal será el 27 de abril de 2026, a las 6:00 p.m., en la sala del Consejo Municipal ubicada en el Centro Comunitario, en 2701 Fourth Street, Ceres, CA.

Agenda del Consejo:

La agenda del consejo está disponible para revisión pública en el sitio web de la ciudad en www.ci.ceres.ca.us y se publica en la fecha y los lugares indicados anteriormente.

DECLARACIÓN JURADA DE PUBLICACIÓN
Yo, Fallon Martin, Secretaria Municipal de la Ciudad de Ceres, declaro bajo pena de perjurio que la agenda para la Sesiòn Regular del Concejo Municipal fue publicado el miércoles 8 de abril de 2026 en los siguientes lugares de Ceres:
• Vitrina del Centro Comunitario – 2701 Fourth Street
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Fallon Martin, Sectretaria Municipal
AGENDA
Reuniòn Regular Del Consejo Municipal
13 de abril de 2026
Página 7
Materiales relacionados:

Cualquier escrito o documento proporcionado a la mayoría del Consejo Municipal en relación con cualquier punto de esta agenda estará disponible para inspección pública en la Oficina de la Secretaria Municipal, ubicada en el Ayuntamiento, en 2220 Magnolia Street, Ceres, CA, durante el horario commercial normal. Las personas que tengan preguntas sobre cualquier punto de la agenda pueden llamar a la Oficina de la Secretaria Municipal al (209) 538-5731.

Aviso acerca de la Ley de Estadounidenses con Discapacidades:

En conformidad con la Ley para Estadounidenses con
Discapacidades, si necesita asistencia especial para participar en esta reunión o si necesita que la agenda o los documentos incluidos en el paquete de la agenda se le proporcionen en una forma alternativa, comuníquese con la oficina de la secretaria municipal al (209) 538-5731 con al menos 48 horas en anticipación a la reunión para garantizar que se puedan realizar los arreglos necesarios (28 CFR 35.102-35.104, Título II de la ADA).

ITEM B
ITEM B
ITEM B
ITEM B
ITEM B
ITEM B
ITEM B
ITEM B
ITEM B
ITEM B
ITEM B
ITEM B
ITEM B
ITEM B
ITEM B
ITEM B
ITEM B
ITEM B
ITEM B
ITEM B
ITEM B
ITEM B
PROCLAIMING APRIL 25, 2026, AS

LOVE CERES DAY

THE CITY COUNCIL
City of Ceres
WHEREAS, the City of Ceres proudly promotes a healthy, safe and vibrant community and is dedicated to delivering excellent services and engaging meaningful public participation; and
WHEREAS, the month of April is recognized in the United States as Volunteer Appreciation; and
WHEREAS, government alone cannot meet all of our city’s needs, so we partner with businesses, faith-based organizations, non-profit organizations, foundations and individuals who serve in our community to make a difference; and WHEREAS, the City of Ceres is committed to encouraging volunteerism among its employees, citizens, partners, businesses and organizations; and WHEREAS, by volunteering and recognizing those who serve, we promote partnership, understanding and collaborative problem-solving in our community.

NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED I, Javier Lopez, Mayor of the City of Ceres, on behalf of the City Council, Vice Mayor Daniel A. Martinez, Councilmembers James Casey, Rosalinda L. Vierra, and Cerina Otero, do hereby proclaim April 25, 2026, as Love Ceres Day and residents of Ceres are urged to volunteer on this day.

Proclaimed this 13th day of April 2026
___________________________
Javier Lopez, Mayor
ITEM C

PROCLAIMING APRIL 24, 2026, AS

ARBOR DAY

THE CITY COUNCIL
City of Ceres
WHEREAS, the City of Ceres is dedicated to enriching the lives of the residents we serve; and
WHEREAS, Arbor Day is celebrated nationally to encourage Americans to celebrate nature by preserving and planting trees; and
WHEREAS, trees are valuable economic assets as they help maintain or increase property values and attract new businesses and residents to the area; and WHEREAS, trees play an important role in energy conservation by adapting temperature extremes with shade and humidity, and are particularly important in reducing the amount of energy consumed in heating and cooling buildings and homes; and WHEREAS, trees planted in urban areas play a significant role in meeting the state’s greenhouse gas emission reductions targets by sequestering carbon as well as reducing energy consumption; and
WHEREAS, trees directly contribute to improving air quality by reducing air pollution by means of removing airborne particles from the atmosphere and helping to purify the air; and WHEREAS, trees play a significant role in protecting and purifying limited water resources by reducing surface runoff and contributing to storm water management activity; and WHEREAS, trees enhance the aesthetic quality of life in urban communities by bringing in wildlife habitats, providing a natural buffer for surface noise, and generating natural recreational resources for residents.

NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED I, Javier Lopez, Mayor of the City of Ceres, on behalf of the City Council, Vice Mayor Daniel A. Martinez, Councilmembers James Casey, Rosalinda L. Vierra, and Cerina Otero, do hereby proclaim April 24, 2026, as Arbor Day. I urge all residents of Ceres to celebrate Arbor Day by planting or caring for a tree.

Proclaimed this 13
th day of April 2026
___________________________
Javier Lopez, Mayor
ITEM D

PROCLAIMING APRIL 12-18, 2026, AS

NATIONAL PUBLIC SAFETY TELECOMMUNICATORS WEEK

THE CITY COUNCIL
City of Ceres
WHEREAS, emergencies that require police, fire or emergency medical services can occur at any time; and
WHEREAS, when an emergency occurs the prompt response of police officers, firefighters and paramedics is critical to the protection of life and preservation of property; and
WHEREAS, the safety of our police officers, firefighters and paramedics is dependent upon the quality and accuracy of information obtained from citizens who contact the City of Ceres emergency communications center; and WHEREAS, Public Safety Telecommunicators are the first and most critical contact our citizens have with emergency services; and
WHEREAS, Public Safety Telecommunicators are the single vital link for our police officers, firefighters and paramedics by monitoring their activities by radio, providing them information and ensuring their safety; and WHEREAS, Public Safety Telecommunicators in the Ceres Police Department have contributed substantially to the apprehension of criminals, suppression of fires and treatment of patients; and
WHEREAS, each dispatcher has exhibited compassion, understanding and professionalism during the performance of their job in the past year.

NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED I, Javier Lopez, Mayor of the City of Ceres, on behalf of the City Council, Vice Mayor Daniel A. Martinez, Councilmembers James Casey, Rosalinda L. Vierra, and Cerina Otero, do hereby proclaim the week of April 12 through 18, 2026, to be National Public Safety Telecommunicators Week in Ceres, in honor of the men and women whose diligence and professionalism keep our city and citizens safe.

Proclaimed this 13
th day of April 2026
___________________________
Javier Lopez, Mayor
ITEM E

DRAFT MINUTES

CITY COUNCIL REGULAR MEETING

CITY OF CERES, CALIFORNIA
(via ZOOM and in-person)
City Council Chambers, 2701 Fourth Street
Monday, March 23, 2026, at 6:00 p.m.

Mailing Address: Ceres City Hall, 2220 Magnolia Street, Ceres, CA 95307-3292 Phone: (209) 538-5700 Fax: (209) 538-5780

CALL TO ORDER
Mayor Lopez called the March 23, 2026, meeting to order at 6:00 p.m.

ROLL CALL – Present:

Mayor: Javier Lopez
Vice Mayor: Daniel A. Martinez (District 4)
Councilmembers: James Casey (District 1); Rosalinda L. Vierra (District 2); Cerina Otero (District 3)
District 1
Councilmember
Casey
District 2
Councilmember
Vierra
District 3
Councilmember
Otero
District 4
Vice Mayor
Martinez
Mayor Lopez
Present Present Present Present Present

INVOCATION
Invocation by Tim Giannosa, Valley Grace Community Church.

PLEDGE OF ALLEGIANCE
Pledge of Allegiance led by Lexi Farinha, Virginia Parks Elementary School.

PRESENTATIONS
None
CITIZEN COMMUNICATIONS to the Council on matters not included on the agenda (five minutes)
Justin Farkas provided an update on Assemblyman Juan Alanis’ office.

Jim Pernetti spoke regarding youth baseball and George Costa Fields ITEM 3a

DRAFT MINUTES
Regular City Council Meeting
March 23, 2026

Gary Condit spoke regarding Ceres Youth Baseball (CYB) contract, leadership, soccer fee increase, American Rescue Plan Act (ARPA) funds, swim lesson program, City budget, and council health insurance.

Jessica Lopez spoke regarding the Recreation Manager, CYB organization, for-profit organization, and CYB board meetings.

Marty Sanchez spoke regarding services CYB provide to George Costa Fields.

Gary Russell spoke regarding CYB, Ceres youth basketball, importance of youth sports, and CYB contract.

Jorge Guerrero spoke regarding CYB contract, CYB contributions, for-profit offer, tournaments at George Costa Fields, CYB board meetings, and fee increases.

Ismael Ontiveros spoke regarding recorded video during CYB and Recreation Manager meeting, CYB contract amendment, renting out George Costa Fields, and CYB contract language.

Joel Rodriguez spoke regarding youth sports, honesty, transparency, youth opportunities, investing in the youth, and generating revenue.

Brenda Herbert spoke regarding George Costa Fields, George Costa, and family history.

Brandy Meyer spoke regarding a Chamber of Commerce meeting, Love Ceres, CYB, youth opportunities, and George Costa.

Alyssa Long spoke regarding youth sports, decline in youth sports attendance, and forprofit sports organizations.

Randy Wheeler spoke regarding CYB, George Costa and youth opportunities.

Jose Martinez spoke regarding CYB and the upcoming Ceres City Council elections.

Gloria Dias De Guerrero spoke regarding CYB lighting and commuting for youth sports.

Brianna Garcia spoke regarding CYB and youth opportunities.

Angie Duarte Smith spoke regarding council health insurance and council decisions.

Mike Kline spoke regarding professionalism, language used online, and social media.

Marissa Ontiveros thanked Jorge Guerrero and Ismael Ontiveros for volunteering with CYB and youth sports.

Anthony Balceros spoke regarding travel sports, coaching, and supporting the youth.

ITEM 3a

DRAFT MINUTES
Regular City Council Meeting
March 23, 2026

Daniel Nichols spoke regarding Copper Trails, annexing, generating revenue, veteran homes, bonds, and staffing.

CONFLICT OF INTEREST DECLARATION
None

APPOINTMENTS TO BOARDS/COMMISSIONS
None

CONSENT CALENDAR

1. Clerks Report of Posting. The agenda of the March 23, 2026, City Council Meeting was Posted on Wednesday, March 18, 2026. (City Clerk)

2. Waive Readings. All Readings of Ordinances and Resolutions are Waived. (Waive readings in full of all ordinances and resolutions on the agenda and declare that said titles which appear on the public agenda shall be determined to have been read by title). (City Clerk)

3. Approval of Minutes for the March 9, 2026, Regular City Council Meeting. (City Clerk)

4. Register of Audited Demand(s) Dated February 25, 2026, through March 11, 2026. (Portillo)

5. Removed for separate consideration.

6. Removed for separate consideration.

7. Resolution No. 2026-26, Approving a Three-Year Service Agreement with Jay's Tires for Upfitting Police Department Vehicles and Authorizing the City Manager to Execute the Agreement. (Johnson)

8. Resolution No. 2026-27, Approving a Budget Amendment in the Amount of $45,427.88 for Fiscal Year 2025-26 to Appropriate COPS (SLESF) Funds to Add Command Boxes and Upgraded Police Radios to the Two Watch Commander Police Vehicles. (Johnson)
Action: Motion by Vice Mayor Martinez, seconded by Councilmember Vierra, approving items 1 – 4 and 7 – 8. Motion carried 5/0/0/0 by the following roll call vote:

Councilmember
Casey
Councilmember
Vierra
Councilmember
Otero
Vice Mayor
Martinez Mayor Lopez
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
ITEM 3a

DRAFT MINUTES
Regular City Council Meeting
March 23, 2026

CONSIDERATION OF ITEM(S) REMOVED FROM THE CONSENT CALENDAR Item 5: Removed for separate consideration by Councilmember Otero Resolution No. 2026-24, Approving a Professional Services Agreement with Goodwin Consulting Group in the Amount of $55,000 for Consulting Services to Establish Community Facilities District No. 4 and Authorizing the City Manager to Execute the Agreement. (Beltran)
Councilmember Otero spoke regarding the area coverage of CFD No. 4.

Mayor Lopez asked for public comment. The following members of the public spoke:

John Warren inquired as to the meaning of CFDs.

Mayor Lopez closed public comment.

Council and staff discussion included citywide CFD, new commercial and residential, CFD collection projection, what CFDs cover, pocket areas with existing homes having to join the CFD, and the cost of the CFD consultant.

Action: Motion by Vice Mayor Martinez, seconded by Councilmember Vierra, approving item 5. Motion carried 3/2/0/0 by the following roll call vote:

Councilmember
Casey
Councilmember
Vierra
Councilmember
Otero
Vice Mayor
Martinez Mayor Lopez
No Yes No Yes Yes
Item 6: Removed for separate consideration by Councilmember Otero Resolution No. 2026-25, Approving Amendment No. 1 to the Agreement with Schneider Electric Buildings Americas, Inc. in an Amount Not to Exceed $4,988,067 for Turnkey Design and Construction Energy Services, Authorizing the Construction of a 995-Kilowatt Solar Photovoltaic System at the City of Ceres Wastewater Treatment Plant, and Authorizing the City Manager to Execute the Amendment. (Beltran)
Councilmember Otero spoke regarding an RFP for the project, presentations on this project, community input, other cities that have completed a project of this size, federal investment tax credit, Turlock Irrigation District’s role regarding the project, timeline for project completion, increased sewer rates for citizens, commitment to the project, and general funds.

ITEM 3a

DRAFT MINUTES
Regular City Council Meeting
March 23, 2026

Mayor Lopez asked for public comment. No one spoke. Mayor Lopez closed public comment.

Council and staff discussion included an RFP, previous council and community interaction related to the project, locations that have completed a similar project, how the tax credit is received, funding source, and side-by-side cost comparison.

Action: Motion by Vice Mayor Martinez, seconded by Councilmember Vierra, approving item 6. Motion carried 3/2/0/0 by the following roll call vote:

Councilmember
Casey
Councilmember
Vierra
Councilmember
Otero
Vice Mayor
Martinez Mayor Lopez
No Yes No Yes Yes

UNFINISHED BUSINESS
None

PUBLIC HEARING

9. Ordinance No. 2026-XXXX, An Ordinance of the City Council of the City Council of the City of Ceres Amending Chapter 10, Tobacco and Smoke Shop Restrictions, to Title 6, Health and Sanitation, of the Ceres Municipal Code. (Johnson) Mayor Lopez announced this public hearing was being continued to the April 13, 2026, Regular City Council Meeting.

Mayor Lopez opened the public hearing for public comment. No one spoke. Mayor Lopez closed the public hearing.

10. Ordinance No. 2026-XXXX, An Ordinance of the City Council of the City of Ceres Amending Title 5, Business Licenses and Regulation, Chapter 20, Fireworks Sales of the Ceres Municipal Code. (Johnson)
Police Chief, Trenton Johnson, introduced the item.

Mayor Lopez opened the public hearing for public comment. The following members of the public spoke:

John Warren spoke regarding enforcement, collection of fines, and garnishing wages.

Mayor Lopez closed the public hearing.

ITEM 3a

DRAFT MINUTES
Regular City Council Meeting
March 23, 2026

Council and staff discussion included enforcement, fine collection statistics, Ceres Municipal Code regarding fine collection, and the administrative process.

Action: Motion by Councilmember Vierra, seconded by Vice Mayor Martinez, approving item 10. Motion carried 5/0/0/0 by the following roll call vote:

Councilmember
Casey
Councilmember
Vierra
Councilmember
Otero
Vice Mayor
Martinez Mayor Lopez
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
11a. Ordinance No. 2026-XXXX, An Ordinance of the City Council of the City of Ceres Amending Title 5, Business Licenses and Regulations, Chapter 3, General Permit Procedure, Section 010, General and Title 5, Business Licenses and Regulation, Chapter 22, Cannabis Pilot Program, of the Ceres Municipal Code. (City Attorney) 11b. Ordinance No. 2026-XXXX, A Zoning Ordinance Text Amendment of the City Council of the City of Ceres Adding Chapter 43, Cannabis Conditional Use Permits, to Title 18, Zoning, and Amending Sections 18.02.010, 18.13.020,

18.16.040, 18.17.040, 18.18.040, 18.19.040, and 18.20.040, of Title 18, Zoning, of the Ceres Municipal Code. (City Attorney)
City Attorney, Nubia Goldstein, introduced items 11a & 11b.

Mayor Lopez opened the public hearing for public comment. The following members of the public spoke:

Drew Ford spoke regarding good faith proposal, cease letter, history of Kase Manufacturing, fees paid to the City, pilot program fee structure, development agreement expiration, communications with Modesto Fire, shutdown notice, and council action.

Matt Johnson read a statement from Andy Hartog regarding his relocation and to provide time to correct the facility.

Leighann (no last name was provided) spoke regarding her employment with Kase Manufacturing.

Mayor Lopez closed the public hearing.

Council and staff discussion included cap for dispensaries, enforcement, number of cannabis businesses in Ceres operating in good standing, and violation fine amounts.

Action: Motion by Vice Mayor Martinez, seconded by Councilmember Vierra, approving item 11a and limiting the total number of ITEM 3a

DRAFT MINUTES
Regular City Council Meeting
March 23, 2026

licenses cannabis dispensaries operating within the city to not exceed two (2) and the Police Chief being responsible for enforcement. Motion carried 5/0/0/0 by the following roll call vote:

Councilmember
Casey
Councilmember
Vierra
Councilmember
Otero
Vice Mayor
Martinez Mayor Lopez
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Action: Motion by Vice Mayor Martinez, seconded by Councilmember Vierra, approving item 11b. Motion carried 5/0/0/0 by the following roll call vote:

Councilmember
Casey
Councilmember
Vierra
Councilmember
Otero
Vice Mayor
Martinez Mayor Lopez
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

12. Resolution No. 2026-28, Approving Cannabis Business Tax Rates. (City Attorney) City Attorney, Nubia Goldstein, introduced the item.

Mayor Lopez opened the public hearing for public comment. The following members of the public spoke:

Drew Ford spoke regarding cannabis taxes, amount of taxes paid by Kase Manufacturing, cannabis manufacturing business, compliance issues, Covid, and payments to the City.

John Di Girolamo spoke regarding spoke regarding Kase Manufacturing, previous City officials, development agreement, and working with the City.

Mayor Lopez closed the public hearing.

Council and staff discussion included proposed percentage rate increase, cannabis tax to go towards youth and police, rate comparison for other cities, rates for cities within Stanislaus county.

Action: Motion by Vice Mayor Martinez, seconded by Councilmember Vierra, approving item 12 with the following rates set for Cannabis businesses:
4% for storefront
3% for manufacturing
2% for distribution
1% for laboratories
$4 per square foot for cultivation
Motion carried 4/1/0/0 by the following roll call vote:

ITEM 3a

DRAFT MINUTES
Regular City Council Meeting
March 23, 2026

Councilmember
Casey
Councilmember
Vierra
Councilmember
Otero
Vice Mayor
Martinez Mayor Lopez
No Yes Yes Yes Yes

NEW BUSINESS
None

DISCUSSION ITEMS

13. Official Bonding of City Treasurer and Addition of Vice Mayor to Bonding Coverage. (Portillo)
Finance Director, Vanessa Portillo, introduced the item.

Mayor Lopez asked for public comment. No one spoke. Mayor Lopez closed public comment.

Council and staff discussion included who is bonded and if the City Manager’s bond needs to be approved by the Council.

COUNCILMEMBER REFERRALS

14. Create Ad-Hoc Committee for Christmas Tree Lane that Includes Christmas Tree Lane Residents
(Requested by Councilmember Otero at the December 8, 2025, Regular City Council Meeting).

Councilmember Otero introduced the item.

Mayor Lopez asked for public comment. No one spoke. Mayor Lopez closed public comment.

Council and staff discussion included continue working with existing process in place, door-to-door to invite area residents to attend meetings, and resident participation.

Council did not provide consensus for this item.

NEW REFERRALS
Updated List of Councilmember Referrals
(Requested by Vice Mayor Daniel Martinez)
Quarterly Budget Reviews
(Requested by Councilmember Casey)
ITEM 3a

DRAFT MINUTES
Regular City Council Meeting
March 23, 2026

Forensic Audit of the Past Five Years
(Requested by Councilmember Casey)

REPORTS
• Mayor
Mayor Lopez spoke regarding CalTrans and State of the City. • City Council
Vice Mayor Martinez spoke regarding Ceres Youth Baseball’s opening day and requested an update on the 6th Street & Shushan Drive project.

Councilmember Vierra spoke regarding Stanislaus Homeless Alliance, Easer festivities, Ceres Pups, and Mocse mixer.
• City Manager
City Manager, Doug Dunford, spoke regarding upcoming budget workshop dates and announced his resignation.
• City Attorney
Nothing to report.
• Departments
Engineering Director, Mike Beltran, provided an update on the 6th Street & Shushan Drive project.

CLOSED SESSION

15. Conference with Legal Counsel – Anticipated Litigation, Significant Exposure to Litigation Pursuant to Cal. Gov’t Code §54956.9(d)(2)
Potential Case: 2 cases

16. Conference with Labor Negotiators, Cal Gov’t Code §54957.6(a) Agency Designated Representative: City Manager, Douglas D. Dunford and Human Resources Director, Delilah Vasquez
Employee Organization: Laborers’ International Union of North America (LiUNA!)

17. Liability Claims, Cal. Gov. Code §54956.95
Claimant: Ronald Smith
Agency Claimed Against: City of Ceres
ITEM 3a

DRAFT MINUTES
Regular City Council Meeting
March 23, 2026

18. Conference with Real Property Negotiators, Cal Gov’t Code §54956.8 Property: 041-007-013
Agency Negotiator: City Manager, Douglas D. Dunford and City Attorney, Nubia I.

Goldstein
Negotiating Parties: Allen & Victoria Moore and G3 Enterprises Under Negotiations: Price and/or terms of payment

19. Conference with Real Property Negotiations, Cal Gov’t Code §54956.8 Property: 041-007-010
Agency Negotiator: City Manager, Douglas D. Dunford and City Attorney, Nubia I.

Goldstein
Negotiating Parties: Daniel Lamb Trust and G3 Enterprises Under Negotiations: Price and/or terms of payment

20. Public Employee Performance Evaluation, Cal. Gov’t Code §54957(b)(1) Title: City Manager

REPORT FROM CLOSED SESSION
Mayor Lopez reported out that direction was provided to staff for Closed Session items 15 – 20.

ADJOURNMENT
The next scheduled City Council Meeting will be held on April 13, 2026, at 6:00 p.m. in the City Council Chambers located in the Community Center at 2701 Fourth Street, Ceres, CA.

There being no further business, Mayor Lopez adjourned the meeting at 10:49 p.m. ______________________________
Javier Lopez, Mayor
______________________________
Fallon Martin, City Clerk
Consistent with Council Policy, the minutes referenced above are in Action Format. The complete recording of the meeting can be viewed at http://www.ci.ceres.ca.us/ agenda center.

ITEM 3a

DRAFT MINUTES

CITY COUNCIL SPECIAL MEETING

CITY OF CERES, CALIFORNIA
(via ZOOM and in-person)
City Council Chambers, 2701 Fourth Street
Monday, March 23, 2026, at 5:00 p.m.

Mailing Address: Ceres City Hall, 2220 Magnolia Street, Ceres, CA 95307-3292 Phone: (209) 538-5700 Fax: (209) 538-5780

CALL TO ORDER
Mayor Lopez called the March 23, 2026, meeting to order at 5:00 p.m.

ROLL CALL – Present:

Mayor: Javier Lopez
Vice Mayor: Daniel A. Martinez (District 4)
Councilmembers: James Casey (District 1); Rosalinda L. Vierra (District 2); Cerina Otero (District 3)
District 1
Councilmember
Casey
District 2
Councilmember
Vierra
District 3
Councilmember
Otero
District 4
Vice Mayor
Martinez
Mayor Lopez
Present Absent Present Present Present
*Councilmember Vierra arrived to the Special Meeting at 5:17 p.m.

CITIZEN COMMUNICATIONS to the Council on matters included on the agenda (five minutes)
None

CLOSED SESSION

1. Conference with Legal Counsel – Anticipated Litigation, Cal. Gov’t Code §54956.9(d)(2)
Potential Case: 1 case
Mayor Lopez introduced the item.

Mayor Lopez asked for public comment. No one spoke. Mayor Lopez closed public comment.

ITEM 3b

DRAFT MINUTES
Special City Council Meeting
March 23, 2026

REPORT FROM CLOSED SESSION
Mayor Lopez reported that direction had been provided to staff.

Mayor Lopez announced a correction to the Closed Session that only one case was discussed during closed session, not two cases.

ADJOURNMENT
The next scheduled City Council Meeting will be held on March 23, 2026, at 6:00 p.m. in the City Council Chambers located in the Community Center at 2701 Fourth Street, Ceres, CA.

There being no further business, Mayor Lopez adjourned the meeting at 6:59 p.m. ______________________________
Javier Lopez, Mayor
______________________________
Fallon Martin, City Clerk
Consistent with Council Policy, the minutes referenced above are in Action Format. The complete recording of the meeting can be viewed at http://www.ci.ceres.ca.us/ agenda center.

ITEM 3b

COUNCIL AGENDA REPORT

CITY COUNCIL
Javier Lopez, Mayor
James Casey, Dist.1
Rosalinda L. Vierra, Dist. 2
Cerina Otero, Dist. 3
Daniel A. Martinez, Dist. 4
MEETING DATE:

TO:

FROM:

CONTACT:

SUBJECT:

April 13, 2026
Mayor and City Council
Trenton Johnson, Acting City Manager
Vanessa Portillo, Director of Finance
[email protected], (209) 538-5764
Register of Audited Demand(s) Dated March 12, 2026, through April 1, 2026
RECOMMENDED COUNCIL ACTION:

City Council approve the register of audited demand(s) dated March 12, 2026, through April 1, 2026, covering obligations to be paid by general warrants in the amount of $926,867.95 I. BACKGROUND:

In accordance with Section 37202 of the Government Code of the State of California this is presented here with a summary of demands against the City of Ceres covering obligations to be paid for the period ending March 12, 2026, through April 1, 2026.

Each demand has been audited and I hereby certify to their accuracy and conformance with the budget. Sufficient funds are available for payment of these demands.

I declare under penalty of perjury that the register of audited demands has been examined by me and to the best of my knowledge and belief is a true, correct and complete listing of claims audited and payable.

II. REASONS FOR RECOMMENDATION:

The Finance Department monitors payments of invoices for accountability, accuracy, and completeness. Budgeted payrolls and demands paid by warrants or checks may be presented to the legislative body for ratification and approval. This allows for invoices to be paid in a timely manner to establish goodwill with merchants and allows for discounts to be taken where applicable.

III. FISCAL IMPACTS:

The attached listing represents the cash disbursements required of normal and usual operations during the period. The disbursements are accounted for in the FY 2025-26 ITEM 4
budget. There is a $926,867.95 fiscal impact for the period of March 12, 2026, through April 1, 2026.

IV. EXISTING POLICY / RELATIONSHIP TO THE STRATEGIC PLAN:

N/A
V. POLICY ALTERNATIVES:

N/A
VI. INTERDEPARTMENTAL COORDINATION:

N/A
VII. PUBLIC PARTICIPATION:

N/A
VIII. ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW:

N/A
IX. STEPS FOLLOWING APPROVAL:

N/A
Approved by: _________________________
Trenton Johnson,
Acting City Manager
Attachments:

1. Attachment A – Warrant Register March 11, 2026, through April 1, 2026 ITEM 4

ATTACHMENT A
4/3/2026
1 Date PO# Invoice Description Amount
150.00
150.00
22600095 800.00
175.00
200.00
225.00
200.00
1,600.00
22500005 1,030.00
1,030.00
125.00
125.00
1,666.00
1,666.00

43.30 83.70
247.10

30.84 404.94

31.83 65.25

97.08 22600097 10,654.90
10,654.90
1,850.00
1,850.00
22600008 23,744.00
Total: 23,744.00
Total:
03/18/26 BRIGHTVIEW LANDSCAPE SERVICES, INC LANDSCAPE SERVICES FOR CITY PARKS FEB 26 Total:
03/18/26 BRIAN ALBONETTI JAN 26 OFFICER BG
01/25/2026 - 02/24/2026 CALNET SVC
Total:
03/18/26 BADGER METER INC. SEWER SMART COVERS

FLASH LIGHTS
Total:
03/18/26 AT&T 01/24/2026 - 02/23/2026 CALNET SVCS
03/18/26 AMAZON CAPITAL SERVICES, INC. COMPRESSED AIR FOR ELECTRONICS & LOCK LUBRICANT

EDGER BLADES/HIGHLIGHTERS
1 MILWAUKEE CORDLESS SHEER
03/18/26 AGILE OCCUPATIONAL MEDICINE, PC FEB 26 PRE-EMPLOYMENT SCREENING Total:
03/18/26 AGILE OCCUPATIONAL MEDICINE, PC FEB 26 DOT PHYSICAL Total:

Voucher List
City of Ceres
Vendor Name
03/18/26 ADVANCED MOBILITY GROUP TRAFFIC ENG/ON-GOING SUPP SVCS CTY TRAFFIC SIGNL # Total:

CC#2-1 PHN MITCHELL RD TPM, DUTCH BROS, TAKE 5
LEGAL AD: CANNABIS ORD #26-12
Total:
03/18/26 209 MULTIMEDIA CORPORATION CC#2-3 PUB HRNG NOTICE NIB-ROCKEFELLER WTR (2402)

NOTICE OF PUBLIC HEARING - FIREWORKS ORDINANCE

NOTICE OF PUBLIC HEARING - TOBACCO ORDINANCE
03/18/26 1ST SECURITY & SOUND, INC SERVICE CALL OUT @ COMMUNITY CENTER Total:

ITEM 4

ATTACHMENT A
4/3/2026
2 Date PO# Invoice Description Amount
Voucher List
City of Ceres
Vendor Name
22600061 5,612.50
22600061 129.50
5,742.00
157.14
135.47

77.38 369.99

51.67 51.67
288.24
288.24
460.41
460.41

63.99 99.40
163.39

96.00 96.00
22500024 4,182.50
4,182.50
135.00
135.00
270.00
632.08
632.08
3,805.20
3,805.20
22600096 1,698.98
1,698.98
359.31
359.31
03/18/26 GRAINGER GARDEN HOSE @ RIVERBLUFF RES.

Total:
03/18/26 GOUVEIA ENGINEERING, INC. PRO/SERV/PLANNING FEB 1-28/2026 Total:
03/18/26 FIRE RISK MANAGEMENT SERVICES APRIL 2026 VISION PREMIUMS Total:
03/18/26 FERGUSON US HOLDINGS, INC WRENCHES FOR SERVICE TRUCK Total:
03/18/26 ELEVATOR TECHNOLOGY, INC. MONTHLY PM FOR COM CENTER MARCH 26 MONTHLY PM FOR PD MARCH 26
Total:
03/18/26 DOKKEN ENGINEERING 2/1-28/26 CROWS LANDING RD REHAB Total:
03/18/26 DEPT OF JUSTICE ACCOUNTING OFFICE LIVE SCANS - FEBRUARY 2026 Total:
03/18/26 DAIOHS USA INC. OFFICE WATER - PW

OFFICE WATER - WATER DEPT
Total:
03/18/26 COSTAR REALTY INFORMATION, INC. COSTAR MARCH 1-31/2026 Total:
03/18/26 CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS 3/1-3/31/26 INTERNET SERVICES WATERWORLD Total:
03/18/26 CERES PIPE & METAL INC FLAT STOCK METAL
Total:

CONCRETE FOR HYDRANT REPLACEMENT@ RAILROAD AVE.

FILL DIRT@YELLOW BRICK RD SERVICE LINE REPLACEMENT
Total:

FEB 26 - 6TH ST WTR MAIN RPLMNT/MATERIALS TESTING
Total:
03/18/26 CALIFORNIA LANDSCAPE SUPPLY, INC. ½ YARD OF CONCRETE FOR EL ROSAL 03/18/26 BSK ASSOCIATES JAN 26 - 6TH ST WTR MAIN RPLMNT/MATERIALS TESTING ITEM 4

ATTACHMENT A
4/3/2026
3 Date PO# Invoice Description Amount
Voucher List
City of Ceres
Vendor Name
2,156.63
2,156.63
221.46
221.46

23.35 23.35

36.10 36.10
922.18
922.18
1,638.09
1,638.09
172.60
164.58
337.18
738.69
1,740.26
1,740.26
4,219.21
473.00
473.00

75.00 75.00

75.00 75.00
301.00
301.00
534.77
534.77
301.00
Total: 301.00
Total:
03/18/26 MATTHEW WILLIAMS CWEA POWER CONFRENCE 4/7-4/10/26 Total:
03/18/26 JUAN RAMOS RAMOS: LODGING/PER DIEM NFDD INST 4/1-4/3/26 Total:
03/18/26 JAIME VILLEGAS CWEA POWER CONFERENCE 4/7-4/10/26 Total:
03/18/26 JAGTAR SINGH TOILET REBATE #187
Total:
03/18/26 ERIC JONES TOILET REBATE #186
Total:
03/18/26 BRIAN PETERSEN PETERSEN: PER DIEM ICI ROBBERY 5/31-6/5/26 03/18/26 MICROBAC LABORATORIES, INC DRINKING WATER QUALITY SAMPLES

DRINKING WATER QUALITY SAMPLES

DRINKING WATER QUALITY SAMPLES
03/18/26 MARTIN MARIETTA MATERIALS, INC. 2 TONS OF ASPHALT FOR CITY PATCHING

2.16 TONS OF ASPHALT FOR CITY PATCHING
Total:
03/18/26 INFOSEND, INC. JAN 2026 COMMUNITY CLEAN UP FLYER Total:
03/18/26 INDUSTRIAL ELECTRICAL CO. BATTERY REPLACEMENT @WELL43 GEN / SERVICE CALL Total:
03/18/26 HUNT OIL OF CALIFORNIA PROPANE
Total:
03/18/26 HOWK SYSTEMS, INC. ROW IRRIGATION FOR PARKS
Total:
03/18/26 GREEN RUBBER-KENNEDY AG HOSE
Total:
03/18/26 GRANITE CONSTRUCTION COMPANY, INC HYDROPATCH FOR STOCK YARD Total:

ITEM 4

ATTACHMENT A
4/3/2026
4 Date PO# Invoice Description Amount
Voucher List
City of Ceres
Vendor Name
534.77
534.77
301.00
301.00
301.00
301.00

10.00 70.78

52.91 113.56

31.73 129.23
408.21

20.68 20.68
922.33
922.33
2,498.32
2,498.32
675.00
675.00
3,576.38
3,576.38

65.03 65.03
640.76
640.76
2,566.00
2,566.00

15.92 Total: 15.92
Total:
03/18/26 SAFE T LITE OF MODESTO INC FIRE EXTINGUISHER WELL # 22 Total:
03/18/26 RITE-WAY COMPLIANCE GROUP, LLC FOG MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTION Total:
03/18/26 RAYCO INDUSTRIAL SUPPLY INC CORDLESS BLOWER/LIQUID PAINT MARKER Total:
03/18/26 PRICE FORD OF TURLOCK, INC. NUTS AND BOLTS
Total:
03/18/26 PB LOADER CORPORATION TACK OIL FOR ASPHALT PATCHING Total:
03/18/26 OSBORNE LAW OFFICE, PC FEB 26 INVESTIGATION FEES Total:
03/18/26 NUTRIEN AG SOLUTIONS, INC FERTILIZER FOR ALL PARKS Total:
03/18/26 NORTHSTAR CHEMICAL WELL #16 CL2
Total:
03/18/26 MODESTO BATTERY COMPANY & SUPPLIES BATTERIES FOR LOCATORS 3/9/26 UNIFORM SERVICE WASTEWATER
3/9/26 UNIFORM SERVICE STREETS
3/9/26 UNIFORM SERVICE PARKS
3/9/26 UNIFORM SERVICE FLEET

DISPOSABLE HEAVY DUTY NITRILE GLOVES
Total:
03/18/26 MISSION LINEN SUPPLY 3/9/26 MATS FOR PW ADMIN BUILDING Total:
03/18/26 SHAWN W. HESS CWEA POWER CONFERENCE 4/7-4/10/26 Total:
03/18/26 SANTANA SEGURA CWEA POWER CONFERENCE 4/7-4/10/26 03/18/26 MICHAEL VIERRA VIERRA: LODGING/PER DIEM NFDD INST 4/1-4/3/26 ITEM 4

ATTACHMENT A
4/3/2026
5 Date PO# Invoice Description Amount
Voucher List
City of Ceres
Vendor Name
22600080 4,693.72
4,693.72
115.00
115.00
3,300.00
3,300.00
91,929.40
91,929.40
22600066 6,750.00
6,750.00

65.83 65.83

25.00 25.00

14.97 14.97
2,739.94
2,739.94
279.69
279.69

7.50 7.50
37,368.14
37,368.14
450.84
640.50
1,091.34
2,127.50
612.50
2,740.00
COPPER TRAILS MASTER PLAN DEC2025
Total:

PINK PAPER FOR UB FINAL NOTICES
Total:
03/18/26 WOOD RODGERS, INC. COPPERTRAILS MASTER PLAN 11/30/2025 Total:
03/18/26 WILLEY PRINTING CO., INC. WINDOW ENVELOPES FOR UB Total:
03/18/26 WEST TURLOCK SUBBASIN GROUNDWATER ANNUAL DUES FOR WATER 25-2026 Total:
03/18/26 VAN DERMYDEN MAKUS LAW CORPORATION FEB 26 INVESTIGATION FEES Total:
03/18/26 UNITED SITE SERVICES RANGE TOILET RENTAL - 2/1/26 - 2/28/26 Total:
03/18/26 ULINE, INC BEVERAGE CONTAINER GRANT& SUPPLIES
Total:
03/18/26 TROPHY WORKS, INC. PLANNING COMMISSION NAME PLATE Total:
03/18/26 THOMAS BETTENCOURT DESIGN TIME FOR EXPLORER ROCKER - JPEG FORMAT Total:
03/18/26 THE SHERWIN-WILLIAMS CO. STORE #8149 PAINT FOR PD DEPT.

Total:
03/18/26 THE LEW EDWARDS GROUP 2/1-2/28/26 PLANNING, COMMUNICATION & ENGAGEMENT Total:
03/18/26 SUTTER HEALTH ALLIANCE APRIL 2026 MEDICAL PREMIUMS Total:
03/18/26 STANISLAUS COUNTY SHERIFF'S DEPT STOP TRAINING Total:
03/18/26 STANISLAUS COUNTY SHERIFF'S RUSHING: TUITION FTO UPDATE 4/21-23/26 03/18/26 SHARP ELECTRONICS CORPORATION DIGITAL SIGNAGE DISPLAY FOR AGENDAS AT COMM. CENTE ITEM 4

ATTACHMENT A
4/3/2026
6 Date PO# Invoice Description Amount
Voucher List
City of Ceres
Vendor Name
5,904.15
5,904.15
22500005 45,221.48
45,221.48

31.76 31.76
288.59
837.39
160.10
501.39
160.10
216.11

62.26 64.48

62.12 64.48
156.45

92.61 32.96
153.30
2,852.34
5,110.00
5,110.00
22500145 10,086.00
10,086.00
1,578.99
1,578.99
1,578.99
1,578.99

91.29 91.29
03/25/26 CITY OF MODESTO MAR 2026 WTR SVCS F/S 2
Total:
03/25/26 CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS 3/1 TO 3/31/2026 INTERNET SVCS FIBER AND CABLE Total:
03/25/26 CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS 02/01 TO 2/28/2026 INTERNET SVCS FIBER AND CABLE Total:
03/25/26 BLACK WATER CONSULTING ENGINEERS, INC FEB 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN UPDATE Total:
03/25/26 AT&T MAR 5 - APR 4 2026 SHORETEL
Total:
02/12/2026 - 03/11/2026 CALNET SVC
02/20/2026 - 03/19/2026 CALNET SVC
02/20/2026 - 03/19/2026 CALNET SVC
Total:
02/20/2026 - 03/19/2026 CALNET SVC
02/20/2026 - 03/19/2026 CALNET SVC
01/20/2026 - 02/19/2026 CALNET SVC
01/20/2026 - 02/19/2026 CALNET SVC
02/07/2026 - 03/06/2026 CALNET SVC
02/07/2026 - 03/06/2026 SUPERTRUNK
01/20/2026 - 02/19/2026 CALNET SVC
02/20/2026 - 03/19/2026 CALNET SVC
02/20/2026 - 03/19/2026 CALNET SVC
02/20/2026 - 03/19/2026 CALNET SVC
Total:
03/25/26 AT&T 02/07/2026 - 03/06/2026 CALNET SVC
Total:
03/25/26 AT&T 03/07 - 04/06/2026 FIRE ALARM SVC
Total:
03/25/26 ADVANCED MOBILITY GROUP JAN 26 TRAFFIC ENG/ON-GOING SUPP SVCS CTY TRAFFIC 03/25/26 ABS DIRECT, INC. PRINTING SERVICES FOR NEWSLETTER #1 ITEM 4

ATTACHMENT A
4/3/2026
7 Date PO# Invoice Description Amount
Voucher List
City of Ceres
Vendor Name
440.82
440.82

20.68 20.68
22600040 77,355.65
22600040 53,654.57
131,010.22
10,050.85
102.24
10,153.09

26.14 26.14
312.00
312.00
22400095 19,000.00
19,000.00
153,561.04
153,561.04
22600043 802.68
802.68
639.70
639.70

20.00 20.00
311.70
311.70
626.14
626.14
504.32
504.32
03/25/26 ODP BUSINESS SOLUTIONS, LLC UB CASH REGISTER/CC RECEIPT ROLLS Total:
03/25/26 ODP BUSINESS SOLUTIONS, LLC TONER AND COPY PAPER Total:
03/25/26 NDN INTERNATIONAL HANDCUFFS
Total:
03/25/26 RACHEL JOINER CITATION #P50348 REIMBURSEMENT
Total:
03/25/26 MICROBAC LABORATORIES, INC DRINKING WATER QUALITY SAMPLES Total:
03/25/26 KLEINFELDER, INC 2/1-2/28/26 RICHLAND AVE RECON GEO SVCS-AGRMNT#5 Total:
03/25/26 KAISER FOUNDATION HEALTH PLAN, INC KAISER MED PREMS APRIL 2026 Total:
03/25/26 JJACPA, INC. FY23/24 FINANCIAL AUDITS
Total:
03/25/26 JANA KIRCHERT 3/2-12/26 GET FIT/ZUMBA GOLD CLASSES Total:
03/25/26 FIRE RISK MANAGEMENT SERVICES FRMS COBRA PREMS DEC-FEB Total:
03/25/26 DELTA DENTAL OF CALIFORNIA APRIL 2026 DENTAL PREMIUMS

COBRA DENTAL PREMIUMS MULTIPLE MONTHS
Total:
03/25/26 D.A. WOOD CONSTRUCTION, INC. FEB 26 PRKSIDE ESTATE,WOODACRES/6TH ST WTR MAIN/SV MAR 26 PRKSIDE ESTATE,WOODACRES/6TH ST WTR MAIN/SV
Total:
03/25/26 CRESCENT SUPPLY ACADEMY RECRUIT UNIFORM - NAME TAG - D. IBARRA Total:
03/25/26 CORELOGIC SOLUTIONS, LLC FEB 1 - FEB 28 2026 METRO SCAN ONLINE ACCESS Total:

ITEM 4

ATTACHMENT A
4/3/2026
8 Date PO# Invoice Description Amount
Voucher List
City of Ceres
Vendor Name
9,703.59
3,036.38
955.13
13,695.10
5,850.00
5,850.00
135.00
135.00
400.00
400.00
540.00
540.00
600.00
600.00
2,627.56
2,627.56
9,238.81
9,238.81
7,686.70
7,686.70
2,955.00
2,955.00
22600016 3,660.00
3,660.00
6,494.81
6,494.81

59.88 59.88
95,054.46
Total: 95,054.46
Total:
03/25/26 TURLOCK IRRIGATION DISTRICT FEB 7 - MAR 7 26 TID Total:
03/25/26 TROPHY WORKS, INC. CREDIT CARD SIGNAGE FOR UB WINDOW Total:
03/25/26 T-MOBILE USA, INC 02/21/2026 - 03/20/2026 T-MOBILE PHONE SRVCS Total:
03/25/26 STANISLAUS COUNTY AUDITOR-CONT RADIO MAINTENANCE - OCTOBER 2025-DECEMBER 2025 Total:
03/25/26 STANDARD INSURANCE APRIL 2026 BASIC/VOLUNTARY LIFE INS PREMS Total:
03/25/26 SENSUS USA INC WATER CUSTOMER PORTAL
Total:
03/25/26 SAN DIEGO POLICE EQUIPMENT CO., INC AMMUNITION Total:
03/25/26 RELIASTAR LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY MARCH 26 ACCIDENTAL/ILLNESS/HOSPITAL PREMS Total:
03/25/26 SALVINDER SINGH SINGH P10173 1/17/26 RFND SML RM Total:
03/25/26 CELINA PALAFOX PALAFOX P9820 8/1/26 RFND CALMB Total:
03/25/26 PEGI A BARKER-SWEET REFRESHMENTS FOR SWEARING-IN Total:
03/25/26 PACIFIC STORAGE COMPANY PD SHREDDING - 03/01/26-3/31/26 Total:
03/25/26 PACIFIC GAS & ELECTRIC ENCROACHMENT PERMIT#26-11 REFUND 03/25/26 PACIFIC GAS & ELECTRIC FEB 26 PG&E SRVCS VARIOUS LOCATIONS 02/04/2026 - 03/05/2026 PG&E SRVCS 420 SERVICE RD
02/05/2026 - 03/02/2026 PG&E SRVCS 2701 4TH ST
ITEM 4

ATTACHMENT A
4/3/2026
9 Date PO# Invoice Description Amount
Voucher List
City of Ceres
Vendor Name
2,500.92
2,500.92
22500043 5,621.17
22600073 4,214.00
9,835.17
475.00
475.00
477.00
477.00

26.15 32.06
125.72
122.85

10.83 317.61
122.95

31.91 64.23

41.83 31.91

31.91 92.61
417.35
1,085.00
22600004 2,521.00
3,606.00
2,367.30
-135.78
2,231.52
04/01/26 BONANDER TRUCK & TRAILER INC. HEAD LIGHT AND BUMPER UNIT 25-291-16

CORE RETURN CREDIT
Total:
04/01/26 BEAR ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS, INC TRAFFIC SIGNAL RESPONSE FEB 2026 TRAFFIC SIGNAL MAINT AND REPAIR SERVICES
Total:
02/20/2026 - 03/19/2026 CALNET SVC
02/20/2026 - 03/19/2026 CALNET SVC
02/06/2026 - 03/05/2026 CALNET SVC
02/06/2026 - 03/05/2026 CALNET SVC
Total:
04/01/26 AT&T 02/20/2026 - 03/19/2026 CALNET SVC
02/20/2026 - 03/19/2026 CALNET SVC
02/20/2026 - 03/19/2026 CALNET SVC
DOOR SEAL WEATHER STRIPPING PARKS0N SCREEN

RUBBER BOOTS FOR ZACK

5.5-GAL JUG FOR MIXING CONCRETE FOR SIGNPOST

USB PORT
Total:

Total:
04/01/26 AMAZON CAPITAL SERVICES, INC. PRESSURE WASHER TIPS & SOAP DEGREASER Total:
04/01/26 AGILE OCCUPATIONAL MEDICINE, PC FEB 26 PRE-EMPLOYMENT TESTING 2/1-28/2026 - CROWS LANDING RD IRRIGATION DES
Total:
04/01/26 209 MULTIMEDIA CORPORATION Q1 2026 TCP LEGAL NOTICE 1/1- 3/31/26 Total:
03/25/26 WESTWOOD PROFESSIONAL SERVICES 2/1-28/2026 - CENTRAL & HACKETT CORRIDOR 03/25/26 VERIZON WIRELESS FEB 5 - MAR 4 2026 VERIZON SV ITEM 4

ATTACHMENT A
4/3/2026
10 Date PO# Invoice Description Amount
Voucher List
City of Ceres
Vendor Name
608.48
651.60
777.81
147.22
2,185.11
400.99
189.66
590.65
2,606.00
2,606.00
178.43
178.43

25.00 25.00
500.00
500.00
22500146 3,488.09
3,488.09
286.87
286.87
666.00
666.00

83.87 39.76
123.63
22600021 10,190.00
10,190.00
22600074 3,339.00
3,339.00
974.53
Total: 974.53
Total:
04/01/26 FERGUSON US HOLDINGS, INC CRIMP TOOLS
Total:
04/01/26 EMTS, INC. MAR 2026 MAINTENANCE SERVICES

OFFICE WATER - WATER DEPT
Total:
04/01/26 EIDE BAILLY LLP MAR 2026 ACCOUNTING CONSULTING SERVICES AUDIT Total:
04/01/26 DAIOHS USA INC. OFFICE WATER - PW
Total:
04/01/26 CLARK PEST CONTROL, INC, MIDGE ABATEMENT
Total:
04/01/26 CIVICPLUS, LLC MUNICODE PAGES SUPP #4
Total:
04/01/26 CIVICPLUS, LLC MUNI CODE CODIFICATION SUPP #4
Total:
04/01/26 CITY OF MODESTO DUI COURSE
Total:
04/01/26 CERES BODY SHOP, INC FLAT TOW FOR UNIT 112
Total:
04/01/26 CERES PIPE & METAL INC PIPE & CAP
CONCRETE/ VALVE BOX @ NADINE
Total:
04/01/26 CDPH- CA DEPT OF PUBLIC HEALTH RADIOACTIVE MATERIALS FEE 2026 FIRE STATION #19 SERVICE ON A/C UNIT
Total:
04/01/26 CALIFORNIA LANDSCAPE SUPPLY, INC. 1½ YD OF CONCRETE FOR SIDEWALK REPAIR 04/01/26 CAL AIR SOLUTIONS INC. COSTA BALL FIELDS WALK-IN COOLER REPAIR FIR STATION#18 A/C SERVICE
FIRE STATION #17 A/C SERVICE
ITEM 4

ATTACHMENT A
4/3/2026
11 Date PO# Invoice Description Amount
Voucher List
City of Ceres
Vendor Name
568.99
712.74
1,281.73

20.48 20.48
194.18
197.85
238.19
204.26
195.09
-195.09
202.43
-202.43
190.51
295.96
1,320.95
233.61
233.61
172.39
172.39
171.68

18.67 190.35
7,686.28
10,093.39
17,779.67

40.86 40.86
114.00
114.00
04/01/26 INSTITUTE FOR ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH INC. WATER QUALITY SAMPLES Total:
04/01/26 HUNT OIL OF CALIFORNIA PROPANE
Total:
04/01/26 HUNT & SONS LLC 3/1-15/26 FUEL FOR PD
3/1-15/26 FUEL FOR PW
Total:
04/01/26 GREEN RUBBER-KENNEDY AG SPARE WASH OUT HOSE FOR SWEEPER CLEANOUT STATION

BUSHINGS
Total:
04/01/26 GRANITE CONSTRUCTION COMPANY, INC 1.52 TONS OF ASPHALT FOR CITY PATCHING Total:
04/01/26 GRAINGER UTILITY KNIFE/ GLUE
Total:

2.09 TONS OF ASPHALT FOR CITY PATCHING
CREDIT INV #100391054

1.96 TONS OF ASPHALT FOR CITY PATCHING

3.11 TONS OF ASPHALT FOR CITY PATCHING
Total:

2.4 TONS OF ASPHALT FOR CITY PATCHING

2.48 TONS OF ASPHALT FOR CITY PATCHING

2.11 TONS OF ASPHALT FOR CITY PATCHING

2.01 TONS OF ASPHALT FOR PATCHING
CREDIT FROM INV 100391131
Total:
04/01/26 GEORGE REED, INC. 2 TONS OF ASPHALT FOR CITY PATCHING HYDRANT REPLACEMENT @ HACKETT RD
Total:
04/01/26 GARTON TRACTOR, INC KEY FOR KABOTA SPRAY TRACTOR 04/01/26 FERGUSON US HOLDINGS, INC HYDRANT REPLACEMENT @ HACKETT RD ITEM 4

ATTACHMENT A
4/3/2026
12 Date PO# Invoice Description Amount
Voucher List
City of Ceres
Vendor Name
153.88
153.88
1,251.45
1,467.98
2,719.43
7,500.00
7,500.00
274.84
274.84

51.05 28.96
273.11
353.12
183.12
129.72
180.69
175.84
248.65
132.15
1,050.17
481.03
163.67
754.10
738.69
146.36
163.67
954.86
1,432.80
146.36
1,432.80
6,414.34

DRINKING WATER QUALITY SAMPLES

DRINKING WATER QUALITY SAMPLES

DRINKING WATER QUALITY SAMPLES

DRINKING WATER QUALITY SAMPLES
Total:

DRINKING WATER QUALITY SAMPLES

DRINKING WATER QUALITY SAMPLES

DRINKING WATER QUALITY SAMPLES

DRINKING WATER QUALITY SAMPLES

DRINKING WATER QUALITY SAMPLES
Total:
04/01/26 MICROBAC LABORATORIES, INC DRINKING WATER QUALITY SAMPLES

1.47 TONS OF ASPHALT FOR CITY PATCHING

2.10 TONS OF ASPHALT FOR CITY PATCHING

2.04 TONS OF ASPHALT FOR CITY PATCHING

2.94 TONS OF ASPHALT FOR CITY PATCHING

1.5 TONS OF ASPHALT FOR CITY PATCHING
Total:
04/01/26 MARTIN MARIETTA MATERIALS, INC. 2.13 TONS PF ASPHALT FOR CITY PATCHING 04/01/26 FRESNO TRUCK CENTER BELTS FOR UNIT 30-266-21
BELT FOR UNIT 30-266-21
REGULATOR FOR UNIT 30-266-21
04/01/26 KEVIN HOFFMAN U-JOINT FOR FLEET DEPT.

Total:
04/01/26 ITPIPES OPCO, LLC IT PIPES WEB ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTION 2026 Total:
04/01/26 INDUSTRIAL ELECTRICAL CO. AERATOR GENERATOR SERVICE WELL 39-40 BLOCK HEATER REPLACEMENT
Total:
04/01/26 IMPERIAL BAG & PAPER CO. LLC CUSTODIAL SUPPLIES Total:

ITEM 4

ATTACHMENT A
4/3/2026
13 Date PO# Invoice Description Amount
Voucher List
City of Ceres
Vendor Name
770.80
770.80
250.00
250.00

75.00 75.00
100.00
100.00

10.00 129.23
171.82
305.42
121.55

71.30 24.80
179.20
1,013.32

41.35 41.35

23.63 146.79

7.75 178.17
22600087 7,990.65
7,990.65
2,176.05
3,877.21
6,053.26

73.28 73.28
04/01/26 O'REILLY AUTO PARTS FAN BELT
Total:
04/01/26 NBS GOVT FINANCE GRP INC APR 1 - JUN 30 2026 CFD DIST ADMIN SERVICES LANDSCAPE MAINTENANCE ASSESSMENT 4/1-6/30/26
Total:
04/01/26 MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS, INC MOTOROLA SCOUTCARE - YR 1 RADIO CONSOLE MAINTENANC Total:

GALV- PIPE BACKFLOW REPAIR/ REBUILD@ RIVER RD.

SANDPAPER CLOTH
Total:

Total:
04/01/26 MODESTO WINDUSTRIAL CO COUPLING TAPE FOR ONCALL TRUCK Total:
04/01/26 MODESTO BATTERY COMPANY & SUPPLIES BATTERY FOR LOCATOR 3/23/26 UNIFORM SERVICE STREETS
3/16/26 UNIFORM SERVICE PARKS
3/23/26 UNIFORM SERVICE FLEET
3/23/26 UNIFORM SERVICE FACILITIES
3/23/26 UNIFORM SERVICE WTR/WTR CONSERVATION
04/01/26 MISSION LINEN SUPPLY 3/23/26 MATS FOR PW ADMIN BUILDING

NITRILE GLOVES
3/23/26 UNIFORM SERVICE WASTEWATER
04/01/26 STANISLAUS COUNTY LAW ENFORCEMENT 2026 DUES - CHIEF Total:
04/01/26 SONIA MALDONADO DISHWASHER REBATE #188
Total:
04/01/26 OMAR REBOLLEDO WORK BOOT ALLOWANCE FY25/26
Total:
04/01/26 DIRK NIEUWENHUIS NIEUWENHUIS: LODGING/PER DIEM SLI SESS 4 4/23-25 Total:

ITEM 4

ATTACHMENT A
4/3/2026
14 Date PO# Invoice Description Amount
Voucher List
City of Ceres
Vendor Name
107.54
107.54

73.84 73.84
8,239.54
8,239.54

35.16 35.16
12,423.60
12,423.60
1,219.22
1,219.22
1,964.30
1,964.30

56.24 56.24

55.82 55.82

23.54 23.54

63.03 63.03

5.25 5.25
184.57
184.57
106.13
106.13

14.48 14.48
04/01/26 IRONS, TRISTIE UB OVERPAYMENT REFUND 0170
Total:
04/01/26 HERNANDEZ, JUAN CARLOS UB OVERPAYMENT REFUND 0370 Total:
04/01/26 HELFRICH, ROBERT UB OVERPAYMENT REFUND 0410
Total:
04/01/26 GROSE, RANDALL ERIC UB OVERPAYMENT REFUND 0100 Total:
04/01/26 DODGE, ISRAEL JOHN EDWARD UB OVERPAYMENT REFUND 0041 Total:
04/01/26 DANLHEIM, WILLIAM UB OVERPAYMENT REFUND 1500
Total:
04/01/26 CUMMINGS, TERRY UB OVERPAYMENT REFUND 0030
Total:
04/01/26 AYON, EDUARDO UB OVERPAYMENT REFUND 0590
Total:
04/01/26 RENTOKIL NORTH AMERICA INC WEED ABATEMENT SPRAY Total:
04/01/26 SAN DIEGO POLICE EQUIPMENT CO., INC 9MM AMMUNITION Total:
04/01/26 RH BORDEN AND COMPANY LLC I& I ASSESSMENT
Total:
04/01/26 RAYCO INDUSTRIAL SUPPLY INC REGULATOR REPLACEMENT Total:
04/01/26 PARKSON CORPORATION VFD INSTALL & PROGRAMMING PARKSON Total:
04/01/26 PACIFIC GAS & ELECTRIC 02/05/2026 - 03/06/2026 PG&E SRVCS 2928 5TH ST Total:
04/01/26 ODP BUSINESS SOLUTIONS, LLC TONER
Total:

ITEM 4

ATTACHMENT A
4/3/2026
15 Date PO# Invoice Description Amount
Voucher List
City of Ceres
Vendor Name

40.84 40.84

10.79 10.79

58.88 58.88

27.15 27.15

14.51 14.51

16.56 16.56
2,738.17
2,738.17

55.21 55.21
177.10
177.10
177.10
177.10
177.10
177.10
177.10
177.10
177.10
177.10
177.10
177.10
177.10
177.10
04/01/26 VILLAGE CHAPEL BAPTIST UB OVERPAYMENT REFUND 0031 Total:
04/01/26 VILLAGE CHAPEL BAPTIST UB OVERPAYMENT REFUND 0031 Total:
04/01/26 VILLAGE CHAPEL BAPTIST UB OVERPAYMENT REFUND 0031 Total:
04/01/26 VILLAGE CHAPEL BAPTIST UB OVERPAYMENT REFUND 0031 Total:
04/01/26 VILLAGE CHAPEL BAPTIST UB OVERPAYMENT REFUND 0031 Total:
04/01/26 VILLAGE CHAPEL BAPTIST UB OVERPAYMENT REFUND 0031 Total:
04/01/26 VILLAGE CHAPEL BAPTIST UB OVERPAYMENT REFUND 0031 Total:
04/01/26 SOZA, LUCY UB OVERPAYMENT REFUND 0160
Total:
04/01/26 SNEED, BILL UB OVERPAYMENT REFUND 0260
Total:
04/01/26 SIEBRECHT, LES UB OVERPAYMENT REFUND 0020
Total:
04/01/26 RIOS MENDOZA, JOEL WILLIAM UB OVERPAYMENT REFUND 0190 Total:
04/01/26 RICHARDS, CAROL UB OVERPAYMENT REFUND 0270
Total:
04/01/26 RANGEL, EMMA MAGALLON UB OVERPAYMENT REFUND 0160 Total:
04/01/26 NARANJO SILVA, VIRGINIA UB OVERPAYMENT REFUND 0110 Total:
04/01/26 MARQUEZ, MARIA R UB OVERPAYMENT REFUND 0310
Total:

ITEM 4

ATTACHMENT A
4/3/2026
16 Date PO# Invoice Description Amount
Voucher List
City of Ceres
Vendor Name
177.10
177.10
177.10
177.10
177.10
177.10
177.10
177.10
177.10
177.10
177.10
177.10
177.10
177.10
177.10
177.10
177.10
177.10
177.10
177.10
177.10
177.10
177.10
177.10
177.10
177.10
801.79
801.79
04/01/26 VALLEY TIRE SALES, INC. 6 TIRES FOR FLEET
Total:
04/01/26 VILLAGE CHAPEL BAPTIST UB OVERPAYMENT REFUND 0031 Total:
04/01/26 VILLAGE CHAPEL BAPTIST UB OVERPAYMENT REFUND 0031 Total:
04/01/26 VILLAGE CHAPEL BAPTIST UB OVERPAYMENT REFUND 0031 Total:
04/01/26 VILLAGE CHAPEL BAPTIST UB OVERPAYMENT REFUND 0031 Total:
04/01/26 VILLAGE CHAPEL BAPTIST UB OVERPAYMENT REFUND 0031 Total:
04/01/26 VILLAGE CHAPEL BAPTIST UB OVERPAYMENT REFUND 0031 Total:
04/01/26 VILLAGE CHAPEL BAPTIST UB OVERPAYMENT REFUND 0031 Total:
04/01/26 VILLAGE CHAPEL BAPTIST UB OVERPAYMENT REFUND 0031 Total:
04/01/26 VILLAGE CHAPEL BAPTIST UB OVERPAYMENT REFUND 0031 Total:
04/01/26 VILLAGE CHAPEL BAPTIST UB OVERPAYMENT REFUND 0031 Total:
04/01/26 VILLAGE CHAPEL BAPTIST UB OVERPAYMENT REFUND 0031 Total:
04/01/26 VILLAGE CHAPEL BAPTIST UB OVERPAYMENT REFUND 0031 Total:
04/01/26 VILLAGE CHAPEL BAPTIST UB OVERPAYMENT REFUND 0031 Total:

ITEM 4

ATTACHMENT A
4/3/2026
17 Date PO# Invoice Description Amount
Voucher List
City of Ceres
Vendor Name
297.00
-45.52
251.48
131.62

55.86 187.48
2,916.36
17,172.50
20,088.86
Vouchers in this report Total vouchers: 926,867.95
04/01/26 WOOD RODGERS, INC. COPPER TRAILS MASTER PLAN FEB 2026

CERES COPPER TRAILS STAFF SUPPORT
Total:
04/01/26 WILLE ELECTRIC SUPPLY, INC. BLACK AND WHITE ELECTRICAL TAPE

SCREWDRIVER
Total:
04/01/26 VALLEY WIDE COOPERATIVE WEED SPRAYER /SPRAYER
SPRAYER RETURNED INV#2634
Total:

ITEM 4
ITEM 4

COUNCIL AGENDA REPORT

CITY COUNCIL
Javier Lopez, Mayor
James Casey, Dist.1
Rosalinda L. Vierra, Dist. 2
Cerina Otero, Dist. 3
Daniel A. Martinez, Dist. 4
MEETING DATE: April 13, 2026
TO: Mayor and City Council
FROM: Trenton Johnson, Acting City Manager
CONTACT:

Trenton Johnson, Police Chief
[email protected], (209) 538-5725
Travis Hudson, Lieutenant
[email protected], (209) 538-5607
SUBJECT:

Resolution No. 2026-XXX, Approving a Budget Amendment in the Amount of $29,189.21 for Fiscal Year 2025-26 to Appropriate COPS (SLESF) Funds to Purchase Radios, Computers and Graphics for Two Previously Purchased Police Vehicles and Approving the Upfitting of Both Previously Purchased Vehicles Using Funds Budgeted in Department 20 (Equipment-Fleet Services)
RECOMMENDED COUNCIL ACTION:

Staff recommend the City Council approve a budget amendment in the amount of $29,189.21 for fiscal year 2025-26 to appropriate COPS (SLESF) funds to purchase radios, computers and graphics for two previously purchased vehicles and approve the upfitting of both previously purchased vehicles using funds budgeted in Department 20 (Equipment-Fleet Services).

I. BACKGROUND:

Department 20 – Equipment (Fleet Services) currently has two Police Ford Explorers at their facility. Both vehicles need to be fully upfitted with new equipment to make them patrol ready. These vehicles were purchased several years ago; however, they have not yet been upfitted. The upfitting will be completed by BWE 209 / Jays Tires, who are contracted with the City to provide this service. These two patrol vehicles will replace two existing patrol vehicles (vehicle numbers 101 and 104.) II. REASONS FOR RECOMMENDATION:

Most of the Ceres Police Department’s vehicles are reaching the end of their service life.

We currently have two Ford Explorers that were purchased several years ago to replace two existing patrol vehicles but were never completed. As our older patrol vehicles show ITEM 5
increasing wear, they no longer perform reliably in normal and dangerous conditions. New patrol vehicles come equipped with upgraded safety features, making them safer to operate.

Over the past year, we have added officers to our police force, creating a greater need for dependable police vehicles. With our current fleet, vehicles are failing on a regular basis. At times, we have had up to four vehicles out for service, forcing officers to double up in cars and reducing our availability and presence in the community.

These new vehicles will be upfitted with all new emergency lighting equipment and sirens. They will include new prisoner transport areas and front push bumpers designed for implementing the PIT (Pursuit Intervention Technique) maneuver. The upfitting also includes new center consoles to house emergency lighting switches and siren controls, along with new computer mounts capable of withstanding the daily wear and tear of patrol operations.

Technology used in police vehicles has also advanced substantially. Added safety features help officers perform their duties more safely while improving public safety. Features include Opticom systems that change traffic signals to green for approaching emergency vehicles when emergency lights are activated. The emergency lights will also automatically adjust when officers exit the vehicle to prevent blinding them. Additionally, the lights slow their flash pattern when the vehicle is placed in park to reduce glare for approaching traffic.

These vehicles will also include secure, lockable vaults and a gun rack for weapons and sensitive equipment.

The police radios currently used in the patrol vehicles have reached the end of their service life and are scheduled for replacement. Motorola will no longer service or support these outdated radios, forcing the Police Department to rely on third-party vendors for repairs.

This approach is costly and inefficient. Additionally, the current radios are not capable of encryption, which is likely to be a future requirement for police communications.

The police CAD computers currently used in the patrol vehicles have also reached the end of their service life. The manufacturer has gone out of business, leaving no available support. We have identified a new CAD computer system that incorporates updated technology and a more rugged design, capable of withstanding the constant wear associated with use inside a police vehicle.

The vehicle graphics have been redesigned to include our department’s core values: Pride, Integrity and Excellence. We will also be transitioning to an all-black police vehicle design.

III. FISCAL IMPACTS:

Funding for this vehicle will be provided with money currently budgeted in Department 20 (Equipment) in Account 60020.039900 and the COPS (SLESF) fund. The requested amount is a combined total of $88,271.45 ($59,082.24 from Department 20 and $29,189.21 from COPS SLESF).
$59,082.24 – Upfitting of vehicle 101 and vehicle 104 replacements. Includes emergency lights, siren, push bumper, gun rack, lockable vault, and prisoner transport area. (Department 20 – Equipment – Fleet Services, Account 60020.039900) ITEM 5
$17,347.26 Police radio for two patrol vehicles (COPS SLESF). $10,622.49 CAD computer for two patrol vehicles (COPS SLESF). $1,219.46 – Vehicle graphics for two patrol vehicles (COPS SLESF).

IV. EXISTING POLICY / RELATIONSHIP TO THE STRATEGIC PLAN:

Approval to upfit these vehicles fulfills the strategic plan for Government Operations:
“Provide quality services to meet community needs, assuring that the City has…properly equipped…staff.”
V. POLICY ALTERNATIVES:

Council could choose not to approve these vehicle builds. The Officers will continue to use existing vehicles and will double-up patrol cars as needed.

VI. INTERDEPARTMENTAL COORDINATION:

These upfittings will be coordinated between the Fleet Services Department, Finance Department, IT Department, and the Police Department.

VII. PUBLIC PARTICIPATION:

N/A
VIII. ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW:

N/A
IX. STEPS FOLLOWING APPROVAL:

Following Council approval, the Finance Director will implement the Budget Amendment.

Approved by: _________________________
Trenton Johnson,
Acting City Manager
Attachments:

1. Attachment A – Resolution

2. Attachment B – Budget Amendment

3. Attachment C – Upfitting Quote

4. Attachment D – Radio Quote

5. Attachment E – Computer Quote

6. Attachment F – Graphics Quote

7. Attachment G – Fully Executed Contract with Jay’s Tires ITEM 5
ITEM 5

ATTACHMENT A
RESOLUTION NO. 2026-XXX
APPROVING A BUDGET AMENDMENT IN THE AMOUNT OF $29,189.21 FOR FISCAL YEAR 2025-26 TO APPROPRIATE COPS (SLESF) FUNDS TO PURCHASE

RADIOS, COMPUTERS AND GRAPHICS FOR TWO PREVIOUSLY PURCHASED

POLICE VEHICLES AND APPROVING THE UPFITTING OF BOTH PREVIOUSLY PURCHASED VEHICLES USING FUNDS BUDGETED IN DEPARTMENT 20 (EQUIPMENT-FLEET SERVICES)

THE CITY COUNCIL
City of Ceres
WHEREAS, Department 20 – Equipment (Fleet Services) has two Ford Explorers at their facility that need to be upfitted to make them ready for use by our Patrol Officers; and WHEREAS, there is funding currently budgeted in Fiscal Year 2025-26 in Department 20 – Equipment (Fleet Services) to pay for the upfitting of these two vehicles; and
WHEREAS, there is funding in the COPS (SLESF) Fund to purchase the radios, computers and graphics for these two vehicles; and
WHEREAS, upfitting these two vehicles will not require any General Fund money; and
WHEREAS, approval of this project requires a budget amendment to appropriate $29,189.21 to account 29610.051100, and sufficient fund balance is available to support this amendment.

NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED that the City Council of the City of Ceres hereby approves a budget amendment in the amount of $29,189.21 for Fiscal Year 2025-26 to appropriate COPS (SLESF) Funds to purchase radios, computers and graphics for two previously purchased police vehicles and approves the upfitting of both previously purchased vehicles using funds budgeted in Department 20 (Equipment-Fleet Services).

BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED that the City of Ceres Finance Director is hereby authorized and directed to record the appropriate accounting entries.

PASSED AND ADOPTED by the Ceres City Council at a regular meeting thereof held on 13th day of April 2026, by the following vote:

AYES: Councilmembers:

NOES: Councilmembers:

ABSENT: Councilmembers:

ABSTAIN: Councilmembers:
________________________________
Javier Lopez, Mayor
ATTEST:
_________________________________
Fallon Martin, City Clerk
ITEM 5
ITEM 5
Budget Amendment No.

Fiscal Year
Reference Resolution No . , dated authorizing appropriations for as follows:

Appropriations:

Fund Name Org. Object Project
(if appl.)
Appropriation
Amount
Requested Appropriation
Current Appropriation
Total Appropriation
Estimated Revenues:

Fund Name Org. Object Project
(if appl.)
Appropriation
Amount
Estimated Revenue
Current Estimated Revenue
Total Estimated Revenue
Fiscal Impact:

ITEM 5
ITEM 5

ATTACHMENT C
ITEM 5

ATTACHMENT C
ITEM 5
QUOTE-3467258

CERES, CITY OF
APX8500 PD (2)
01/20/2026
The design, technical, pricing, and other information (“Information”) furnished with this submission is confidential proprietary information of Motorola Solutions, Inc. or the Motorola Solutions entity providing this quote (“Motorola”) and is submitted with the restriction that it is to be used for evaluation purposes only. To the fullest extent allowed by applicable law, the Information is not to be disclosed publicly or in any manner to anyone other than those required to evaluate the Information without the express written permission of Motorola.

MOTOROLA, MOTO, MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS, and the Stylized M Logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of Motorola Trademark Holdings, LLC and are used under license. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. © 2020 Motorola Solutions, Inc. All rights reserved.

ATTACHMENT D
ITEM 5
01/20/2026

CERES, CITY OF
2727 THIRD ST., POLICE DEPARTMENT
CERES, CA 95307
RE: Motorola Quote for APX8500 PD (2)
Dear Dave McCann,
Motorola Solutions is pleased to present CERES, CITY OF with this quote for quality communications equipment and services.  The development of this quote provided us the opportunity to evaluate your requirements and propose a solution to best fulfill your communications needs.

This information is provided to assist you in your evaluation process. Our goal is to provide CERES, CITY OF with the best products and services available in the communications industry. Please direct any questions to Nathan Tran at [email protected].

We thank you for the opportunity to provide you with premier communications and look forward to your review and feedback regarding this quote.

Sincerely,
Nathan Tran
Motorola Solutions Manufacturer's Representative
QUOTE-3467258

ATTACHMENT D
ITEM 5
Billing Address:

CERES, CITY OF
2727 THIRD ST., POLICE

DEPARTMENT
CERES, CA 95307
US
Quote Date:01/20/2026
Expiration Date:03/21/2026
Quote Created By:

Nathan Tran
[email protected]
End Customer:

CERES, CITY OF
Dave McCann
[email protected]
209-595-6068
Line # Item Number Description Qty List Price Sale Price Ext. Sale Price APX™ 8500
1 M37TSS9PW1CN APX8500 ALL BAND MP
MOBILE
2 $6,558.00 $4,787.34 $9,574.68
1a GA00250AA ADD: GNSS/BT-WIFI THRU
MNT ANT, 17FT LOW LOSS
PFP-100A/240, QMA
2 $118.00 $86.14 $172.28
1b HA00694AA ADD: 7Y ESSENTIAL SERVICE
HTM
2 $604.80 $604.80 $1,209.60
1c GA01513AB ADD: ALL BAND MOBILE
ANTENNA (7/8/V/U)
2 $112.00 $81.76 $163.52
1d G51AT SOFTWARE LICENSE
ENH:SMARTZONE
2 $1,766.00 $1,289.18 $2,578.36
1e GA05508AA DEL: DELETE VHF BAND 2 -$800.00 -$584.00 -$1,168.00 1f GA05509AA DEL: DELETE UHF BAND 2 -$800.00 -$584.00 -$1,168.00 1g B18CR ADD: AUXILIARY SPKR 7.5

WATT APX
2 $71.00 $51.83 $103.66
1h G843AH ADD: AES ENCRYPTION AND
ADP
2 $560.00 $408.80 $817.60
1i G444AH ADD: APX CONTROL HEAD

SOFTWARE
2 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
1j G67EH ADD: REMOTE MOUNT E5 MP 2 $350.00 $255.50 $511.00 1k GA01517AA DEL: NO J600 ADAPTER CABLE
NEEDED
2 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
1l G806BL SOFTWARE LICENSE ENH:

ASTRO DIGITAL CAI OP APX
2 $607.00 $443.11 $886.22
QUOTE-3467258
APX8500 PD (2)
Any sales transaction following Motorola's quote is based on and subject to the terms and conditions of the valid and executed written contract between Customer and Motorola (the ""Underlying Agreement"") that authorizes Customer to purchase equipment and/or services or license software (collectively ""Products""). If no Underlying Agreement exists between Motorola and Customer, then Motorola's Standard Terms of Use and Motorola's Standard Terms and Conditions of Sales and Supply shall govern the purchase of the Products.

Motorola Solutions, Inc.: 500 West Monroe, United States - 60661 ~ #: 36-1115800

ATTACHMENT D
ITEM 5
Line # Item Number Description Qty List Price Sale Price Ext. Sale Price 1m GA01670AA ADD: APX E5 CONTROL HEAD 2 $767.00 $559.91 $1,119.82 1n W22BA ADD: STD PALM

MICROPHONE APX
2 $85.00 $62.05 $124.10
1o QA09113AB ADD: BASELINE RELEASE SW 2 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 1p W969BG SOFTWARE LICENSE ENH:

MULTIKEY OPERATION
2 $388.00 $283.24 $566.48
1q G361AH SOFTWARE LICENSE ENH: P25

TRUNKING SOFTWARE APX
2 $353.00 $257.69 $515.38
Subtotal $16,006.70
Estimated Tax $1,340.56
Grand Total $17,347.26(USD)
Notes:

QUOTE-3467258
APX8500 PD (2)
Any sales transaction following Motorola's quote is based on and subject to the terms and conditions of the valid and executed written contract between Customer and Motorola (the ""Underlying Agreement"") that authorizes Customer to purchase equipment and/or services or license software (collectively ""Products""). If no Underlying Agreement exists between Motorola and Customer, then Motorola's Standard Terms of Use and Motorola's Standard Terms and Conditions of Sales and Supply shall govern the purchase of the Products.

Motorola Solutions, Inc.: 500 West Monroe, United States - 60661 ~ #: 36-1115800

ATTACHMENT D
ITEM 5
2/19/2026 Quote Number 2601055
Ceres Police Department
Customer PO Number
TOTAL
Subtotal
Sales Tax (8.375%) _________________________________________ Approved by Date
STEPFORD, INC.
1160 Industrial Road, Unit 9
San Carlos, CA 94070

650-598-9990 Office
650-598-0179 Fax
[email protected]
www.Stepford.com

QUOTE FOR

LABOR & MATERIALS
Item Qty Part Number Description Unit Price Total
ST
Requestor: Mark Anderson
GETAC V120
REVISED v3.0

COG GETAC - OPTION A
V120 - Intel Core Ultra 7 255H Processor, 12.2IN with Windows Hello Webcam, Microsoft Windows 11 Pro x64 with 32GB RAM + TAA, 256GB PCIe SSD (user swappable), Sunlight Readable (WUXGA LCD+ Touchscreen) + HF RFID, US KBD + US Power Cord, Membrane Backlit KBD, WIFI + BT, Standard Batteries (2-pack) + Hard Handle + Large Bumper, 3 Year B2B Warranty
MSRP 5417.00

2.0 15280662 4,160.00 8,320.00T

COG - SW GETAC
Bumper to Bumper + Extended Warranty- Notebook, Tablet(Year 4 & 5) - Getac, Tablet&Notebook (A/ B/ F/ K/ V/UX/X600 Series),
Bumper-to-Bumper+Extended
MSRP 599.00

2.0 4166448 555.00 1,110.00

COG GETAC
Getac Rugged Keyboard, 3 year warranty (US)
MSRP 249.00

2.0 5731771 225.00 450.00T
4 inches l... 2.0 CA State Recycling Fee: More than 4 inches, less than 15 inches 4.00 8.00 Freightcom Freight Costs to be determined at time of order 0.00 0.00T

ATTACHMENT E
ITEM 5
2/19/2026 Quote Number 2601055
Ceres Police Department
Customer PO Number
TOTAL
Subtotal
Sales Tax (8.375%) _________________________________________ Approved by Date
STEPFORD, INC.
1160 Industrial Road, Unit 9
San Carlos, CA 94070
650-598-9990 Office
650-598-0179 Fax
[email protected]
www.Stepford.com

QUOTE FOR

LABOR & MATERIALS
Item Qty Part Number Description Unit Price Total
Disclaimer The information contained in this document, fax or email and any attachments in any form is strictly confidential and is for the use of the intended recipient. Any use, dissemination, distribution, or reproduction of any part of this email or any attachment is prohibited. If you are not the intended recipient, please notify STEPFORD, Inc. at (650)598-9990 or by email at [email protected] and delete and/or destroy all copies including attachments.

0.00 0.00

The information contained herein is confidential and is provided for the sole use of the customer named above. Distribution or transmission of this information to any third party is expressly prohibited without the consent of STEPFORD, Inc. $10,622.49
$9,888.00
$734.49

ATTACHMENT E
ITEM 5

ATTACHMENT F
ITEM 5
ITEM 5

ATTACHMENT G
PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEME�T
THIS PROFESSlONAL SERVICES AGREE:WENT ( .. Agreernenr··) is made and entered into this 23rd da) of March. 2026 (the ··Effective Date .. ) . by and bet""een the City of Ceres.
a California municipal corporation ("•City .
. ). and .la) ·s Tires. a California corporation
(--Professional"·). Cit) and Professional may herein be referred to individually as a --Party .. and collectively as the --Parties.'· There are no other parties to this Agreement.

RECITALS
A. City seeks to hire an independent contractor to perform vehicle build out services for the City of Ceres Police Department (the --Project .. ) B. Professional has submitted a proposal to Cit) to provide such professional services.

A description of the services Professiona I proposes to provide (--services .. ) is attached hereto as Exhibit A: Services. City desires to retain Professional to perfom1 the Services. subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

C. The Parties have outlined the rates and method of payment to Professional for its performance of the Sen ices under this Agreement. \,\hich shall be included in the Scope of Services in Exhibit A.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants set forth belov,, the Patties agree as follO\\S:

AGREEMENT
Section 1. Recitals. The recitals set forth above (--Recitals .. ) are true and correct and are hereby incorporated into and made part of· this Agreement by this reference. In the event of an) inconsistency between the Recitals and Sections I through 32 of this Agreement. Section I through 32 shall pre,ail.

Section 2. Term. The term of this Agreement shall be three years and will commence on March 23. 2026. and terminate on March 22. 2029 ( .
. Term .. ) unless the Term is extended or
the Agreement is terminated earlier pursuant to this Agreement.

Section 3. Extension of Agreement. City may elect to extend this Agreement for two (2) additional years, on the same tenns and conditions. upon issuing an --Election to Extend Agreement"· letter executed by the City Manager to Professional thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of this Agreement.

PROFESSIO:--;AL SERVICES AGREEMENT
City of Ceres and Jay·s Tires
Page I of 18
ITEM 5

ATTACHMENT G
Section -t Work.
-U. CONTRACTOR shall furnish all labor. materials. equipment. fuel. tools. licenses. bonds and insurance necessar;, to perform and complete the required \\Ork as specilieJ belo\., and in strict accordance \\ ith the conditions of the complete agreement.

CONTR.\CTOR shall do and perform the \.\.Ork contemplated hercb: in a good \.\Orkman-like manner under the direction of and to the satisfaction of the Cl rY repn:sentati,e.

CO l'RACTOR shal I maintain proper insurance \\ ith the CITY for the duration of the .\GREE\IE:--:T.

CO� rRACTOR shall maintain a CITY business license for the duration of the :\ G R F E \ tr:"- I
CONTRACTOR shall l'urnish said sci"\. ices at the folio\.\. ing AGREE\tll::NT rates.

STA OARD ORDER PARTS 1
Minimum Discount Off List Price
SPEC[AL ORDER PARTS2
\Iinimum Discount Off List Price
LABOR RA TES (per hour)
AGREE�ll::NT PRICI'.'-G
Pickup/Deli\. ery!Travel $125.00
Custom Bo, Fabrication S 125.00
La\\ Enforcement Small Vehicle Lptitting Strip-Outs $125. 00 Shop Rate $125.00
Fabrication S 125.00
\lobileSenice Sl25.00
Vehicle Dm\. n/Emcrgency $ I 25.00
1 ·\1,111durd-Or,/,.,- !'art, r,li:r, 10 pan, rn,111 rnanufodur,r, liir "hl,m the c11111ractllr i, ,1 licen,c<l n:,..:lkr. '
- --\1
>,'ct<1/ Urda l'.1rt1 · r,li:r, h> parh fn,111 manul,1L·tur,r, t,,r 11hllm the ,·ontra,mr i, !.!ill :t lict:11'cd re,dkr. -t.2. Services. Subject to the terms and conditiom set forth in this Agreement.

Professional ::.hall pro\ ide Cit.' the Sen ices described in Exhibit A. I fan) conflict exist bet\,een the terms of this Agreement and Exhibit A. the terms of this Agreement shall control. An) request for Sen ices not incluc.led in Exhibit A \\ ill be considered a request for additional or modi tied Sen ices ( .
. \tlodification·· or ··Modilications··). Professional shall not recei, e additional compensation for an) Modification of the Services unless the Parties agree otherv,ise in a ,Hiting executed b: both Parties.
-t.3. City Requested Modification of Services. Cit: ma). b: \.\ritten order. authorize Modifications to the Ser\'ices dc:scribed in Exhibit A. If such Modifications cause an increase in the cost or time required for performance of Professional"s Sen ices. the Parties shall enter into a \.\ ritten amendment to this Agreement to adjust the Sen ices and the rates to be paid to Professional.

PROFE-.SSIO\.-\L �ER\'ICl:S .·\GREE\IE\:T
Cit:,, of Ceres and Ja:, ·� I ires

ITEM 5

ATTACHMENT G
rl1e Sen, ices shall not be re\ iscd unless Cit) and Professional mutual!) agree to a ,Hitten amendment to this Agreement rellecting such revisions. additional comrcnsation. time for rerfonn::rnce. or such other terms or conditions mutual!) agreed upon b: the Parties. �A. Professional Requested \'lodification 111 Services. Profes ·ional --;hall not be compensated !'or \\Ork outside the Sen ices described 111 this Agreement. unless. prior to the commencement of the Sen ices:
(a) Professional rrovides Cit) \\ ith "ritten notice that specitic \\Ork requested b: Cit:, or required to complete the Project is oubiue the agreed uron Sen ices. Such notice shall:
( i) be supported by substantial evidence that the "ork is outs idc the Ser, ices: and (ii) set forth the Profes<,ional"s propo-,cd course or action for comrleting the \\nr"- ant.la specilic request for Cit:
to appro, e the :Vlodi lication to the �en ice-,: and
(b) Cit: agrees that the \\Ork requires a \lodilication:
(c) The Parties execute a" ritten amendment to this Agreement describing an:

Moditication. Compensation for an) additional Sen ices shall not e\.ceed One hundred t\\enl) fr,e Dollars (S 125.00) per hour.

Section 5. Com pcnsation.

5.1. Amount, Time. and Manner of Payment for Professional Scn'iccs. Cit) shall ra) Professional acrnrding 10 the rates and timing set forth in E"Xhibit A. Cit)·-, total compensation to Professional shall not exceed thirl) thousand Dollars ($30.000.00) (··Maximum Pa) ment . .
) per
, ehicle unless the Parties mutuall: agree in \Hi ting othern ise. Professinnal hcreb: m:kno" kdges that it accept:-- the risk that the sen ices to be prO\ ided rursuant to the Scope nf Sen ices ma: be more costl: or time consuming than Professional anticipates and that Professional shall not be entitled to additional rnrnpcnsation unless agreed other\\ ise b: the Parties.

5.2. Subsequent Pa�·mcnts. Cit) shall make monthl: rayments in the amount imoiced b) Professional ,, ithin thirt) (30) calend,ir da)S ot' recci, ing such imoice. In the e, ent that an amount of an im oicc is in dispute. Cit) shall inform Professional of the amount and basis for the dispute and ma: \.\ithhold the amount ,,hich is in dispute until the dispute has been resohed.

5.3. lnYoices. Professional shall pro\ ide Cit) "ith rnonthl) im oices sufticientl) evidencing Professional·s expense:-- and completion of the Sen ices. All invoices furnished to Cit) b) Professional shall be in a form appro, ed b: Cit:. The pa) rnents specified shall be the onl) ra: mcnts made to Professional for performance of the Services. including compensntion tor an:

Modification. Professional shall submit al I bi II ing� for Ser\ ices to Cit) \,\ ith in forty-Ii ve (--l-5) days or the rerformance of such Sen ices. Cit) shall issue pa) ment according LO Cit) ·s custumar:
procedures and practices for issuing pa) mt?nts to independent contractors.

5.-t. Reimbursement. Cit: shall pa) Professional for reimbursable expenses specitied 111 Exhibit A incurred related to Professional's performance 01· the Services. Such reimbursable PROH�SSIO'--\L SER\ ICES -\GRED-IE'. T
Cii:,, of Ceres and Ja:,, -� Tires
Page J of 18
ITEM 5

ATTACHMENT G
costs shall be im oiced and billed to Cit:;- on a month I: basis. pro, ided that in no eH:nt shall reimbursable expenses exceed thirt) thousand Dollars ($30.000.00) per ,chicle.

Section 6. �otice to Proceed. Protessional shall not commence the performance of the Scrv ices unti I it has been gi \ en notice b) City ("·Notice to Proceed··).

Section 7 Time of Performance. Prolessional \\ ill commence performance of the Sen ices vv ithin seven (7) calendar days of the date the Notice to Proceed. The time of performance is a material Lenn of this Agreement relied on b: Cit:, in entering into this Agreement.

Section 8. Professional's Resources. Professional shall. at its sole cost and expense. furnish all lacilitie!,. equipment. materials. information. personnel. and administrati, e assistance \\ hich ma) be required to perform its obligation!, under this Agreement.\\ ith the e".ception of items or Cit: assistance specified in Exhibit A.

Section 9. Duties of City. In order to permit Profe�sional to render the services required hereunder. Cit) shall. at its expense and in a time! :, manner: (a) Pro, ide such information as Professional ma: rcasonabl:, require to undertah.e or perform thl' Sen ice:,: (b) Prompt!) revie\\ an: and all documents and materials submitted to Cit::, by Professional in order to avoid unreasonable dela: s in Protessional·s performance of the Sen ices: and (c) Prompt I: not if:

Protessional of an:;- fault or defect in thlc' performance of Professional·s sen ices hereunder.

Section 10. Time and Personnel DeYote<l to ScrYices. Professional shall deHllC such time and personnel to the performance or this Agreement. as is necessar::- to perform the Sen ices in compliance ,, ith this Agreement.

Section 11. Performance by Qualified Personnel; No Subcontracting. Sen ices under this Agreement shall be performed onl:, b:;- competent personnel under the supen i-;ion and direct emplo: rnent of Professional. Prol'c.:ssional \\ ill conform \\ ith Cit:,·� reasonable requests regarding assignment of personnel. but all personnel. including those assigned at Cit) ·s request. shall be suren ised b: Prokssional. Professional is prohibited f rom subcontracting this Agreemem or an:
part of it unless such subcontracting is express I) appro\ ed b: Cit:;- in "riting. :"-Jeither Part:;- shall. on the basis of this Agreement. contract on behalf of. or in the name of the other Party. An agreement made in , iolation of this pro\ is ion shall confer no rights on an: Part: and shall be null and void.

Section 12. Representations of Professional. Cit: relies upon the folio,, ing represemations b) Professional in entering into this Agreement:

12.1. Qualifications. Professional represents that it is qualified to perform the en ices provided in Exhibit A and that it possesses the necessary licenses and permits required to perform the Sen ices or ,, ill obtain such licenses or permits prior to the time such licenses or permits arc required. Professional shall also ensure that all subcontractors are similar!:;- licensed and qualified.

Professional represents and warrants to City that Professional shall. at Prolessional's sole cost and expense. h.eep in eftect or obtain at all times during the Term or this Agreement. an: licenses.

PROFES�I0'-.:-\1. SERVICES :-\GREE\IE"T
Cit} of Ceres and Ja) ·s Tire,
Page -t of 18
ITEM 5

ATTACHMENT G
rermits. and approvals ""hich arc: legally required for Professional to practice Professional's profcs�ion at the time the Sen ices are rendered.

12.2. Professional Performance. Professional represents that all Sen-ices under this 1\greement shall be performed in a nrnnner consistent \\ ith the professional skill and care ordinaril) pro" ided b;- consultants rracticing in the same or similar local it:-, under the same or similar circumstanl..'.es. Professional shall perform its sen ices as e:--peditiousl: as is consistent \\ ith such professional skill and care and as neccssar) ror the orderly progress or the Project. Professional agree� that. if a Sen ice is not ::,o perfom1ed. in addition to all of its obligation� under this Agreement and at la""· Professional shall re-perform or replace unsatisfactory Ser\. ice at no additional expc:nsc to Cit).

12.3. '.'Jo Waiver of Claims. The granting ofan) rrogre'>s payment b: Cit). or the receipt thereof b: Professional. or an: in�rection. re\ ie\\ . arrroval or oral statement b:-, an: representatiYe of Cit:-,. or state certification shall not. in an:, v\ a). v,ai\ c. limit. or rerlace an:-, ce11ification or appr\n al procedure::, normal I: required or lessen the: liabilit) ot' Prote�sional to re-perform or replace unsatisfacto1') Sen, ice. including. but not limited to. cases \\ here the unsatisfactor) character or such Sen ice ma;- not ha\ e been apparent or detected at the time of sul..'.h pa) ment. inspel..'.tion. re\ ie\\ or appro, al.

12.-1. City's Remedies are CumulatiYe. 01othing in this Section shall constitute a \,ai\ er or limitation of any right or remedy. \\ hether in equit) or at la\\ . \\ hich City or Professional ma:
ha\e under this Agreement or an::- aprlicabk la\\ . ,\II right:-. and remedies of Cit;-. \\hether under this Agreement or applicable la,\. shall be cumulati\ e.

12.5. No Conflict of Interest. Prore�sional represents that no conflict of interest \\ ill be created under state or federal la\\ b:, entering into or in carr;-ing out this Agreement.

Section 13. Conformi�· with Law and Safety. Professional shall observe and comply ,vith all applicable l,l\\ s. ordinances. codes. regulations. and permits of go\ ernrnental agencies. including federal. state. municipal and local governing bodies havingjurisdiction O\ er an) or all of the scope of Ser\ ices. including all pro\ isions of the Occupational Safct;- and Health Act of 1979 as amended. all California Occupational Safet) and I lealth Regulations. the California Building Code. the American::,\\ ith Disabilities /\ct. an) cop:- right. patent. or trademark law. and all other applicable federal. state. municiral and local safct) regulations. appropriate trade association safet) standards. and appropriate equipment rnanu facturer instructions. All Sen ices performed by Professional must be in accordance"' ith the�e la\\ s. ordinances. codes. and regulations. including the administrative policies and guidelines of City pertaining to the vvork. Professional· s failure to
compl) \\ ith an;- lm\S. ordinances. codes. or regulations applicable to the performance or the Services hereunder shall consti lute a breach of contract. In cases ,vhere standards conflict. the standard pro\ id ing the highest degree of protection sh al I pre\ ai I.

If a death. serious personal injury. or substantial rropert) damage occurs in connection \\ ith the performance or this Agreement. Protessional shall irnmediatel) notif'::- Cit) t\lanager b) telephone. l r any accident occurs in connection v, ith this Agreement. Prolessional shal I prompt!) submit a ,, ritten report to Cit;-. in such form as Cit: ma;- require. This report shall include the PROFESSIO'-: \L SERVICES ,\GREE\IE'-:T
Cit) of Ceres and Ja� ·s Tires
Page S of 18
ITEM 5

ATTACHMENT G
l'ollo\, ing in formation: (a) >lame and address or the injured or deceased person( s ): ( b) >lame anJ address or Prolcssional's subcontractor. if an:: (c) ame and address or Professional's liabilit) insurance carrier: and ( d) A deta i leJ description of the accident. inc luJ ing "hethcr an: l)I. Cit: 's equipment. tools or materials \\ae im olved.

II' a rckase or a hazardous material. substance. or "aste occurs in connection "ith the performance or this Agreement. Professional shall immediate I) not if': Cit: Manager.

Section 1-t. Contact by Professional with Project Owner or Project Applicant. L'nlcss other\, ise set fnrth in the Sen ices. neither Professional nor Professional\ subcontractors shall direct I) contact the o,, na or the propert) im oh ed in the Project or an: pan:- ,\ho is the arplicant for the Project (""Interested Part) .. ). or an employee or contractor or an Interested Part). on an:
matter relating to the Project " ithout the prior consent of Cit). In nn C\ent shall Prokssional take an) in-..tructions or Jircctions from an Interested Pan: on an: mallcr pertaining to the Professional's Services to be performed for Cit) unJer this Agreement.

Section 15. Confidentiality
. Professional understands and agrees that. in the performance or Sen ices under this ,\greement or in the contcmplatilrn thereof. Professional ma:- have access to rri,ate or conlidential information that ma: be o\\ned or controlled b: Cit) and that such information may contain proprietary or confidential details. the disclosure or\,hich to third parties ma, be damaging to Cit) (--Confidential Information··).

Professional shall not. either during 0r after the l"crm. disclose to an: third part:- an:

Confidential lnlonnatinn \\ithout the prior \\ritten consent of Cit). If Cit) gi,cs Professional \Hitten authoril'.ation to make an) such disclosure. Professional shall do so onl: "ithin the limits and to the e:-.tent of that authorization. Prokssional ma:- be directed or ad, ised b: the Cit: ·s Ceneral Counsel on , arious matters relating to the performance or the Services l)ll the Project or on other matters pertaining to the Project and. in such event. Profcs-;ional agrees that it \\ ill treat all communications bet,,een itsclL its emplo:ces and its subcontractors as being communications vvhich an: within the allorney-client pri, ilege.

Not" ithstanding the l�lregoing. Prolessional ma: disclose Confidential Information required to be disclosed under lav,. provided that. prior to disclosure. Prot'cssional shall first give notice to Cit: and make a reasonable effon to obtain a protecti\e order requiring that Cit: ·s Confidential Information not be disclosed. rl1is c,ception is limited to the extent disclL)sure is requircJ under Im\.

Section 16. Ownership of Work Product. Any and all v,ork. art,vork. copy. posters. bi I I boards. photographs. videotapes. audiotapes. S) -;terns designs. soft" are. reports. designs. specifications. drawings. diagrams. surve) s. source codes. professional or technical information or data. photographs. notes. letters. emails or an: original \\Orks or authorship created b) Professional or its subcontractors or subcontractors in connection " ith Sen ices performed under this Agreement c·Proclucts .. ) shall be \\Orks lor hire as defined under Title 17 of the United States Code. and all cop:-rights in such ,,orks are the propert) of Cit:. In the e,ent it is e,er determined that an) Product created b: Professional or its subcontractors. or subcontractnrs under this Agreement. arc not v.nrks for hire under U.S. Im,. Protessional hcrcb) assigns all copyrights to PROFESSIO\:.-\L SERYICl:S .-\GREE\IE:--. T
City ofCacs and Ja:-, ·s Tires

ITEM 5

ATTACHMENT G
such Products 10 Cit). With the prior ,Hitten appro, al of Cit)· s point of contact for the Project.

Professional ma: retain and use copies of such Products for reference and as documentation of its e,perit:"nce and l.'.apabi I it ies.
/\ 11 Products sha 11 become the propt:"rt) of Cit: irrespective or,, here located or stored. and Profes,iona I agrees to de Ii, er a 11 such documents and in format ion to Cit). ,, ithout charge and in "' hatevcr form it exists. on the completion or the Professional's Sen ices hereunder. Prol"cssional shall ha, e no cm nership interest in such Products.

A 11 ,, ork product of Professiona I under th is Agreement. including \Hi tten in formation ,, h ich Cit: "ill cause to be distributed for either internal or public circulation. including both preliminar:
and final drafts. shall be deli, ered to Cit) in both printed and electronic form. or as ma) be specified in Exhibit A.
l ipon the conclusion of the Tenn or in the e, ent or Termination of thic; Agreement.

Profes:_..ional agret:"s. at its e,pense and in a timel:- manner. to rt'tum 10 Cit: all document:,. <lra\\ ings. photographs and other \Hit1cn or graphic material. ho,,\.'\ er produced. that it recei, ed from Cit:,-. its contractors. or agents. in connection ,, ith the performance of its Ser, ices under thi:, .\greemt'nt. /\II materials shall he returned in the same condition as recei, ed.

Section 17. .\ssignmcnt Prohibited. -:\o Part:,- tn this ,.\grt:"ement ma:,- assign am right or ohligati\ll1 pursuant to this \greement. An: attempt or purported assignment of an) right or obligatilln pursuant t11 this Agreement shall be void and of no effect.

Section 18. Excusable Delays: �otice to Other Par� of Delay·. Professional shall not be in breach or thi� :\greemcnt in th\.' e, t:'llt that performance of Sen ices is temporaril:,- interrupted or discontinued due to a ··Foret' \la_jeur\.'·· e,ent ,, hich is defined as: riots. ,,ars. sabotage. ci, il di-;turbanees. insurrections. e,plosion. natural disasters such as lloods. earthquakes. landslides.

Ii res. strikes. lockouts and other labor disturbances or other catastrorhic e, t'nts. ,, hich arc be) ond the rea-;onabk control or Prol"e-;sional. Force i\lajeur\.' does not include: (a) Professional"s linancial inabilit:,- to perform: (b) Prol"cssional"s lailurt' to obtain an:, necessar:,- permits or licenses f rom
other go\ernmental agencies: or (c) Professional"s failure to obtain the right to US\.' the facilities or an) public utilit::, whcrt' such failure i-; due sole!) to the acts or omissions or the Professional.

Section 19. Suspension of Services by City. Cit) resencs the right to suspend Profe�sional's Sen ice-; under this Agreement ,,·hen Cit: determines that it is necessar� to do so. When possible.

City shall gi, e Professional notice or such suspension and Professional shall. upon receipt of said notice. suspend all Services c,cept any Services. th\.' completion of \vhich is authorizt'd by the notice gi, en b: Cit). If the St'nices art:" suspended b) Cit: for more than si:,.;.t: (60) consecuti, e da)S. for reasons other than th\.' fault of the Professional. the Professional shall be compensated for Sen ices performed prior to notice of such suspt'nsion. When the Project is resumed. th\.' Professional's compensation :,hall be equitabl: ad_justed b) Cit::, to pro, idc for e:--penses incurred b: the interruption orthe Ser, ices. In this regard. Professional shall furnish to Cit) such linancial information that. in th\.' _judgment or the Cit) Manager. is nccessar::, to detcnnint' the reasonable \ alue of the Sen ices rendered b::, Professional during the pt'riod ,, hen Ser, ices ,, ere suspended.

PROFESSIO:\.-\L SERVICl:S .-\GREE\IE:S:-1
City of Ceres and Jay· s Tires

ITEM 5

ATTACHMENT G
Section 20. Termination of Work by City for Its Connnience. Cit: shall ha\ e the right to terminate thi-; Agreement at an: time for its com enience b:, gi, ing notice or such termination to Profcs:sional ( .
. Termination··). In the e,cnt Cit) shall give such notice or termination. Professional shall cease remlering Ser, ices upon receipt of said notice given as required in this Agreement. If Cit: tenninate:,, this Agreement:
(a) Professional shall deli,er copies of all Products prepared b:, it pursuant to this .\grecment.
(b) If Cit::, terminate-, this Agreement for conH:nience before Cit) issues the Notice to Proceed to Profe:ssional or before Professional commences an: Sen ices hereunder.\\ hiche\ er last occurs. Cit: shall not be obligated to make an) pa1rnem to Professional. If Cit: terminates this Agreement a lkr Cit: ha:,, issued the Nl)tice to Proceed to Profes'>ional and after Professional has commenced performance under this .\grcement. Cit:, shall pay Professional the reasonable , alue of the Sen ices rendered b: Protessional pursuant to thi-, .\greement prior to termination of this Agreement. Cit::, shall not in an::, manner be liable for Prolcssional's actual or projected lost prnfits had Professional completed the Sen ices. Prok:,,sional :,,hall furnish to ( it) :such financial information that. in the judgment of the Cit) i\lanager. i-, nece:ssar: to determine the reas,,nable value of the Services n:ndered b:- Professional prior to tcr111ination. (c) E:-..cept as prO\ ided in this Agreement. in no e, cnt shall Cit) be liable for ClbtS incurred b: or on behal r of Prolcssional alter the date or the notice or ter111 i nation. (d) '-<ot,, ithc;tanding thi-. Section. this Agreement ma: be terminated b:, Cit:, for cause based on the loss or suspension of an: licenses. permits or registrations required for the continued pro, i-.;ion of the Sen ict.:s. or Prolessional"s malfeasance. Tcnnination of the Agreement for cause as set forth in this Section shall relie, e City f
r
om compensating Professional.

Section 21. Assurance of Performance. If. at an: time. Cit: belie, cs Professional 111a: nnt be adequate!::, performing its obligations under thi-; ,1\greement or ma) fail to complete the Sen ices as required b) this Agreement. City 1ml) submit a \\Titten request to Professional for ,Hitten assurances 01· performance and a plan to correct ob:-.en ed deticiencies in Professional's performance. Failure to pro, ide ,, ritten assurances subsequent to :,,ueh \\ritten reque-,t. constitutes e:rounds to declare a breach under this /u:ree111cnt. - � Section 22. Cancellation for Breach by Either Par�·. Should either Part: fail tl) substantial!:
perform its obligations in accordance,, ith the provisions or this Agreement. the other Pat1) shall thereupon h;;ne the right to cancel the Agreement b) gi, ing \Hitten notice and specifying the effecti\c' date of such cancellation. If Cit) cancels this Agreement for breach and it is subsequent I:
determined that Professional did not fail to substantial!) perform its obligations in accordance,, ith this Agreement. then cancellation for breach b: Cit: shall be deemed. and treated. as termination for com enience.

Neither Pany ,\ai,es the right to reco,er damages against the other for breach of this Agreement. including an:, amount necessar: to compensate Cit:, for all detriment pro:--;imately caused b: Professional's failure to perform its obligations hereunder or \\ hich in the ordinary PROFESSIO�.\L SER\'IC[S .\GREE\IL'-. T
Cit! of Ceres and Ja� ·, fires

ITEM 5

ATTACHMENT G
course or thinus \,Ould be likeh lo result therefr
.._ ., om. Cit\
.,
resenes the rir!ht -- to offset such damaues .._
against an: pa) ments O\\ ed to Proles-,ional.

Cit) shall not in any manner be liable for Professional's actual or projected lost profits had Professional compktcd the Services required b) this Agreement.

Section 23. Dispu tc Resolution. In the e\ ent of an: cl ispute bet\\ een the Parties to th i" Agreement. the Parties agree to first negotiate in good faith tO\\ard a resolution \\ ith panicipation b) representatives or each part) holding sufficient authority to resohe the dispute. If such dispute cannut be resolved \\ ithin fifteen ( 15) business da)'s. the dispute shall be submitted to mediation as a condition precedent to initiating rormal litigation.

Section H. Insurance Con'ragc. During the I ern1. the Professional shall maintain in full l'orcc and cl'lect policies or insurance set forth herein.\\ hich shall be placed \\ ith insurers\\ ith a current AM lkst·s rating ol'nll less than;\ VII and ,,ill rrm ide Cit) \,\ ith ,Hillen prool'nfsaid insurance.

Prnfcs�ional shall rnaintain C0\ eragc as follo,,s:
2-U. General Liability. Protessional -,hall carr: gcneral liabilit: in ... urance in the amount of T\\O :

V
lillion Dollars C52.000.000.00) rer occurrence for bodily injur). personal injur:. and propert) darnage. If commercial general liabilit) insurance or another form ,,ith a general aggregate limit is used. either the general aggregate limit shall appl) separate!) w this Project or the general aggregate -;hall be T\\o \ti Ilion Dollars (S2.000.000.00).

H.2. Workers' Compensation Insurance and Employer's Liability . Protessional
shall catT) ,\orkers· compensation insurance as required b) the State of California under the Labor Code. Professional shall abn carr:- employer·s liabilit) insurance in the amount or One Million Dollar-, ($1.000.000.00) per accident. \\ ith a One \ti Ilion Dollar ($1.000.000.00) j)l)lic:- limit l'or bod ii: injur:- by disease. and a One i\lillion Dollar (S 1.000.000.00) limit for each employcc·s bodih injur: b) disease.
2-l.3. En-ors and Omissions Liability. Professional shall carry errors and omissions liabilit) insurance in the amount nrno less than l\\-o Million Dollars ($2.000.000.00) per claim or greater ii' appropriate for the Profe::-.sional's profession. An: deductibles or self-in�ured retentions must be declared to and appro\ ed b: Cit). At the option of the Cit). either the insurer shall reduce or eliminate such deductibles or self-insured retentions \\ ith resrect to the Cit) . elected and
arrointed councils. commissions. directors. officers. emplo:-ees. agents. and representati\ cs c·Cit) ·s Agents .. ): or the Professional shall prcl\ ide a financial guarantee satisl::1cltX) to the Cit:
guaranteeing pa:- ment or losses and related il1\ estigations. claims administration and defense expenses.
2-l.4. Commercial Automobile Liability
. Professional shall carry commercial
automobile liabilit)- insurance in the amount of One Million Dollars ($1.000.000) or greater per occurrence for O\\ ned. leased. hi red. and borTO\\ ed automobi lcs. 2-l.5. Waiver of Subrogation. \\'ith the exception or errors and om1ss1ons liabilit) insurance. Prolessional hereb) agrees to \,\ai\·e subrogation \\hich an) insurer or Protessional ma) PROFESSIO�,-\L SER\ IC.TS AGREE\tlF.'.T
Cit� of Ceres and Ja� · s Tire,

ITEM 5

ATTACHMENT G
acquire from Professional by virtue of the pa) ment of any loss. The commercial general I iabi I ity policy and \\Orkers· compensation policy shall be endorsed to contain a vvaiver of subrogation in favor of City for all work performed by Professional. its agents. employees. independent contractors. and subcontractors. Professional agrees to obtain any endorsement that may be necessary to affect this vvaiver of subrogation.

Section 25. Additional Insurance Requirements. Within five (5) days of the commencement of the Term. Professional shall provide City with ce1tificates of insurance for all of the policies required under this Agreement ( .. Certificates .. ). excluding the required workers· compensation insurance. Such Certificates shall be kept current for the Term of the Agreement and Professional shall be responsible for providing updated copies and notify ing City if a policy is cancelled.
suspended. reduced. or voided. With the exception of the vvorkers· compensation and errors and omissions liability insurance. all of the insurance policies required in this Agreement shall:
(a) PrO\ ide that the policy will not be cancelled. allo\ved to expire. or material I) reduced in coverage vvithout at least thirt:, (30) days· prior written notice to Cit) of such cancellation. expiration. or reduction and each pol icy shal I be endorsed to state such:
(b) Name City. and City"s Agents as additional insureds \\ ith respect to liabilit) arising out of Services. work. or operations performed by or on behalf of Professional:
( c) Co\ er products and completed operations of Professional. premises O\\ ned. occupied. or used by the Professional. or automobiles owned. leased. or hired or borrowed b1 the Professional: contain no special limitations on the scope of protection afforded to City (d) Be primary v.ith respect to an) insurance or self:-insurance programs CO\ering Cit)' or Cit) ·s Agents and any insurance or self-insurance maintained b) Cit) or City"s Agents shall be in excess of Professional"s insurance and shall not contribute to it:
(e) Contain standard separation of insured provisions: and (t) State that an1 failure to comply \Vith reporting or other provisions of the policy including breaches of v.arranties shall not affect the coverage provided to City.

Section 26. Indemnification by Professional. To the fullest extent permitted by la\v (including. without limitation. California Civil Code sections 2782 and 2782.8). Professional shall defend v\ith legal counsel reasonably acceptable to City. indemnify and hold harmless the City and City·s Agents from and against any and all claims. loss. cost. damage. injury (including. ,\ithout limitation. injury to or death of an employee of Professional or its subcontractors). expense and liability of every kind. nature and description that arise out of. pertain to or relate to acts or omissions of Professional. or any direct or indirect subcontractor. employee. contractor. representative or agent of Professional. or anyone that Professional controls (collectively ·•Liabilities.. ). Such obligations to defend. hold harmless and indemnify City and City·s Agents shall not apply to the extent that such Liabilities are caused in whole b) the sole negligence. active negligence. or willful misconduct of City or City"s Agents. but shall apply to all other Liabilities.

PROFESSIO'sAL. SER\'ICES AGREEMEl\T
City of Ceres and Jay·s Tires

ITEM 5

ATTACHMENT G
With respect to third-party claims against the Professional. the Professional vvaives an: and all rights of any type of express or implied indemnity against City and City·s Agents.

Section 27. Liability of City. 1 otv\ithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, in no event shall City be liable. regardless of whether any claim is based on contract or tort. for any special. consequential. indirect. or incidental damages. including. but not limited to. lost profits or revenue. arising out of or in connection \\ith this Agreement or the Services performed in connection vvith this Agreement.

Section 28. Independent Contractor. At all times during the Term. Professional shall be deemed to be an independent contractor and shall be\\ holly responsible for the manner in which Professional performs the Services required under this Agreement. Professional shall be liable for its acts and omissions and those of its employees. contractors. subcontractors. representati,es. volunteers. and its agents. Nothing contained herein shall be construed as creating an employment. agency. or partnership relationship betv,een Cit) and Professional. City shall ha,e the right to control Professional on!) insofar as the result of Professional" s Services rendered pursuant to this Agreement: hovvever. City shall not ha,·e the right to control the means b) v\ hich Professional accomplishes Services rendered pursuant to this Agreement.

Section 29. Professional Not Agent. Except as City ma) specify in \-Hiting. Professional shall have no authority. express or implied. to act on behalf of City in any capacity '"hatsoever as an agent. Professional shall haH: no authority. express or implied. pursuant to this Agreement to bind City to any obligation whatsoe, er.

Section 30. Payment of Taxes and Other Expenses. Payment of an) taxes. including California sales and use taxes. levied upon this Agreement. the transaction. or the Ser\-ices or goods delivered pursuant hereto. shall be the obi igation of Professional.

Section 31. Notices. ;\ny notice or communication required hereunder bet,,een City and Professional must be in writing. and may be given either personally. by registered or certified mail ( return receipt requested). or by Federal Ex press. UPS or other sim i Jar couriers providing overnight delivery. If personally delivered. a notice shall be deemed to ha,e been given \\hen delivered to the Party to v,hom it is addressed. \Jotices given by registered or certified mail shall be deemed to have been given and received on the first to occur of (a) actual receipt by any of the addressees designated below as the pa11y to "" horn notices are to be sent. (b) on the date de! ivered as shov,n on a receipt issued by the courier. or (c) five (5) days alter a registered or certified letter containing such notice. properly addressed. v\ith postage prepaid. is deposited in the United States mail. If gi,en by Federal Express or similar courier, a notice or communication shall be deemed to have been given and received on the date delivered as shO\rn on a receipt issued by the courier. Any Pa11y hereto may at any time. by giving ten ( I 0) days written notice to the other Party hereto. designate any other address in substitution or the address to "' hich such notice or communication shall be given. Such notices or communications shall be given to the Pa11ies at the addresses in this paragraph set fo11h below:

If to City: City of Ceres
PROFESSIO�AL SERVICES r\GREEi'vlEi\T
City of Ceres and Jay·s Tires

ITEM 5
With counesy copies to:

Ifto Professional:

Section 32. General Provisions.

Attn: City Manager
2220 Magnolia Street
Ceres, California 95307
White Brenner LLP
Attn: Nubia I. Goldstein
1608 T Street
Sacramento, CA 95811
Jay's Tires
Attn: Cody Williams
29-t0 Geer Road
Turlock, CA 95382

ATTACHMENT G
A. Modification. No alteration. modification. or termination of this Agreement shall be valid unless made in writing and executed by all Parties.

B. Wai·ver. No CO'v enant. term. or condition or the breach thereof shall be deemed \\a i ved. except b: \, rittcn consent of the Part) against whom the ,\ ai, er is claimed. and an:, \vai, er of the breach of an:, covenant. term. or condition shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any preceding or succeeding breach of the same or any other covenant. term. or condition.

C. Assignment. No Party shall assign. transfer. or othen,ise dispose of this Agreement in V\ hole or in part to an::, individual. firm. or corporation \\ ithout the prior ,Hitten consent of the other Part:,. Subject to the forgoing pro\ is ions. this Agreement shall be binding upon. and inure to the benefit of. the respective successors and assigns of the Parties.

D. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be go\emed b: and construed in accordance with the la\,\s of the state or California.

E. Venue. Venue for all legal proceedings shall be in the Superior Court of California for the County of Stanislaus.

F. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in tvvo or more counterparts. each of v,hich shall constitute an original and all of which shall be deemed a single agreement.

G. Severability. [f this Agreement in its entirety is determined by a court to be in val id or unenforceable. this Agreement shall automatically terminate as of the date of final entry of judgment. If any pro\ is ion of this Agreement shall be determined by a court to be invalid and unenforceable. or if any provision of this Agreement is rendered invalid or unenforceable according to the terms of any federal or state statute. v, hich becomes effective after the execution of this Agreement by an) Party. the remaining provisions shall continue in full force and effect and shall be construed to give effect to the intent of this Agreement PROFESSIO:\AL SERVICES AGREE\ilEJ\iT
City of Ceres and Jay·s Tires

ITEM 5

ATTACHMENT G
H. Audit. City shall have access at all reasonable times to all reports. contract records. contract documents. contract files. and personnel necessary to audit and verify Professional's charges to City under this Agreement.

I. Entire Agreement. This Agreement sets forth the entire understanding between the Parties as to the subject matter of this Agreement and merges all prior discussions. negotiations. proposal letters or other promises. ,,hether oral or in writing.

J. Supersedes Prior Agreement. It is the intention of the Parties hereto that this Agreement shall supersede an1 prior agreements. discussions. commitments. or representations. ,, hether \Hitten. electronic or oral. between the Parties "' ith respect to the subject matter of this Agreement.

K. Headings �ot Controlling. Headings used in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not be considered in construing this Agreement.

L. Successors and Assigns. A 11 representations. covenants. and vv arranties speciticall) set forth in this Agreement. b::, or on behalf of. or for the benefit of. any or all of the Parties hereto. shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of such Party. its successors and assigns.
'.\I. Interpretation. As used herein. any gender includes each other gender. the singular includes the plural and vice versa.

N. Mandato� and Permissive. ··Shall.. and ··v, ill .. and ··agrees are mandatory. ··Ma)-·· and --can .
.
are permissi,c.

0. Attorney's Fees and Costs. Ir an: action at hm or in equit). including action for declaratory rel icf. is brought to en force or interpret pro\. is ions or this Agreement. the pre\ailing Party shall be entitled to reasonable attorney's fees and costs. which ma) be set by the court in the same action or in a separate action brought for that purpose. in addition to any other relief to v,hich such Party may be entitled.

P. Time is of the Essence. Time is of the essence in this Agreement for each covenant and term of a condition herein.

Q. Authority
. All Parties to this /\grcement wa1Tant and represent that they have the power and authorit) to enter into this Agreement and the names. titles. and capacities herein stated on behalf of any entities. persons. states. or firms represented or purported to be represented by such entities. persons. states or firms and that all former requirements necessary or required by the state or federal law in order to enter into the Agreement have been fully complied \\ ith. Further. by entering into this Agreement. neither Party hereto shall have breached the terms or conditions of any other contract or agreement to which such Party is obligated. v\hich such breach would have a material effect hereon.

PROFESSIO>JAL SERVICES AGREEi\.-lE�T
Cit) of Ceres and Jay·s Tires

ITEM 5

ATTACHMENT G
R. Drafting and Ambiguities. Each Pa11y acknO\\ledges that it has revie\\ed this Agreement \\ ith its own legal counsel. and based upon the advice of that counsel. freely entered into this Agreement. Each Party has participated fully in the revie," and revision of this Agreement. Any rule of construction that ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting pa,ty does not apply in interpreting this Agreement.
[Signatures on Following Pagel
PROFESSIO'\Ji\L SERVICES AGREEME:s;T
City of Ceres and Jay's Tires

ITEM 5
• Speal-.er and siren installation (grille or e:--.ternal mount).

ATTACHMENT G
------ ---------------------�----

9. SOFTWARE & SYSTEM PROGRAMMING
• Programming and configuration or lighting controllers; (e.g .. Whelen. Code 3. Federal). • Radio programming ( if pennitted b: agenc: ).
• Integration of "v!DT sol't\,are. cameras. GPS. ALPR. and vehicle gate\\a) s. • Troubleshooting net\\ or!-. connect i\ it: and de\ ice interoperahi I it:.

10. QUALI TY CONTROL & TESTING
• Full': ,tern p1)\\er-on diagnostic:-..
• Load tests. , oltage drop t..:sts. and alternator capac it: \ eri tication. • Operational te,h for light-.. :-,iren-.. cameras. radios. :VID I. serbors. and K-9 ': steni--. • Road te:,t (if ,tut h1iri1eJ ).

11. DOCUMENTATION & DELI VERY
• As-built wiring. diagram-.. e4uipment location<s. fuse charts. :-,erial numbers. • \,\ arTant: documentation and user in:,tructio11:-,.
• Vehicle hand-mer inspection,, ith agency pcr<sonnel.
• Post-dcliwr: �upport and maintenance plans.

12. OPTIONAL ONGOI G SUPPORT
• Pre\ cnti\ e maintenance checks.
• Warranty service and repair.
• Lpgrades. add-ons. or reconfiguration for nc" missions or tel·hnolog:-.

PROFESSIO:---:,-\L SERVICES .-\GREE\,JE'\T
Cit� of Cere, and Ja� ·., I in:s

ITEM 5

ATTACHMENT G
IN WITNESS WHEREOF. the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the last day and date below written.

CITY:

CITY OF CERES. a California municipal
Date: DL\ I o-z..1 VYl..lo
Approved as to Form:

Nubia I. Goldstein, City Attorney
ATTEST:.
-�V\1�
Fallon Martin, City Clerk
CltyofCern
_...,._ . ....

PROFESSIONAL:
· fornia corporation
Date:

PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT
City of Ceres and Jay's Tires

ITEM 5

ATTACHMENT G
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement ns of the lust day and date below written.

CITY:

CITY OF CERES, a California municipal
corporation
By:

Douglas D. Dunford, City Manager
Date:

Approved as to Fol'm:
�( Nubi . Goldstein, City Attorney
ATTEST:.

Fallon Martin, City Cleric
City of Ceres
PROFESSIONAL:
l'<>M.IJC...-' �(I)/ !!!1#1111
Date: I/, 'f I ,l., ?if/

PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT
City of Ceres and Jay's Tires

ITEM 5

ATTACHMENT G

EXHIBIT A
Services

SCOPE OF WORK - LAW ENFORCEMENT VEHICLE UPFITTING

1. Project lntake & Planning
• Vehicle inspection upon receipt (condition. mileage. baseline electrical checks). • Review ofagenc) specifications. equipment lists. \\iring diagrams. and operational requirements.
• Develop an upfitting plan including equipment layout. wiring route. pO\\er load calculations. and safety considerations.
• Coordination \vith fleet managers and command staff regarding special requirements.

2. REMOVAL & PREPARATION
• Removal of OEM interior panels. seats. trim. headliners. and consoles as needed. • Preparation of mounting surfaces for equipment.
• Installation or modilication of partitions. cargo storages:, stems. or K-9 transport units.

3. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM INTEGRATlON
• Installation of primary and secondary power distribution systems. • Use of agency-approved \\ iring standards (proper gauge. color coding. fusing. circuit protection). • Batter) management systems. idle reduction tech. and load-shedding systems. • Grounding. bonding. and surge protection.

PROFESSIOl\AL SERVICES AGREEMEl\T
Cit) of Ceres and Jay ·s Tires

ITEM 5

4. EMERGE CY LIGHTING & WARNING EQUlPME T
• Lightbar installation (roof. interior. lo\,-profile as specilied).

ATTACHMENT G
• Front rear1interior lighb. grille lighh. corner strobe�. and integration of siren amplitiers. • Proper::,) nchroniza1ion of flash pattern:--: cornpliancl.' \\ ith state regulations. • Testing li.ir line-of-sight visibilit) and electrical reliabilit). - - - -----�---�------
s. COMMU !CATION & TECHNOLOGY SYSTEMS
• Radios (VII� 't...:H F 700-800 \.I Ill). mobile data terminals ( \,I DTs ). docking stations. • GPS. A \'L :-.) stems. Lo.lac!--. broadband modem::,. r,)utc>r:-.. \\.i-Fi. • In-car , idi.:o S) stemc; (fr
ont.rear. bod) cam intc>gration ).
• E:-;ternal antenna in::,tallat ion \\ ith correct grounding and roof reinforcement. ---------

6. CONSOLES & INTERIOR EQUIPMENT
• Install at ion nf center ct1nsoles. equi rment racb. arnm:scs. and organiLer S) stem-... • Sv.-icch panels. control heads. cup holders. and cable management. • Gun rad:-. (, c>rtical. l10ri1ontal. trunl---nrnunted) \\ ith ::,l.'cure \\ iring tor locks. ---------------- -

1. VEHICLE PROTECTION SYSTEMS
• Push bumper�. prisont'r panitions. rear :-.Cal comer-;ions. \\ indo\\ barriers. • K-9 units: temperature sensors. fan::,. alarms. clog compartments. door pop S) stems. • Skid plates. brush guard::,. protecti,e hou::,ings for sensitive electronics.

8. EXTERNAL EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION
• Spotlight:,. ALPR s:,.stem::,. radar units.
• License plate brackets. stealth lighting. rear deck lighting..

PROFESSIO'-..-\L SER\ ICFS .\GREE\IF'\T
Citj of Ceres and Ja) ·, Tire::,

ITEM 5
ITEM 5

COUNCIL AGENDA REPORT

CITY COUNCIL
Javier Lopez, Mayor
James Casey, Dist.1
Rosalinda L. Vierra, Dist. 2
Cerina Otero, Dist. 3
Daniel A. Martinez, Dist. 4
MEETING DATE: April 13, 2026
TO: Mayor and City Council
FROM: Trenton Johnson, Acting City Manager
CONTACT: Michael R. Beltran II, P.E., Director of Engineering/City Engineer [email protected], (209) 538-5775
SUBJECT:

Resolution No. 2026-XXX, Approving the Construction Contract for the Rockefeller Water Building Improvement Project (2402) to GCJ, Inc. in the Amount of $1,919,989.49, Authorizing a 20% Contingency, Authorizing 10% Construction Support Funds, Authorizing a Budget Amendment, and Authorizing the City Manager to Execute the Contract
RECOMMENDED COUNCIL ACTION:

Staff recommends City Council award the construction contract for the Rockefeller Water Building Improvement Project (Project No. 2402) to GCJ, Inc., in the amount of $1,919,989.49, authorize a 20% contingency in the amount of $383,997.90, and authorize 10% construction support funds in the amount of $191,998.95, for a total contract amount of $2,495,986.34, authorize a budget amendment; and authorize the City Manager to execute the construction contract.

I. BACKGROUND:

The current City of Ceres (“City”) Corporation Yard is located at 2220 Hackett Road. The property has several buildings occupied by staff as well as several storage buildings. The buildings on this property are all aging with the current administration building dating back to 1874. Several additions and modifications have been made over the last 152 years.

The most recent structure was added to the Fleet Shop which was constructed in 2013.

Currently, City staff is outgrowing the site. There are not enough offices currently for all City employees, leaving some to share spaces.

City staff worked with a planning and design firm for approximately four (4) years on a Corporation Yard Master Plan. Resolution 2018-052 was approved by the City Council on May 29, 2018, which approves a local and federal retainer for architectural service agreements for various vendors, including Red, Inc. (formerly known as Pires Lipomi, and Navarro). The masterplan was planned in four (4) phases to allow for minimum daily operational impact during construction and spread the cost of the project over several ITEM 6
years. The cost for the Corporation Yard Master Plan was approved by City Council on April 15, 2019, for $127,500.00. The site was then approved via Plan Approval by the Planning Commission on April 19, 2021. Throughout that process, it has been made apparent that the operational needs of the Public Works Department have outgrown the existing site.

On May 10, 2021, City Council approved the purchase of the 1921 Rockefeller Drive property in the amount of $1,500,000.00. The City acquired this property, which consists of two separate large metal buildings.

II. REASONS FOR RECOMMENDATION:

To allow more space for all of Public Works’ equipment and staff, the property at 1921 Rockefeller Drive (“Rockefeller Water Building”) can house the Water Division and field staff’s daily operations including equipment and material storage. Proposed improvements to the southern building will create areas for indoor storage of equipment that is currently stored outdoors at the Corporation Yard. Proposed improvements to the northern building include a conference room, lab room, additional storage areas, men’s and women’s locker room, men’s and women’s bathrooms, and areas for administrative staff. The site will also receive security system upgrades throughout.

The City solicited the bid package for construction on January 30th, 2026, with the bid proposals due on February 26th, 2026. The City received five (5) total bid proposals on the bid opening due date.

After staff reviewed the bid proposals, it was determined that GCJ, Inc., was the lowest responsible and responsive bidder.

III. FISCAL IMPACTS:

The Rockefeller Water Building Improvement project was included in the Capital Improvement Project List and allocated funds totaling $1,783,701.10 are currently available in account 52795.800500 (2402).

To fully fund the construction contract, contingency, construction support, materials testing, and staff time, the following budget amendment is recommended:
• $712,825.24 from account 52795.800500
This project will not use General Funds.

IV. EXISTING POLICY / RELATIONSHIP TO THE STRATEGIC PLAN:

This project is in conformance with the first and fifth goals of the Strategic Plan:
1) Infrastructure: Ensure that the community has adequate, well-maintained infrastructure that fosters a quality community and supports a strong economy.

ITEM 6
2) Government operations: Provide quality services to meet community needs, assuring that the City has helpful, well-trained, properly equipped and sufficient staff who partner with other public agencies to provide efficient services.

V. POLICY ALTERNATIVES:

The City Council may consider the following alternatives:

1. Reject all bids and direct staff to re-advertise the Rockefeller Water Building Improvement project.

2. Reject all bids and direct staff to revise the Rockefeller Water Building Improvement project scope prior to re-bidding.

3. Reject all bids and direct staff to remove the Rockefeller Water Building Improvement project from the Capital Improvement Program.

VI. INTERDEPARTMENTAL COORDINATION:

This project has been coordinated with the Public Works Department and Building Department.

VII. PUBLIC PARTICIPATION:

N/A
VIII. ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW:

N/A
IX. STEPS FOLLOWING APPROVAL:

Following approval of this item, the contract with GCJ, Inc. will be signed and executed.

The contractor will then be issued a notice to proceed, and a preconstruction meeting will be held.

Approved by: __________________________
Trenton Johnson,
Acting City Manager
Attachments:

1. Attachment A – Resolution

2. Attachment B – GCJ, Inc., Construction Contract

3. Attachment C – Budget Amendment
ITEM 6
ITEM 6

ATTACHMENT A
RESOLUTION NO. 2026-XXX

APPROVING THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT FOR THE ROCKEFELLER WATER BUILDING IMPROVEMENT PROJECT (2402) TO GCJ, INC. IN THE AMOUNT OF $ $1,919,989.49, AUTHORIZING A 20% CONTINGENCY, AUTHORIZING 10% CONSTRUCTION SUPPORT FUNDS, AUTHORIZING A

BUDGET AMENDMENT, AND AUTHORIZING THE CITY MANAGER TO

EXECUTE THE CONTRACT

THE CITY COUNCIL
City of Ceres
WHEREAS, the Engineering Services Department advertised the Rockefeller Water Building Improvement Project (2402) for public bid on January 30th, 2026,; and WHEREAS, the lowest responsive and responsible bid was received from GCJ, Inc., in the amount of $1,919,989.49; and
WHEREAS, a construction contingency in the amount of 20% or $383,997.90, is necessary and appropriate to accommodate any unforeseen costs, and 10%, or $191,998.95, for testing services and Engineering administration and inspections is also necessary and appropriate, bringing the total construction authorization to $2,495,986.34; and
WHEREAS, construction funds are currently allocated and available in account 52795.800500(2402) in the amount of $1,783,701.10; and
WHEREAS, a budget amendment from 52795.800500 in the amount of $816,298.90 is necessary and appropriate to fund the construction agreement, contingency, construction support, staff time and any unforeseen services needed for the project scope.

NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED that the City Council of the City of Ceres does hereby:
• award the construction contract for the Rockefeller Water Building Improvement Project (2402) to GCJ, Inc. in the amount of $1,919,989.49 and authorize a 20% contingency in the amount of $383,997.90 and 10% construction support funds in the amount of $816,298.90 from account 52795.800500; and
• authorize a budget amendment in the amount of $816,298.90 from account 52795.800500; and
• authorize the City Manager to execute the contract with GCJ, Inc. for the Rockefeller Water Building Improvement Project (2402).

BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED the City of Ceres Finance Director is hereby authorized and directed to record the appropriate accounting entries.

ITEM 6

ATTACHMENT A
PASSED AND ADOPTED by the Ceres City Council at a regular meeting thereof held on the 13th day of April 2026, by the following vote:

AYES: Councilmembers:

NOES: Councilmembers:

ABSENT: Councilmembers:

ABSTAIN: Councilmembers:
________________________________
Javier Lopez, Mayor
ATTEST:
_________________________________
Fallon Martin, City Clerk
ITEM 6
1 CITY OF CERES

CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT

ROCKEFELLER WATER BUILDING IMPROVEMENTS
PROJECT NO. 2402

1. PARTIES AND DATE.

This Contract is made and entered into this 13th day of April, 2026 by and between the City of Ceres, a public agency and public corporation of the State of California (“City”) and GCJ, Inc., a corporation with its principal place of business at 3508 Shamrock Way, Suite 101, Tracy, California 95377 (“Contractor”). City and Contractor are sometimes individually referred to as “Party” and collectively as “Parties” in this Contract.

2. RECITALS.

2.1 City. City is a public agency organized under the laws of the State of California, with power to contract for services necessary to achieve its purpose.

2.2 Contractor. Contractor desires to perform and assume responsibility for the provision of certain construction services required by the City on the terms and conditions set forth in this Contract. Contractor represents that it is duly licensed and experienced in providing tenant improvement to existing building space. Work to include demolition of interior walls, plumbing, and electrical. New work to include new walls, ceilings, finishes, new mechanical, plumbing, electrical, and structural related construction services to public clients, that it and its employees or subcontractors have all necessary licenses and permits to perform the services in the State of California, and that it is familiar with the plans of City. The following license classifications are required for this Project: General Contractor license per IPBA standards for Class B

2.3 Project. City desires to engage Contractor to render such services for the Rockefeller Water Building Improvements Project (“Project”) as set forth in this Contract.

2.4 Project Documents & Certifications. Contractor has obtained, and delivers concurrently herewith, a performance bond, a payment bond, and all insurance documentation, as required by the Contract.

3. TERMS

3.1 Incorporation of Documents. This Contract includes and hereby incorporates in full by reference the following documents, including all exhibits, drawings, specifications and documents therein, and attachments and addenda thereto:
• Services/Schedule (Exhibit “A”)
• Plans and Specifications (Exhibit “B”)
• Special Conditions (Exhibit “C”)
• Contractor’s Certificate Regarding Workers’ Compensation (Exhibit “D”) • Public Works Contractor Registration Certification (Exhibit “E”) • Payment and Performance Bonds (Exhibit “F”)
• Federal Requirements (Exhibit “G”)
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
2 • Addenda
• Change Orders executed by the City
• Latest Edition of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (The Greenbook), Excluding Sections 1-9
• Notice Inviting Bids, if any
• Instructions to Bidders, if any
• Contractor’s Bid

3.2 Contractor’s Basic Obligation; Scope of Work. Contractor promises and agrees, at its own cost and expense, to furnish to the City all labor, materials, tools, equipment, services, and incidental and customary work necessary to fully and adequately complete the Project, including all structures and facilities necessary for the Project or described in the Contract (hereinafter sometimes referred to as the “Work”), for a Total Contract Price as specified pursuant to this Contract. All Work shall be subject to, and performed in accordance with the above referenced documents, as well as the exhibits attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference. The plans and specifications for the Work are further described in Exhibit “B” attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference. Special Conditions, if any, relating to the Work are described in Exhibit “C” attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference.

3.2.1 Change in Scope of Work. Any change in the scope of the Work, method of performance, nature of materials or price thereof, or any other matter materially affecting the performance or nature of the Work shall not be paid for or accepted unless such change, addition or deletion is approved in writing by a valid change order executed by the City. Should Contractor request a change order due to unforeseen circumstances affecting the performance of the Work, such request shall be made within five (5) business days of the date such circumstances are discovered or shall waive its right to request a change order due to such circumstances. If the Parties cannot agree on any change in price required by such change in the Work, the City may direct the Contractor to proceed with the performance of the change on a time and materials basis.

3.2.2 Substitutions/“Or Equal”. Pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 3400(b), the City may make a finding that designates certain products, things, or services by specific brand or trade name. Unless specifically designated in this Contract, whenever any material, process, or article is indicated or specified by grade, patent, or proprietary name or by name of manufacturer, such Specifications shall be deemed to be used for the purpose of facilitating the description of the material, process or article desired and shall be deemed to be followed by the words “or equal.”
Contractor may, unless otherwise stated, offer for substitution any material, process or article which shall be substantially equal or better in every respect to that so indicated or specified in this Contract. However, the City may have adopted certain uniform standards for certain materials, processes and articles. Contractor shall submit requests, together with substantiating data, for substitution of any “or equal” material, process or article no later than thirty-five (35) days after award of the Contract. To facilitate the construction schedule and sequencing, some requests may need to be submitted before thirty-five (35) days after award of Contract. Provisions regarding submission of “or equal” requests shall not in any way authorize an extension of time for performance of this Contract. If a proposed “or equal” substitution request is rejected, Contractor shall be responsible for providing the specified material, process or article.

The burden of proof as to the equality of any material, process or article shall rest with Contractor.

The City has the complete and sole discretion to determine if a material, process or article is an “or equal” material, process or article that may be substituted. Data required to ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
3 substantiate requests for substitutions of an “or equal” material, process or article data shall include a signed affidavit from Contractor stating that, and describing how, the substituted “or equal” material, process or article is equivalent to that specified in every way except as listed on the affidavit. Substantiating data shall include any and all illustrations, specifications, and other relevant data including catalog information which describes the requested substituted “or equal” material, process or article, and substantiates that it is an “or equal” to the material, process or article. The substantiating data must also include information regarding the durability and lifecycle cost of the requested substituted “or equal” material, process or article. Failure to submit all the required substantiating data, including the signed affidavit, to the City in a timely fashion will result in the rejection of the proposed substitution.

Contractor shall bear all of the City’s costs associated with the review of substitution requests. Contractor shall be responsible for all costs related to a substituted “or equal” material, process or article. Contractor is directed to the Special Conditions (if any) to review any findings made pursuant to Public Contract Code section 3400.

3.3 Period of Performance and Liquidated Damages. Contractor shall perform and complete all Work under this Contract within 120 working days, beginning the effective date of the Notice to Proceed (“Contract Time”). Contractor shall perform its Work in strict accordance with any completion schedule, construction schedule or project milestones developed by the City.

Such schedules or milestones may be included as part of Exhibits “A” or “B” attached hereto, or may be provided separately in writing to Contractor. Contractor agrees that if such Work is not completed within the aforementioned Contract Time and/or pursuant to any such completion schedule, construction schedule or project milestones developed pursuant to provisions of the Contract, it is understood, acknowledged and agreed that the City will suffer damage. Pursuant to Government Code Section 53069.85, Contractor shall pay to the City as fixed and liquidated damages the sum of Four Thousand Two Hundred Dollars ($4,200.00) per day for each and every calendar day of delay beyond the Contract Time or beyond any completion schedule, construction schedule or Project milestones established pursuant to the Contract.

3.4 Standard of Performance; Performance of Employees. Contractor shall perform all Work under this Contract in a skillful and workmanlike manner, and consistent with the standards generally recognized as being employed by professionals in the same discipline in the State of California. Contractor represents and maintains that it is skilled in the professional calling necessary to perform the Work. Contractor warrants that all employees and subcontractors shall have sufficient skill and experience to perform the Work assigned to them. Finally, Contractor represents that it, its employees and subcontractors have all licenses, permits, qualifications and approvals of whatever nature that are legally required to perform the Work, including an City Business License, and that such licenses and approvals shall be maintained throughout the term of this Contract. As provided for in the indemnification provisions of this Contract, Contractor shall perform, at its own cost and expense and without reimbursement from the City, any work necessary to correct errors or omissions which are caused by Contractor’s failure to comply with the standard of care provided for herein. Any employee who is determined by the City to be uncooperative, incompetent, a threat to the safety of persons or the Work, or any employee who fails or refuses to perform the Work in a manner acceptable to the City, shall be promptly removed from the Project by Contractor and shall not be re-employed on the Work.

3.5 Control and Payment of Subordinates; Contractual Relationship. City retains Contractor on an independent contractor basis and Contractor is not an employee of City. Any additional personnel performing the work governed by this Contract on behalf of Contractor shall at all times be under Contractor’s exclusive direction and control. Contractor shall pay all wages, salaries, and other amounts due such personnel in connection with their performance under this ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
4 Contract and as required by law. Contractor shall be responsible for all reports and obligations respecting such additional personnel, including, but not limited to: social security taxes, income tax withholding, unemployment insurance, and workers’ compensation insurance.

3.6 City’s Basic Obligation. City agrees to engage and does hereby engage Contractor as an independent contractor to furnish all materials and to perform all Work according to the terms and conditions herein contained for the sum set forth above. Except as otherwise provided in the Contract, the City shall pay to Contractor, as full consideration for the satisfactory performance by Contractor of the services and obligations required by this Contract, the belowreferenced compensation in accordance with compensation provisions set forth in the Contract.

3.7 Compensation and Payment.

3.7.1 Amount of Compensation. As consideration for performance of the Work required herein, City agrees to pay Contractor the Total Contract Price of One Million Nine Hundred Nineteen Thousand Nine Hundred Eighty-Nine Dollars and Fourty-Nine Cents ($1,919,989.49) (“Total Contract Price”) provided that such amount shall be subject to adjustment pursuant to the applicable terms of this Contract or written change orders approved and signed in advance by the City.

3.7.2 Payment of Compensation. If the Work is scheduled for completion in thirty (30) or less calendar days, City will arrange for payment of the Total Contract Price upon completion and approval by City of the Work. If the Work is scheduled for completion in more than thirty (30) calendar days, City will pay Contractor on a monthly basis as provided for herein.

On or before the fifth (5th) day of each month, Contractor shall submit to the City an itemized application for payment in the format supplied by the City indicating the amount of Work completed since commencement of the Work or since the last progress payment. These applications shall be supported by evidence which is required by this Contract and such other documentation as the City may require. The Contractor shall certify that the Work for which payment is requested has been done and that the materials listed are stored where indicated. Contractor may be required to furnish a detailed schedule of values upon request of the City and in such detail and form as the City shall request, showing the quantities, unit prices, overhead, profit, and all other expenses involved in order to provide a basis for determining the amount of progress payments.

3.7.3 Prompt Payment. City shall review and pay all progress payment requests in accordance with the provisions set forth in Section 20104.50 of the California Public Contract Code. However, no progress payments will be made for Work not completed in accordance with this Contract. Contractor shall comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations relating to the proper payment of its employees, subcontractors, suppliers or others.

3.7.4 Contract Retentions. From each approved progress estimate, five percent (5%) will be deducted and retained by the City, and the remainder will be paid to Contractor. All Contract retention shall be released and paid to Contractor and subcontractors pursuant to California Public Contract Code Section 7107.

3.7.5 Other Retentions. In addition to Contract retentions, the City may deduct from each progress payment an amount necessary to protect City from loss because of: (1) liquidated damages which have accrued as of the date of the application for payment; (2) any sums expended by the City in performing any of Contractor’s obligations under the Contract which Contractor has failed to perform or has performed inadequately; (3) defective Work not remedied; (4) stop notices as allowed by state law; (5) reasonable doubt that the Work can be completed for the unpaid balance of the Total Contract Price or within the scheduled completion date; (6) unsatisfactory prosecution of the Work by Contractor; (7) unauthorized deviations from the ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
5 Contract; (8) failure of Contractor to maintain or submit on a timely basis proper and sufficient documentation as required by the Contract or by City during the prosecution of the Work; (9) erroneous or false estimates by Contractor of the value of the Work performed; (10) any sums representing expenses, losses, or damages as determined by the City, incurred by the City for which Contractor is liable under the Contract; and (11) any other sums which the City is entitled to recover from Contractor under the terms of the Contract or pursuant to state law, including Section 1727 of the California Labor Code. The failure by the City to deduct any of these sums from a progress payment shall not constitute a waiver of the City’s right to such sums.

3.7.6 Substitutions for Contract Retentions. In accordance with California Public Contract Code Section 22300, the City will permit the substitution of securities for any monies withheld by the City to ensure performance under the Contract. At the request and expense of Contractor, securities equivalent to the amount withheld shall be deposited with the City, or with a state or federally chartered bank in California as the escrow agent, and thereafter the City shall then pay such monies to Contractor as they come due. Upon satisfactory completion of the Contract, the securities shall be returned to Contractor. For purposes of this Section and Section 22300 of the Public Contract Code, the term “satisfactory completion of the contract” shall mean the time the City has issued written final acceptance of the Work and filed a Notice of Completion as required by law and provisions of this Contract. Contractor shall be the beneficial owner of any securities substituted for monies withheld and shall receive any interest thereon. The escrow agreement used for the purposes of this Section shall be in the form provided by the City.

3.7.7 Title to Work. As security for partial, progress, or other payments, title to Work for which such payments are made shall pass to the City at the time of payment. To the extent that title has not previously been vested in the City by reason of payments, full title shall pass to the City at delivery of the Work at the destination and time specified in this Contract. Such transferred title shall in each case be good, free and clear from any and all security interests, liens, or other encumbrances. Contractor promises and agrees that it will not pledge, hypothecate, or otherwise encumber the items in any manner that would result in any lien, security interest, charge, or claim upon or against said items. Such transfer of title shall not imply acceptance by the City, nor relieve Contractor from the responsibility to strictly comply with the Contract, and shall not relieve Contractor of responsibility for any loss of or damage to items.

3.7.8 Labor and Material Releases. Contractor shall furnish City with labor and material releases from all subcontractors performing work on, or furnishing materials for, the Work governed by this Contract prior to final payment by City.

3.7.9 Prevailing Wages. Contractor is aware of the requirements of California Labor Code Section 1720 et seq., and 1770 et seq., as well as California Code of Regulations, Title 8, Section 16000 et seq., (“Prevailing Wage Laws”), which require the payment of prevailing wage rates and the performance of other requirements on “public works” and “maintenance” projects. Since the Services are being performed as part of an applicable “public works” or “maintenance” project, as defined by the Prevailing Wage Laws, and since the total compensation is $1,000 or more, Contractor agrees to fully comply with such Prevailing Wage Laws. City shall provide Contractor with a copy of the prevailing rates of per diem wages in effect at the commencement of this Contract. Contractor shall make copies of the prevailing rates of per diem wages for each craft, classification or type of worker needed to execute the Services available to interested parties upon request, and shall post copies at Contractor’s principal place of business and at the project site. Contractor shall defend, indemnify and hold the City, its officials, officers, employees and agents free and harmless from any claim or liability arising out of any failure or alleged failure to comply with the Prevailing Wage Laws. Contractor and any subcontractor shall ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
6 forfeit a penalty of up to $200 per calendar day or portion thereof for each worker paid less than the prevailing wage rates.

3.7.10 Apprenticeable Crafts. When Contractor employs workmen in an apprenticeable craft or trade, Contractor shall comply with the provisions of Section 1777.5 of the California Labor Code with respect to the employment of properly registered apprentices upon public works. The primary responsibility for compliance with said section for all apprenticeable occupations shall be with Contractor. The Contractor or any subcontractor that is determined by the Labor Commissioner to have knowingly violated Section 1777.5 shall forfeit as a civil penalty an amount not exceeding $100 for each full calendar day of noncompliance, or such greater amount as provided by law.

3.7.11 Hours of Work. Contractor is advised that eight (8) hours labor constitutes a legal day’s work. Pursuant to Section 1813 of the California Labor Code, Contractor shall forfeit a penalty of $25.00 per worker for each day that each worker is permitted to work more than eight (8) hours in any one calendar day and forty (40) hours in any one calendar week, except when payment for overtime is made at not less than one and one-half (1-1/2) times the basic rate for that worker.

3.7.12 Payroll Records. Contractor and each subcontractor shall keep an accurate payroll record, showing the name, address, social security number, work classification, straight time and overtime hours worked each day and week, and the actual per diem wages paid to each journeyman, apprentice, worker, or other employee employed by him or her in connection with the public work. The payroll records shall be certified and shall be available for inspection at all reasonable hours at the principal office of Contractor in the manner provided in Labor Code section 1776. In the event of noncompliance with the requirements of this section, Contractor shall have 10 days in which to comply subsequent to receipt of written notice specifying in what respects such Contractor must comply with this section. Should noncompliance still be evident after such 10-day period, Contractor shall, as a penalty to City, forfeit not more than $100.00 for each calendar day or portion thereof, for each worker, until strict compliance is effectuated. The amount of the forfeiture is to be determined by the Labor Commissioner. A contractor who is found to have violated the provisions of law regarding wages on Public Works with the intent to defraud shall be ineligible to bid on Public Works contracts for a period of one to three years as determined by the Labor Commissioner. Upon the request of the Division of Apprenticeship Standards or the Division of Labor Standards Enforcement, such penalties shall be withheld from progress payments then due. The responsibility for compliance with this section is on Contractor.

The requirement to submit certified payroll records directly to the Labor Commissioner under Labor Code section 1771.4 shall not apply to work performed on a public works project that is exempt pursuant to the small project exemption specified in Labor Code Section 1771.4.

3.7.13 Contractor and Subcontractor Registration. Pursuant to Labor Code sections 1725.5 and 1771.1, all contractors and subcontractors that wish to bid on, be listed in a bid proposal, or enter into a contract to perform public work must be registered with the Department of Industrial Relations. No bid will be accepted nor any contract entered into without proof of the contractor’s and subcontractors’ current registration with the Department of Industrial Relations to perform public work. Contractor is directed to review, fill out and execute the Public Works Contractor Registration Certification attached hereto as Exhibit “E” prior to contract execution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the contractor registration requirements mandated by Labor Code Sections 1725.5 and 1771.1 shall not apply to work performed on a public works project that is exempt pursuant to the small project exemption specified in Labor Code Sections 1725.5 and 1771.1.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
7 3.7.14 Labor Compliance; Stop Orders. This Project is subject to compliance monitoring and enforcement by the Department of Industrial Relations. It shall be the Contractor’s sole responsibility to evaluate and pay the cost of complying with all labor compliance requirements under this Contract and applicable law. Any stop orders issued by the Department of Industrial Relations against Contractor or any subcontractor that affect Contractor’s performance of Work, including any delay, shall be Contractor’s sole responsibility. Any delay arising out of or resulting from such stop orders shall be considered Contractor caused delay subject to any applicable liquidated damages and shall not be compensable by the City.

Contractor shall defend, indemnify and hold the City, its officials, officers, employees and agents free and harmless from any claim or liability arising out of stop orders issued by the Department of Industrial Relations against Contractor or any subcontractor.

3.8 Performance of Work; Jobsite Obligations.

3.8.1 Water Quality Management and Compliance.

3.8.1.1 Water Quality Management and Compliance. Contractor shall keep itself and all subcontractors, staff, and employees fully informed of and in compliance with all local, state and federal laws, rules and regulations that may impact, or be implicated by the performance of the Work including, without limitation, all applicable provisions of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (33 U.S.C. §§ 1300); the California Porter-Cologne Water Quality Control Act (Cal Water Code §§ 13000-14950); local ordinances regulating discharges of storm water; and any and all regulations, policies, or permits issued pursuant to any such authority regulating the discharge of pollutants, as that term is used in the Porter-Cologne Water Quality Control Act, to any ground or surface water in the State.

3.8.1.2 Compliance with the Statewide Construction General Permit. Contractor shall comply with all conditions of the most recent iteration of the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System General Permit for Storm Water Discharges Associated with Construction Activity, issued by the California State Water Resources Control Board (“Permit”). It shall be Contractor’s sole responsibility to file a Notice of Intent and procure coverage under the Permit for all construction activity which results in the disturbance of more than one acre of total land area or which is part of a larger common area of development or sale. Prior to initiating work, Contractor shall be solely responsible for preparing and implementing a Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) as required by the Permit. Contractor shall be responsible for procuring, implementing and complying with the provisions of the Permit and the SWPPP, including the standard provisions, and monitoring and reporting requirements as required by the Permit. The Permit requires the SWPPP to be a “living document” that changes as necessary to meet the conditions and requirements of the job site as it progresses through difference phases of construction and is subject to different weather conditions. It shall be Contractor’s sole responsibility to update the SWPPP as necessary to address conditions at the project site.

3.8.1.3 Other Water Quality Rules Regulations and Policies.

Contractor shall comply with the lawful requirements of any applicable municipality, drainage City, or local agency regarding discharges of storm water to separate storm drain systems or other watercourses under their jurisdiction, including applicable requirements in municipal storm water management programs.

3.8.1.4 Cost of Compliance. Storm, surface, nuisance, or other waters may be encountered at various times during construction of The Work. Therefore, the Contractor, by submitting a Bid, hereby acknowledges that it has investigated the risk arising from ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
8 such waters, has prepared its Bid accordingly, and assumes any and all risks and liabilities arising therefrom.

3.8.1.5 Liability for Non-Compliance. Failure to comply with the Permit is a violation of federal and state law. Pursuant to the indemnification provisions of this Contract, Contractor hereby agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless the City and its directors, officials, officers, employees, volunteers and agents for any alleged violations. In addition, City may seek damages from Contractor for any delay in completing the Work in accordance with the Contract, if such delay is caused by or related to Contractor’s failure to comply with the Permit.

3.8.1.6 Reservation of Right to Defend. City reserves the right to defend any enforcement action brought against the City for Contractor’s failure to comply with the Permit or any other relevant water quality law, regulation, or policy. Pursuant to the indemnification provisions of this Contract, Contractor hereby agrees to be bound by, and to reimburse the City for the costs (including the City’s attorney’s fees) associated with, any settlement reached between the City and the relevant enforcement entity.

3.8.1.7 Training. In addition to the standard of performance requirements set forth in paragraph 3.4, Contractor warrants that all employees and subcontractors shall have sufficient skill and experience to perform the Work assigned to them without impacting water quality in violation of the laws, regulations and policies described in paragraph 3.8.1. Consultant further warrants that it, its employees and subcontractors will receive adequate training, as determined by City, regarding the requirements of the laws, regulations and policies described in paragraph 3.8.1 as they may relate to the Work provided under this Agreement. Upon request, City will provide the Contractor with a list of training programs that meet the requirements of this paragraph.

3.8.2 Safety. Contractor shall execute and maintain its work so as to avoid injury or damage to any person or property. Contractor shall comply with the requirements of the specifications relating to safety measures applicable in particular operations or kinds of work. In carrying out its Work, Contractor shall at all times be in compliance with all applicable local, state and federal laws, rules and regulations, and shall exercise all necessary precautions for the safety of employees appropriate to the nature of the Work and the conditions under which the Work is to be performed. Safety precautions as applicable shall include, but shall not be limited to, adequate life protection and lifesaving equipment; adequate illumination for underground and night operations; instructions in accident prevention for all employees, such as machinery guards, safe walkways, scaffolds, ladders, bridges, gang planks, confined space procedures, trenching and shoring, fall protection and other safety devices, equipment and wearing apparel as are necessary or lawfully required to prevent accidents or injuries; and adequate facilities for the proper inspection and maintenance of all safety measures. Furthermore, Contractor shall prominently display the names and telephone numbers of at least two medical doctors practicing in the vicinity of the Project, as well as the telephone number of the local ambulance service, adjacent to all telephones at the Project site.

3.8.3 Laws and Regulations. Contractor shall keep itself fully informed of and in compliance with all local, state and federal laws, rules and regulations in any manner affecting the performance of the Contract or the Work, including all Cal/OSHA requirements, and shall give all notices required by law. Contractor shall be liable for all violations of such laws and regulations in connection with Work. If Contractor observes that the drawings or specifications are at variance with any law, rule or regulation, it shall promptly notify the City in writing. Any necessary changes shall be made by written change order. If Contractor performs any work knowing it to be contrary ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
9 to such laws, rules and regulations and without giving written notice to the City, Contractor shall be solely responsible for all costs arising therefrom. City is a public entity of the State of California subject to certain provisions of the Health & Safety Code, Government Code, Public Contract Code, and Labor Code of the State. It is stipulated and agreed that all provisions of the law applicable to the public contracts of a municipality are a part of this Contract to the same extent as though set forth herein and will be complied with. Contractor shall defend, indemnify and hold City, its officials, directors, officers, employees and agents free and harmless, pursuant to the indemnification provisions of this Contract, from any claim or liability arising out of any failure or alleged failure to comply with such laws, rules or regulations.

3.8.4 Permits and Licenses. Contractor shall be responsible for securing City permits and licenses necessary to perform the Work described herein, including, but not limited to, an City Business License. While Contractor will not be charged a fee for any City permits, Contractor shall pay the City’s applicable business license fee. Any ineligible contractor or subcontractor pursuant to Labor Code Sections 1777.1 and 1777.7 may not perform work on this Project.

3.8.5 Trenching Work. If the Total Contract Price exceeds $25,000 and if the Work governed by this Contract entails excavation of any trench or trenches five (5) feet or more in depth, Contractor shall comply with all applicable provisions of the California Labor Code, including Section 6705. To this end, Contractor shall submit for City’s review and approval a detailed plan showing the design of shoring, bracing, sloping, or other provisions to be made for worker protection from the hazard of caving ground during the excavation of such trench or trenches. If such plan varies from the shoring system standards, the plan shall be prepared by a registered civil or structural engineer.

3.8.6 Hazardous Materials and Differing Conditions. As required by California Public Contract Code Section 7104, if this Contract involves digging trenches or other excavations that extend deeper than four (4) feet below the surface, Contractor shall promptly, and prior to disturbance of any conditions, notify City of: (1) any material discovered in excavation that Contractor believes to be a hazardous waste that is required to be removed to a Class I, Class II or Class III disposal site; (2) subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site differing from those indicated by City; and (3) unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature at the site, significantly different from those ordinarily encountered in such contract work. Upon notification, City shall promptly investigate the conditions to determine whether a change order is appropriate.

In the event of a dispute, Contractor shall not be excused from any scheduled completion date and shall proceed with all Work to be performed under the Contract, but shall retain all rights provided by the Contract or by law for making protests and resolving the dispute.

3.8.7 Underground Utility Facilities. To the extent required by Section 4215 of the California Government Code, City shall compensate Contractor for the costs of: (1) locating and repairing damage to underground utility facilities not caused by the failure of Contractor to exercise reasonable care; (2) removing or relocating underground utility facilities not indicated in the construction drawings; and (3) equipment necessarily idled during such work. Contractor shall not be assessed liquidated damages for delay caused by failure of City to provide for removal or relocation of such utility facilities.

3.8.8 Air Quality. Contractor must fully comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations in furnishing or using equipment and/or providing services, including, but not limited to, emissions limits and permitting requirements imposed by the California Air Resources Board (CARB). Although CARB limits and requirements are more broad, Contractor shall specifically be aware of their application to "portable equipment", which definition is considered by CARB to ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
10 include any item of equipment with a fuel-powered engine. Contractor shall indemnify City against any fines or penalties imposed by CARB, or any other governmental or regulatory agency for violations of applicable laws, rules and/or regulations by Contractor, its subcontractors, or others for whom Contractor is responsible under its indemnity obligations provided for in this Agreement.

3.8.9 State Recycling Mandates. Contractor shall comply with State Recycling Mandates. Any recyclable materials/debris collected by the contractor that can be feasibly diverted via reuse or recycling must be hauled by the appropriate handler for reuse or recycling.

3.9 Completion of Work. When Contractor determines that it has completed the Work required herein, Contractor shall so notify City in writing and shall furnish all labor and material releases required by this Contract. City shall thereupon inspect the Work. If the Work is not acceptable to the City, the City shall indicate to Contractor in writing the specific portions or items of Work which are unsatisfactory or incomplete. Once Contractor determines that it has completed the incomplete or unsatisfactory Work, Contractor may request a reinspection by the City. Once the Work is acceptable to City, City shall pay to Contractor the Total Contract Price remaining to be paid, less any amount which City may be authorized or directed by law to retain.

Payment of retention proceeds due to Contractor shall be made in accordance with Section 7107 of the California Public Contract Code.

3.10 Claims; Government Code Claim Compliance.

3.10.1 Intent. Effective January 1, 1991, Section 20104 et seq., of the California Public Contract Code prescribes a process utilizing informal conferences, non-binding judicial supervised mediation, and judicial arbitration to resolve disputes on construction claims of $375,000 or less. Effective January 1, 2017, Section 9204 of the Public Contract Code prescribes a process for negotiation and mediation to resolve disputes on construction claims. The intent of this Section is to implement Sections 20104 et seq. and Section 9204 of the California Public Contract Code. This Section shall be construed to be consistent with said statutes.

3.10.2 Claims. For purposes of this Section, “Claim” means a separate demand by the Contractor, after a change order duly requested in accordance with the terms of this Contract has been denied by the City, for (A) a time extension, (B) payment of money or damages arising from Work done by or on behalf of the Contractor pursuant to the Contract, or (C) an amount the payment of which is disputed by the City. Claims governed by this Section may not be filed unless and until the Contractor completes all procedures for giving notice of delay or change and for the requesting of a time extension or change order, including but not necessarily limited to the change order procedures contained herein, and Contractor’s request for a change has been denied in whole or in part. Claims governed by this Section must be filed no later than the date of final payment. The claim shall be submitted in writing to the City and shall include on its first page the following in 16 point capital font: “THIS IS A CLAIM.” Furthermore, the claim shall include the documents necessary to substantiate the claim. Nothing in this Section is intended to extend the time limit or supersede notice requirements otherwise provided by contract for the filing of claims, including all requirements pertaining to compensation or payment for extra Work, disputed Work, and/or changed conditions. Failure to follow such contractual requirements shall bar any claims or subsequent lawsuits for compensation or payment thereon.

3.10.3 Supporting Documentation. The Contractor shall submit all claims in the following format:

3.10.3.1 Summary of claim merit and price, reference Contract Document provisions pursuant to which the claim is made ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
11 3.10.3.2 List of documents relating to claim:
(A) Specifications
(B) Drawings
(C) Clarifications (Requests for Information)
(D) Schedules
(E) Other

3.10.3.3 Chronology of events and correspondence

3.10.3.4 Analysis of claim merit

3.10.3.5 Analysis of claim cost

3.10.3.6 Time impact analysis in CPM format

3.10.4 City’s Response. Upon receipt of a claim pursuant to this Section, City shall conduct a reasonable review of the claim and, within a period not to exceed 45 days, shall provide the Contractor a written statement identifying what portion of the claim is disputed and what portion is undisputed. Any payment due on an undisputed portion of the claim will be processed and made within 60 days after the public entity issues its written statement.

3.10.4.1 If City needs approval from its governing body to provide the Contractor a written statement identifying the disputed portion and the undisputed portion of the claim, and the governing body does not meet within the 45 days or within the mutually agreed to extension of time following receipt of a claim sent by registered mail or certified mail, return receipt requested, City shall have up to three days following the next duly publicly noticed meeting of the governing body after the 45-day period, or extension, expires to provide the Contractor a written statement identifying the disputed portion and the undisputed portion.

3.10.4.2 Within 30 days of receipt of a claim, City may request in writing additional documentation supporting the claim or relating to defenses or claims City may have against the Contractor. If additional information is thereafter required, it shall be requested and provided pursuant to this subdivision, upon mutual agreement of City and the Contractor.

3.10.4.3 City’s written response to the claim, as further documented, shall be submitted to the Contractor within 30 days (if the claim is less than $50,000, within 15 days) after receipt of the further documentation, or within a period of time no greater than that taken by the Contractor in producing the additional information or requested documentation, whichever is greater.

3.10.5 Meet and Confer. If the Contractor disputes City’s written response, or City fails to respond within the time prescribed, the Contractor may so notify City, in writing, either within 15 days of receipt of City’s response or within 15 days of City’s failure to respond within the time prescribed, respectively, and demand an informal conference to meet and confer for settlement of the issues in dispute. Upon receipt of a demand, City shall schedule a meet and confer conference within 30 days for settlement of the dispute.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
12 3.10.6 Mediation. Within 10 business days following the conclusion of the meet and confer conference, if the claim or any portion of the claim remains in dispute, City shall provide the Contractor a written statement identifying the portion of the claim that remains in dispute and the portion that is undisputed. Any payment due on an undisputed portion of the claim shall be processed and made within 60 days after City issues its written statement. Any disputed portion of the claim, as identified by the Contractor in writing, shall be submitted to nonbinding mediation, with City and the Contractor sharing the associated costs equally. City and Contractor shall mutually agree to a mediator within 10 business days after the disputed portion of the claim has been identified in writing, unless the parties agree to select a mediator at a later time.

3.10.6.1 If the Parties cannot agree upon a mediator, each Party shall select a mediator and those mediators shall select a qualified neutral third party to mediate with regard to the disputed portion of the claim. Each Party shall bear the fees and costs charged by its respective mediator in connection with the selection of the neutral mediator.

3.10.6.2 For purposes of this section, mediation includes any nonbinding process, including, but not limited to, neutral evaluation or a dispute review board, in which an independent third party or board assists the Parties in dispute resolution through negotiation or by issuance of an evaluation. Any mediation utilized shall conform to the timeframes in this section.

3.10.6.3 Unless otherwise agreed to by City and the Contractor in writing, the mediation conducted pursuant to this section shall excuse any further obligation under Section 20104.4 to mediate after litigation has been commenced.

3.10.6.4 The mediation shall be held no earlier than the date the Contractor completes the Work or the date that the Contractor last performs Work, whichever is earlier. All unresolved claims shall be considered jointly in a single mediation, unless a new unrelated claim arises after mediation is completed.

3.10.7 Procedures After Mediation. If following the mediation, the claim or any portion remains in dispute, the Contractor must file a claim pursuant to Chapter 1 (commencing with Section 900) and Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 910) of Part 3 of Division 3.6 of Title 1 of the Government Code. For purposes of those provisions, the running of the period of time within which a claim must be filed shall be tolled from the time the Contractor submits his or her written claim pursuant to subdivision (a) until the time the claim is denied, including any period of time utilized by the meet and confer conference or mediation.

3.10.8 Civil Actions. The following procedures are established for all civil actions filed to resolve claims subject to this Section:

3.10.8.1 Within 60 days, but no earlier than 30 days, following the filing or responsive pleadings, the court shall submit the matter to non-binding mediation unless waived by mutual stipulation of both parties or unless mediation was held prior to commencement of the action in accordance with Public Contract Code section 9204 and the terms of these procedures.. The mediation process shall provide for the selection within 15 days by both parties of a disinterested third person as mediator, shall be commenced within 30 days of the submittal, and shall be concluded within 15 days from the commencement of the mediation unless a time requirement is extended upon a good cause showing to the court.

3.10.8.2 If the matter remains in dispute, the case shall be submitted to judicial arbitration pursuant to Chapter 2.5 (commencing with Section 1141.10) of Title 3 of Part 3 of the Code of Civil Procedure, notwithstanding Section 1114.11 of that code. The Civil ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
13 Discovery Act of 1986 (Article 3 (commencing with Section 2016) of Chapter 3 of Title 3 of Part 4 of the Code of Civil Procedure) shall apply to any proceeding brought under this subdivision consistent with the rules pertaining to judicial arbitration.

3.10.8.3 In addition to Chapter 2.5 (commencing with Section 1141.10) of Title 3 of Part 3 of the Code of Civil Procedure, (A) arbitrators shall, when possible, be experienced in construction law, and (B) any party appealing an arbitration award who does not obtain a more favorable judgment shall, in addition to payment of costs and fees under that chapter, also pay the attorney’s fees on appeal of the other party.

3.10.9 Government Code Claims. In addition to any and all contract requirements pertaining to notices of and requests for compensation or payment for extra work, disputed work, claims and/or changed conditions, Contractor must comply with the claim procedures set forth in Government Code sections 900 et seq. prior to filing any lawsuit against the City. Such Government Code claims and any subsequent lawsuit based upon the Government Code claims shall be limited to those matters that remain unresolved after all procedures pertaining to extra work, disputed work, claims, and/or changed conditions have been followed by Contractor. If no such Government Code claim is submitted, or if any prerequisite contractual requirements are not otherwise satisfied as specified herein, Contractor shall be barred from bringing and maintaining a valid lawsuit against the City. A Government Code claim must be filed no earlier than the date the work is completed or the date the Contractor last performs work on the Project, whichever occurs first. A Government Code claim shall be inclusive of all unresolved claims unless a new unrelated claim arises after the Government Code claim is submitted.

3.10.10 Non-Waiver. City’s failure to respond to a claim from the Contractor within the time periods described in this Section or to otherwise meet the time requirements of this Section shall result in the claim being deemed rejected in its entirety. City’s failure to respond shall not waive City’s rights to any subsequent procedures for the resolution of disputed claims.

3.11 Loss and Damage. Except as may otherwise be limited by law, Contractor shall be responsible for all loss and damage which may arise out of the nature of the Work agreed to herein, or from the action of the elements, or from any unforeseen difficulties which may arise or be encountered in the prosecution of the Work until the same is fully completed and accepted by City. In the event of damage proximately caused by an Act of God, as defined by Section 7105 of the Public Contract Code, the City may terminate this Contract pursuant to Section 3.17.3; provided, however, that the City needs to provide Contractor with only one (1) day advanced written notice.

3.12 Indemnification.

3.12.1 Scope of Indemnity. To the fullest extent permitted by law, Contractor shall defend, indemnify and hold the City, its officials, employees, agents and authorized volunteers free and harmless from any and all claims, demands, causes of action, suits, actions, proceedings, costs, expenses, liability, judgments, awards, decrees, settlements, loss, damage or injury of any kind, in law or equity, to property or persons, including wrongful death, (collectively, “Claims”) in any manner arising out of, pertaining to, or incident to any alleged acts, errors or omissions, or willful misconduct of Contractor, its officials, officers, employees, subcontractors, consultants or agents in connection with the performance of the Contractor’s services, the Project or this Agreement, including without limitation the payment of all consequential damages, expert witness fees and attorneys’ fees and other related costs and expenses. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent required by Civil Code section 2782, Contractor’s indemnity obligation shall not apply to liability for damages for death or bodily injury to persons, injury to property, or any other loss, damage or expense arising from the sole or active ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
14 negligence or willful misconduct of the City or the City’s agents, servants, or independent contractors who are directly responsible to the City, or for defects in design furnished by those persons.

3.12.2 Additional Indemnity Obligations. Contractor shall defend, with counsel of City’s choosing and at Contractor's own cost, expense and risk, any and all Claims covered by this section that may be brought or instituted against City or its officilas, employees, agents and authorized volunteers. In addition, Contractor shall pay and satisfy any judgment, award or decree that may be rendered against City or its officials, employees, agents and authorized volunteers as part of any such claim, suit, action or other proceeding. Contractor shall also reimburse City for the cost of any settlement paid by City or its officials, employees, agents and authorized volunteers as part of any such claim, suit, action or other proceeding. Such reimbursement shall include payment for City's attorney's fees and costs, including expert witness fees. Contractor shall reimburse City and its officials, employees, agents and authorized volunteers, for any and all legal expenses and costs incurred by each of them in connection therewith or in enforcing the indemnity herein provided. Contractor's obligation to indemnify shall not be restricted to insurance proceeds, if any, received by the City, its officials, employees, agents and authorized volunteers.

3.13 Insurance.
(a) Required Coverage At all times commencing no later than commencement of the Work and to remain in effect for the entire term of this Agreement including any extensions of time, Contractor shall, at its expense, obtain and maintain, and shall cause its Subcontractors to obtain and maintain, with insurers of recognized responsibility authorized to do business in the California as admitted carriers having a rating not lower than “A” as rated by A.M. Best Company, Inc. or other independent rating companies, the following insurance which shall include the minimum coverages and limits set forth below:
(i) Commercial General Liability Insurance Commercial general liability insurance on an “occurrence” basis arising out of claims for bodily injury (including death) and property damage, as will protect the Contractor, which may arise out of or result from the Contractor’s operations under the Agreement and for which the Contractor legally liable, whether such operations are by the Contractor, by a Subcontractor, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable. Such insurance shall protect the Contractor and Owner against loss from liability imposed for damages (1) on account of bodily or personal injuries, including death, disease and sickness, accidentally suffered or alleged to have been suffered by any person or persons that may be caused directly or indirectly by the performance of this Agreement, and (2) on account of injury to or destruction of property, including the resultant loss of use of the Project or other Owner facilities or equipment, resulting from acts of commission or omission by the Contractor, or otherwise resulting directly or indirectly from the Contractor’s operations in the performance of this Agreement. This insurance shall be subject to the approval of Owner, and Owner’s approval shall not be unreasonably withheld and shall be in amounts not less than Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) general aggregate, Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) personal and advertising injury aggregate, with a per occurrence limit of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) (total limits required may be satisfied with an excess or umbrella policy).

The comprehensive or commercial general liability policy shall also include a severability of interest clause and cross liability if the policy has multiple insureds. The aggregate limit shall apply on a “per project” basis. The policy shall stipulate that the insurance afforded the additional insureds shall apply as primary insurance and that any other insurance carried by Owner or other Persons identified in this Agreement will be excess only and will not contribute with this insurance; ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
15 (ii) Automobile Liability. Automobile liability insurance, for Contractor’s liability arising out of claims for bodily injury and property damage covering all owned (if any), non-owned, leased, hired or borrowed automobiles of Contractor, including loading and unloading, with a minimum limit of not less than $1,000,000 per accident for combined bodily injury and property damage and containing appropriate no-fault insurance provisions or other endorsements in accordance with Applicable Law;
(iii) Worker’s Compensation Insurance All engineers, experts, Consultants and Subcontractors the Contractor intends to employ shall have taken out workers’ compensation insurance with an insurance carrier satisfactory to the Owner for all persons whom they may employ in carrying out the work contemplated under this Agreement in accordance with the Workers’ Compensation Laws of the State of California. If the Contractor employs any engineer, expert, Consultant or Subcontractor which it did not intend to employ prior to commencement of services, it must furnish such proof of workers’ compensation insurance to the Owner immediately upon employment. If the Contractor is self-insured, the Contractor shall furnish a Certificate of Permission to Self-Insure and a Certificate of Self-Insurance satisfactory to the Owner. (iv) Employer’s Liability Insurance All engineers, experts, Consultants and Subcontractors the Contractor intends to employ shall have taken out employer’s liability insurance with an insurance carrier reasonably satisfactory to the Owner. During the course of Contractor’s services, if Contractor ever intends to employ additional or different Engineers, experts, Consultants or Subcontractors, before so employing them Contractor shall furnish such reasonably satisfactory proof of insurance to the Owner. If the Contractor is self-insured, the Contractor shall furnish a Certificate of Permission to Self-Insure and a Certificate of SelfInsurance reasonably satisfactory to the Owner. (v) Errors and Omissions Insurance Errors and omissions insurance on a claims made basis with limits of at least One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) with a deductible or self-insured retention in an amount not to exceed the sum of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), and Contractor will maintain such coverage for a period of five (5) years following the Final Completion Date.
(vi) Builder’s All-Risk Contractor agrees to obtain and maintain Builder’s Risk/Courseof-Construction insurance, issued on a completed value basis on all insurable Work included under the Contract Documents. This insurance shall be subject to the approval of Owner, and Owner’s approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. This insurance shall insure against all risks, including but not limited to the following perils: vandalism, theft, malicious mischief, fire, sprinkler leakage, civil authority, sonic boom, explosion, collapse, flood, wind, hail, lightning, smoke, riot or civil commotion, debris removal (including demolition) and reasonable compensation for the Owner’s costs and expenses required as a result of such insured loss. This insurance shall provide coverage in an amount not less than the full cost to repair, replace, or reconstruct the Work. Such insurance shall include the Owner, the Owner’s designated representative, and any other person or entity with an insurable interest in the Work as an additional named insured.
(vii) Other Insurance Contractor shall provide all other insurance required to be maintained under Applicable Laws, ordinances, rules, and regulations. Such insurance shall be subject to the approval of Owner, and Owner’s approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. (b) Consultants If not covered by Contractor’s coverage, each of Contractor’s Consultants shall carry coverage and limits proportionate to each such Consultant’s scope of work, and Contractor shall include such provisions in its contracts with them. If any policy carried by any of the Consultants offers 50% or less of the limits required of the Contractor hereunder for ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
16 an analogous policy, the Contractor shall notify the Owner of the proposed coverage to be carried by such Consultant, and the Owner shall have the right in its reasonable discretion to approve or reject the proposed coverage in each such case.
(c) Occupancy Owner may partially or fully occupy and/or use the Project before acceptance of the entire Project by the Owner. All of Contractor’s required insurance must allow such occupancy and/or use without prior consent from insurer. (d) Additional Insured; Primary and Non-Contributory; Waiver of Subrogation The Contractor shall name the Owner and the Owner’s designated representative as additional insureds on Contractor’s commercial general liability (using ISO CG 20 10 and CG 20 37 or exact equivalents), automobile liability, and excess/umbrella policies. The additional insured endorsement(s) included on all such insurance policies shall state that coverage is afforded the additional insured with respect to claims arising out of operations performed by or on behalf of the insured. If the additional insureds have other insurance which is applicable to the loss, such other insurance shall be on an excess or contingent basis. The amount of the insurer’s liability shall not be reduced by the existence of such other insurance. The coverage provided the additional insureds on Contractor’s commercial general liability, automobile liability, and excess/umbrella policies shall apply on a primary and non-contributory basis. The Contractor’s commercial general liability, automobile liability, excess/umbrella, and workers’ compensation/employer’s liability policies shall be endorsed to include a waiver of subrogation in favor of Owner and the Owner’s designated representatives. Any excess/umbrella policies provided by Contractor shall include a follow form endorsement or schedule of underlying coverage showing that such policies sit in excess of and shall follow the form of the underlying policies set forth herein, which Contractor intends the excess/umbrella policy to supplement. (e) Proof of Carriage of Insurance The Contractor shall not commence Work nor shall it allow any Subcontractor or Consultant to commence Work under this Agreement until all required insurance certificates, additional insured endorsements and declarations pages have been obtained for the period covered by this Agreement and delivered in duplicate to the Owner for approval, and such approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. (f) Notice of Cancellation or Non-Renewal The Contractor shall provide or shall obligate its insurance carriers or brokers/representatives to provide for thirty (30) Days written notice to the Owner of cancellation.
(g) Project Schedule Changes At the time of making application for any extension of time pursuant to the Contract Documents, Contractor shall submit evidence that insurance policies will be in effect during the requested additional period of time. (h) Compliance If the Contractor fails to maintain such insurance or fails to cure any defects in coverage required herein within five (5) Days of receiving written notice of the defect(s), the Owner may, but shall not be required to, take out such insurance to cover any damages accrued for which the Owner might be held liable on account of the Contractor’s failure to pay such damages, and deduct and retain the amount of the premiums from any sums due the Contractor under this Agreement.
(i) No Limitation of Liability; Subcontractors and Consultant Obligations Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed as limiting, in any way, the extent to which the Contractor may be held responsible for the payment of damages resulting from the Contractor’s operations. Each of Contractor’s Consultants and Subcontractors shall comply with all insurance obligations under this Section, and Contractor shall include such provisions in its contracts with them.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
17 3.13.1 Time for Compliance. Contractor shall not commence Work under this Contract until it has provided evidence satisfactory to the City that it has secured all insurance required under this section. In addition, Contractor shall not allow any subcontractor to commence work on any subcontract until it has provided evidence satisfactory to the City that the subcontractor has secured all insurance required under this section. Failure to provide and maintain all required insurance shall be grounds for the City to terminate this Contract for cause.

3.13.2 Minimum Requirements. Contractor shall, at its expense, procure and maintain for the duration of the Contract insurance against claims for injuries to persons or damages to property which may arise from or in connection with the performance of the Work hereunder by Contractor, its agents, representatives, employees or subcontractors. Contractor shall also require all of its subcontractors to procure and maintain the same insurance for the duration of the Contract. Such insurance shall meet at least the following minimum levels of coverage:

3.13.2.1 Minimum Scope of Insurance. Coverage shall be at least as broad as the latest version of the following: (1) General Liability: Insurance Services Office Commercial General Liability coverage (occurrence form CG 00 01) OR Insurance Services Office Owners and Contractors Protective Liability Coverage Form (CG 00 09 11 88) (coverage for operations of designated contractor); (2) Automobile Liability: Insurance Services Office Business Auto Coverage form number CA 00 01, code 1 (any auto); and (3) Workers’ Compensation and Employer’s Liability: Workers’ Compensation insurance as required by the State of California and Employer’s Liability Insurance. Policies shall not contain exclusions contrary to this Contract.

3.13.2.2 Minimum Limits of Insurance. Contractor shall maintain limits no less than: (1) General Liability: $5,000,000 per occurrence and $5,000,000 aggregate for bodily injury, personal injury and property damage; (2) Automobile Liability: $5,000,000 per accident for bodily injury and property damage; and (3) Workers’ Compensation and Employer’s Liability: Workers’ compensation limits as required by the Labor Code of the State of California.

Employer’s Liability limits of $1,000,000 each accident, policy limit bodily injury or disease, and each employee bodily injury or disease. Defense costs shall be available in addition to the limits.

Notwithstanding the minimum limits specified herein, any available coverage shall be provided to the parties required to be named as additional insureds pursuant to this Contract.

3.13.3 Insurance Endorsements. The insurance policies shall contain the following provisions, or Contractor shall provide endorsements (amendments) on forms supplied or approved by the City to add the following provisions to the insurance policies:

3.13.3.1 General Liability. (1) Such policy shall give the City, its officials, employees, agents and authorized volunteers additional insured status using ISO endorsements CG20 10 10 01 plus CG20 37 10 01, or endorsements providing the exact same coverage, with respect to the Work or operations performed by or on behalf of Contractor, including materials, parts or equipment furnished in connection with such work; (2) all policies shall waive or shall permit Contractor to waive all rights of subrogation which may be obtained by the Contractor or any insurer by virtue of payment of any loss or any coverage provided to any person named as an additional insured pursuant to this Contract, and Contractor agrees to waive all such rights of subrogation; and (3) the insurance coverage shall be primary insurance as respects the City, its officials, employees, agents and authorized volunteers, or if excess, shall stand in an unbroken chain of coverage excess of Contractor’s scheduled underlying coverage.

Any insurance or self-insurance maintained by the City, its officials, employees, agents and authorized volunteers shall be excess of Contractor’s insurance and shall not be called upon to contribute with it.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
18 3.13.3.2 Automobile Liability. (1) Such policy shall give the City, its officials, employees, agents and authorized volunteers additional insured status with respect to the ownership, operation, maintenance, use, loading or unloading of any auto owned, leased, hired or borrowed by Contractor or for which Contractor is responsible; (2) all policies shall waive or shall permit Contractor to waive all rights of subrogation which may be obtained by the Contractor or any insurer by virtue of payment of any loss or any coverage provided to any person named as an additional insured pursuant to this Contract, and Contractor agrees to waive all such rights of subrogation; and (3) the insurance coverage shall be primary insurance as respects the City, its officials, employees, agents and authorized volunteers, or if excess, shall stand in an unbroken chain of coverage excess of Contractor’s scheduled underlying coverage. Any insurance or self-insurance maintained by the City, its officials, employees, agents and authorized volunteers shall be excess of Contractor’s insurance and shall not be called upon to contribute with it in any way.

3.13.3.3 Workers’ Compensation and Employer’s Liability Coverage.

The insurer shall agree to waive all rights of subrogation against the City, its officials, employees, agents and authorized volunteers for losses paid under the terms of the insurance policy which arise from work performed by Contractor.

3.13.3.4 All Coverages. Each insurance policy required by this Contract shall be endorsed to state that: (1) coverage shall not be suspended, voided, reduced or canceled except after thirty (30) days prior written notice by certified mail, return receipt requested, has been given to the City; and (2) any failure to comply with reporting or other provisions of the policies, including breaches of warranties, shall not affect coverage provided to the City, its officials, employees, agents and authorized volunteers.

3.13.4 Separation of Insureds; No Special Limitations. All insurance required by this Section shall contain standard separation of insureds provisions. In addition, such insurance shall not contain any special limitations on the scope of protection afforded to the City, its officials, employees, agents and authorized volunteers.

3.13.5 Deductibles and Self-Insurance Retentions. Any deductibles or selfinsured retentions must be declared to and approved by the City. Contractor shall guarantee that, at the option of the City, either: (1) the insurer shall reduce or eliminate such deductibles or selfinsured retentions as respects the City, its officials, employees, agents and authorized volunteers; or (2) the Contractor shall procure a bond or other financial guarantee acceptable to the City guaranteeing payment of losses and related investigation costs, claims and administrative and defense expenses.

3.13.6 Acceptability of Insurers. Insurance is to be placed with insurers with a current A.M. Best’s rating no less than A:VII, licensed to do business in California, and satisfactory to the City. Exception may be made for the State Compensation Insurance Fund when not specifically rated.

3.13.7 Verification of Coverage. Contractor shall furnish City with original certificates of insurance and endorsements effecting coverage required by this Contract on forms satisfactory to the City. The certificates and endorsements for each insurance policy shall be signed by a person authorized by that insurer to bind coverage on its behalf, and shall be on forms supplied or approved by the City. All certificates and endorsements must be received and approved by the City before work commences. The City reserves the right to require complete, certified copies of all required insurance policies, at any time.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
19 3.13.8 Subcontractors. All subcontractors shall meet the requirements of this Section before commencing Work. Contractor shall furnish separate certificates and endorsements for each subcontractor. Subcontractor policies of General Liability insurance shall name the City, its officials, employees, agents and authorized volunteers as additional insureds using form ISO 20 38 04 13 or endorsements providing the exact same coverage. All coverages for subcontractors shall be subject to all of the requirements stated herein except as otherwise agreed to by the City in writing.

3.13.9 Reporting of Claims. Contractor shall report to the City, in addition to Contractor’s insurer, any and all insurance claims submitted by Contractor in connection with the Work under this Contract.

3.14 Bond Requirements.

3.14.1 Payment Bond. If required by law or otherwise specifically requested by City in Exhibit “C” attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference, Contractor shall execute and provide to City concurrently with this Contract a Payment Bond in an amount required by the City and in a form provided or approved by the City. If such bond is required, no payment will be made to Contractor until the bond has been received and approved by the City.

3.14.2 Performance Bond. If specifically requested by City in Exhibit “C” attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference, Contractor shall execute and provide to City concurrently with this Contract a Performance Bond in an amount required by the City and in a form provided or approved by the City. If such bond is required, no payment will be made to Contractor until the bond has been received and approved by the City.

3.14.3 Bond Provisions. Should, in City’s sole opinion, any bond become insufficient or any surety be found to be unsatisfactory, Contractor shall renew or replace the effected bond within (ten) 10 days of receiving notice from City. In the event the surety or Contractor intends to reduce or cancel any required bond, at least thirty (30) days prior written notice shall be given to the City, and Contractor shall post acceptable replacement bonds at least ten (10) days prior to expiration of the original bonds. No further payments shall be deemed due or will be made under this Contract until any replacement bonds required by this Section are accepted by the City. To the extent, if any, that the Total Contract Price is increased in accordance with the Contract, Contractor shall, upon request of the City, cause the amount of the bond to be increased accordingly and shall promptly deliver satisfactory evidence of such increase to the City. If Contractor fails to furnish any required bond, the City may terminate the Contract for cause.

3.14.4 Surety Qualifications. Only bonds executed by an admitted surety insurer, as defined in California Code of Civil Procedure Section 995.120, shall be accepted. If a California-admitted surety insurer issuing bonds does not meet these requirements, the insurer will be considered qualified if it is in conformance with Section 995.660 of the California Code of Civil Procedure, and proof of such is provided to the City.

3.15 Warranty. Contractor warrants all Work under the Contract (which for purposes of this Section shall be deemed to include unauthorized work which has not been removed and any non-conforming materials incorporated into the Work) to be of good quality and free from any defective or faulty material and workmanship. Contractor agrees that for a period of one year (or the period of time specified elsewhere in the Contract or in any guarantee or warranty provided by any manufacturer or supplier of equipment or materials incorporated into the Work, whichever is later) after the date of final acceptance, Contractor shall within ten (10) days after being notified in writing by the City of any defect in the Work or non-conformance of the Work to the Contract, ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
20 commence and prosecute with due diligence all Work necessary to fulfill the terms of the warranty at its sole cost and expense. Contractor shall act sooner as requested by the City in response to an emergency. In addition, Contractor shall, at its sole cost and expense, repair and replace any portions of the Work (or work of other contractors) damaged by its defective Work or which becomes damaged in the course of repairing or replacing defective Work. For any Work so corrected, Contractor’s obligation hereunder to correct defective Work shall be reinstated for an additional one year period, commencing with the date of acceptance of such corrected Work.

Contractor shall perform such tests as the City may require to verify that any corrective actions, including, without limitation, redesign, repairs, and replacements comply with the requirements of the Contract. All costs associated with such corrective actions and testing, including the removal, replacement, and reinstitution of equipment and materials necessary to gain access, shall be the sole responsibility of Contractor. All warranties and guarantees of subcontractors, suppliers and manufacturers with respect to any portion of the Work, whether express or implied, are deemed to be obtained by Contractor for the benefit of the City, regardless of whether or not such warranties and guarantees have been transferred or assigned to the City by separate agreement and Contractor agrees to enforce such warranties and guarantees, if necessary, on behalf of the City. In the event that Contractor fails to perform its obligations under this Section, or under any other warranty or guaranty under this Contract, to the reasonable satisfaction of the City, the City shall have the right to correct and replace any defective or non-conforming Work and any work damaged by such work or the replacement or correction thereof at Contractor’s sole expense.

Contractor shall be obligated to fully reimburse the City for any expenses incurred hereunder upon demand.

3.16 Employee/Labor Certifications.

3.16.1 Contractor’s Labor Certification. By its signature hereunder, Contractor certifies that he is aware of the provisions of Section 3700 of the California Labor Code which require every employer to be insured against liability for Worker’s Compensation or to undertake self-insurance in accordance with the provisions of that Code, and agrees to comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the Work. A certification form for this purpose, which is attached to this Contract as Exhibit “D” and incorporated herein by reference, shall be executed simultaneously with this Contract.

3.16.2 Equal Opportunity Employment. Contractor represents that it is an equal opportunity employer and that it shall not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, religion, color, national origin, ancestry, sex, age or other interests protected by the State or Federal Constitutions. Such non-discrimination shall include, but not be limited to, all activities related to initial employment, upgrading, demotion, transfer, recruitment or recruitment advertising, layoff or termination.

3.16.3 Verification of Employment Eligibility. By executing this Contract, Contractor verifies that it fully complies with all requirements and restrictions of state and federal law respecting the employment of undocumented aliens, including, but not limited to, the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986, as may be amended from time to time, and shall require all subconsultants and sub-subconsultants to comply with the same.

3.17 General Provisions.

3.17.1 City’s Representative. The City hereby designates the General Manager, or his or her designee, to act as its representative for the performance of this Contract (“City’s Representative”). City’s Representative shall have the power to act on behalf of the City for all ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
21 purposes under this Contract. Contractor shall not accept direction or orders from any person other than the City’s Representative or his or her designee.

3.17.2 Contractor’s Representative. Before starting the Work, Contractor shall submit in writing the name, qualifications and experience of its proposed representative who shall be subject to the review and approval of the City (“′Contractor’s Representative”). Following approval by the City, Contractor’s Representative shall have full authority to represent and act on behalf of Contractor for all purposes under this Contract. Contractor’s Representative shall supervise and direct the Work, using his best skill and attention, and shall be responsible for all construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures and for the satisfactory coordination of all portions of the Work under this Contract. Contractor’s Representative shall devote full time to the Project and either he or his designee, who shall be acceptable to the City, shall be present at the Work site at all times that any Work is in progress and at any time that any employee or subcontractor of Contractor is present at the Work site. Arrangements for responsible supervision, acceptable to the City, shall be made for emergency Work which may be required. Should Contractor desire to change its Contractor’s Representative, Contractor shall provide the information specified above and obtain the City’s written approval.

3.17.3 Termination. This Contract may be terminated by City at any time, either with our without cause, by giving Contractor three (3) days advance written notice. In the event of termination by City for any reason other than the fault of Contractor, City shall pay Contractor for all Work performed up to that time as provided herein. In the event of breach of the Contract by Contractor, City may terminate the Contract immediately without notice, may reduce payment to Contractor in the amount necessary to offset City’s resulting damages, and may pursue any other available recourse against Contractor. Contractor may not terminate this Contract except for cause. In the event this Contract is terminated in whole or in part as provided, City may procure, upon such terms and in such manner as it may determine appropriate, services similar to those terminated. Further, if this Contract is terminated as provided, City may require Contractor to provide all finished or unfinished documents, data, diagrams, drawings, materials or other matter prepared or built by Contractor in connection with its performance of this Contract.

3.17.4 Contract Interpretation. Should any question arise regarding the meaning or import of any of the provisions of this Contract or written or oral instructions from City, the matter shall be referred to City’s Representative, whose decision shall be binding upon Contractor.

3.17.5 Anti-Trust Claims. This provision shall be operative if this Contract is applicable to California Public Contract Code Section 7103.5. In entering into this Contract to supply goods, services or materials, Contractor hereby offers and agrees to assign to the City all rights, title, and interest in and to all causes of action it may have under Section 4 of the Clayton Act (15 U.S.C. Section 15) or under the Cartwright Act (Chapter 2, commencing with Section 16700, of Part 2 of Division 7 of the Business and Professions Code) arising from purchases of goods, services, or materials pursuant to the Contract. This assignment shall be made and become effective at the time the City tender final payment to Contractor, without further acknowledgment by the Parties.

3.17.6 Notices. All notices hereunder and communications regarding interpretation of the terms of the Contract or changes thereto shall be provided by the mailing thereof by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid and addressed as follows:

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
22 CONTRACTOR:

GCJ, Inc.
3508 Shamrock Way, Suite 101
Tracy, California 95377
(209) 835-6618
Attn: Derek Scalise
CITY:

City of Ceres
2220 Magnolia Street
Ceres, California 95307
Attn: City Manager
Any notice so given shall be considered received by the other Party three (3) days after deposit in the U.S. Mail as stated above and addressed to the Party at the above address. Actual notice shall be deemed adequate notice on the date actual notice occurred, regardless of the method of service.

3.17.7 Time of Essence. Time is of the essence in the performance of this Contract.

3.17.8 Assignment Forbidden. Contractor shall not, either voluntarily or by action of law, assign or transfer this Contract or any obligation, right, title or interest assumed by Contractor herein without the prior written consent of City. If Contractor attempts an assignment or transfer of this Contract or any obligation, right, title or interest herein, City may, at its option, terminate and revoke the Contract and shall thereupon be relieved from any and all obligations to Contractor or its assignee or transferee.

3.17.9 No Third Party Beneficiaries. There are no intended third party beneficiaries of any right or obligation assumed by the Parties.

3.17.10 Laws, Venue, and Attorneys’ Fees. This Agreement shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of California. If any action is brought to interpret or enforce any term of this Agreement, the action shall be brought in a state or federal court situated in the County of Stanislaus, State of California.

3.17.11 Counterparts. This Contract may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original.

3.17.12 Successors. The Parties do for themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns agree to the full performance of all of the provisions contained in this Contract.

3.17.13 [Reserved]

3.17.14 Solicitation. Contractor maintains and warrants that it has not employed nor retained any company or person, other than a bona fide employee working solely for Contractor, to solicit or secure this Contract. Further, Contractor warrants that it has not paid nor has it agreed to pay any company or person, other than a bona fide employee working solely for Contractor, any fee, commission, percentage, brokerage fee, gift or other consideration contingent upon or resulting from the award or making of this Contract. For breach or violation of this warranty, City shall have the right to terminate this Contract without liability.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
23 3.17.15 Conflict of Interest. Contractor maintains and warrants that it has not employed nor retained any company or person, other than a bona fide employee working solely for Contractor, to solicit or secure this Agreement. Further, Contractor warrants that it has not paid nor has it agreed to pay any company or person, other than a bona fide employee working solely for Contractor, any fee, commission, percentage, brokerage fee, gift or other consideration contingent upon or resulting from the award or making of this Agreement. For breach or violation of this warranty, City shall have the right to rescind this Agreement without liability. For the term of this Contract, no director, official, officer or employee of City, during the term of his or her service with City, shall have any direct interest in this Contract, or obtain any present or anticipated material benefit arising therefrom. In addition, Contractor agrees to file, or to cause its employees or subcontractors to file, a Statement of Economic Interest with the City’s Filing Officer as required under state law in the performance of the Work.

3.17.16 Certification of License.

3.17.16.1 Contractor certifies that as of the date of execution of this Contract, Contractor has a current contractor’s license of the classification indicated below under Contractor’s signature.

3.17.16.2 Contractors are required by law to be licensed and regulated by the Contractors’ State License Board which has jurisdiction to investigate complaints against contractors if a complaint regarding a patent act or omission is filed within four (4) years of the date of the alleged violation. A complaint regarding a latent act or omission pertaining to structural defects must be filed within ten (10) years of the date of the alleged violation. Any questions concerning a contractor may be referred to the Registrar, Contractors’ State License Board, P.O.

Box 26000, Sacramento, California 95826.

3.17.17 Authority to Enter Contract. Each Party warrants that the individuals who have signed this Contract have the legal power, right and authority to make this Contract and bind each respective Party.

3.17.18 Entire Contract; Modification. This Contract contains the entire agreement of the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior negotiations, understandings or agreements. This Contract may only be modified by a writing signed by both Parties.

3.17.19 Non-Waiver. None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be considered waived by either party, unless such waiver is specifically specified in writing.

3.17.20 City’s Right to Employ Other Contractors. City reserves right to employ other contractors in connection with this Project or other projects. [SIGNATURES ON NEXT PAGE]
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6

ATTACHMENT B
ITEM 6
25 EXHIBIT “A”

BID SCHEDULE
ITEM
NO. ITEM

UNIT OF

MEASURE

ESTIMATED

QUANTITY

UNIT PRICE
(IN FIGURES)

ITEM TOTAL
(IN FIGURES)
1 Construction of all work associated with
the Rockefeller Water Building
Improvements Project inclusive of
tenant improvements and sitework
LS 1 $1,725,925.00 $1,725,925.00
2 Security System ALLOW 1 $194,064.49 $194,064.49
Total Bid $1,919,989.49
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
26 EXHIBIT “B”

PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
27 GENERAL

SCOPE OF WORK
The Work to be performed is included in Exhibit B – Drawings and Technical Specifications. Such other items or details, not mentioned above (Exhibit A), that are required by the drawings, and technical specifications, or the following special conditions (Exhibit C) shall be performed, placed, constructed or installed.

PERFORMANCE
The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment, incidentals, and do all work described in the Plans and these Special Provisions.

SCHEDULE OF VALUES
The Contractor shall be required to furnish a detailed schedule of values in such detail and form as the City shall request, showing the quantities, unit prices, overhead, profit, and all other expenses involved in order to provide a basis for determining the amount of progress payments.

The schedule of values shall be submitted and approved by the City prior to the first payment request.

COORDINATION/COOPERATION
The Contractor shall notify the Engineer at (209) 538-5792 at least three (3) working days in advance of the tentative starting date.

The Contractor shall be responsible for contacting and coordinating with all utility companies, including the City, with regards to the location of existing underground facilities in the construction area. The Contractor shall call Underground Service Alert at 811, at least 2 working days before commencement of underground work for location of underground facilities.

Utility facilities damaged, temporarily disconnected, or relocated as a result of construction shall be repaired/reconnected as directed by the governing utility at the Contractor's expense.

Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this section shall be considered as included in the price paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be made.

INSPECTION OF SITE
The Contractor shall inspect the work site and note all existing conditions before submitting a bid for this project. A site tour is scheduled immediately following the pre-bid meeting if requested.

DUST CONTROL
It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to minimize dust during earth moving operations. A water truck shall be made available if necessary for dust control.

Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this section shall be considered as included in the price paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be made.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
28 PERMITS, BONDS, LICENSES AND INSURANCE
The building permit has been obtained by the City of Ceres. The Contractor shall procure all additional permits, bonds, licenses and insurance, pay all charges and fees, and give all notices necessary and incidental to the prosecution of the work.

PUBLIC CONVENIENCE AND SAFETY
The Contractor shall be responsible for all the provisions of this item, including issuance of all notices necessary for prosecution of the work.

Construction Area Signs -- Construction area signs and traffic cones shall be furnished, installed, maintained, and removed when no longer required in accordance with the provisions in Section 12, "Temporary Traffic Control," of the State Specifications, and these Special Provisions. Specifically included in this item are all detour signage.

The Contractor shall notify the appropriate regional notification center for operators of subsurface installations at least two (2) working days, but not more than 14 calendar days, prior to commencing any excavation for construction area sign posts. The regional notification centers include, but not limited to the following:

Notification Center Telephone
Underground Service Alert (USA) 811
(Northern California)
All excavations required to install construction area signs shall be performed by hand methods without the use of power equipment, except that power equipment may be used if it is determined that there were no utility facilities in the area of the proposed post holes.

Sign substrates for stationary mounted construction area signs may be fabricated from fiberglass reinforced plastic as specified under “Prequalified and Tested Signing and Delineation Materials” elsewhere in these Special Provisions.

Type IV reflective sheeting for sign panels for portable construction area signs shall conform to the requirements specified under “Prequalified and Testing Signing and Delineation Materials” elsewhere in these Special Provisions.

The term “construction area signs” shall also include temporary object markers required for the direction of public traffic through or around the work during construction. Object markers listed or designated on the plans as construction area signs shall be considered to be signs and shall be furnished, erected, maintained and removed by the Contractor in the same manner specified for construction area signs and the following:

Object markers shall be stationary mounted on wood or metal posts in accordance with the details shown on the plans and the requirements in Section 82, “Markers and Delineators,” of the Standard Specifications.

Marker panels for Type N, Type P and Type R object markers shall conform to the requirements for sign panels for stationary mounted signs.

Target plates for Type K and Type L object markers and posts, reflectors and hardware shall conform to the requirements in said Section 82, but need not be new.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
29 When a street section is to be closed, it shall be solidly barricaded, and signs shall be posted at the closure points indicating “Street Closed.”
Full cost of providing and removing construction area signs shall be borne exclusively by the Contractor and shall be considered as included in the contract lump sum price for Item 10-1.07, “Public Convenience & Safety.”
Maintaining Traffic -- Attention is directed to Section 7-1.03, "Public Convenience," Section 7-

1.04, "Public Safety," and Section 12, "Temporary Traffic Control," of the State Specifications.

Nothing in these Special Provisions shall be construed as relieving the Contractor from its responsibility as provided in Section 7-1.04 of the State Specifications.

All traffic cones used for night lane closures shall have reflective cone sleeves as specified in the specifications. One (1) 12-foot wide traffic lane must be open at all times.

The second and third paragraphs of Section 12-3.10, “Traffic Cones,” of the State Standard Specifications are amended to read:

The type of reflective cone sleeve used shall be at the option of the Contractor. Only one type of reflective cone sleeve shall be used on the project.

Lane closures shall conform to the provisions in the section of these special provisions entitled “Traffic Control System for Lane Closure.”
Personal vehicles of the Contractor's employees shall not be parked on the traveled way or shoulders, including any section closed to public traffic.

The Contractor shall notify local authorities of its intent to begin work at least five (5) days before work is begun. The Contractor shall cooperate with local authorities relative to handling traffic through the area and shall make its own arrangements relative to keeping the working area clear of parked vehicles.

The Contractor shall provide access to all businesses and residences within the construction zone at all times throughout the project. When the work requires the closing of a business driveway or other entrance, the Contractor shall post signs directing the public to the most convenient access to the business.

The Contractor shall provide access to all private driveways when construction is not actively in progress. Access to driveways fronting the construction area shall not be hindered or blocked for time periods greater than 4 hours without notifying the property owner or tenant in writing 24 hours prior to blockage.

The Contractor shall provide safe public access around the work site in accordance with the American Disabilities Act requirements during the work.

Whenever vehicles or equipment are parked on the shoulder within six feet of a traffic lane, the shoulder area shall be closed with fluorescent traffic cones or portable delineators placed on a taper in advance of the parked vehicles or equipment and along the edge of the pavement at 25-foot intervals to a point not less than 25 feet past the last vehicle or piece of equipment. A minimum of nine (9) cones or portable delineators shall be used for the taper. A C23 (Road ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
30 Work Ahead) or C24 (Shoulder Work Ahead) sign shall be mounted on a telescoping flag tree with flags. The flag tree shall be placed where directed by the Engineer.

When the Contractor’s operations create a condition hazardous to traffic or to the public, he shall furnish, erect and maintain, at his expense and without cost to the City, such fences, barricades, lights, signs and other devices as are necessary to prevent accidents or damage or injury to the public. The Contractor shall also furnish such flagmen, provided with the necessary equipment kept clean and in good condition by the Contractor at his expense, as may be necessary to give adequate warning to traffic or to the public that the roadway is under construction or of any dangerous conditions to be encountered. The flagmen shall perform their duties and their work of furnishing and placing such signs, lights, flags and other warning and safety devices as set forth in the current “Work Area Traffic Control Handbook” as published by the Building News, Inc., Los Angeles, California.

Minor deviations from the requirements of this section concerning hours of work which do not significantly change the cost of the work may be permitted upon the written request of the Contractor if, in the opinion of the Engineer, public traffic will be better served and the work expedited. Such deviations shall not be adopted until the Engineer has indicated its written approval. All other modifications will be made by contract change order.

Full cost of conforming to this section shall be considered as included in the contract lump sum price for “Public Convenience and Safety.”
Traffic Control System for Lane Closure -- A traffic control system shall be provided by the Contractor and shall be in accordance with the provisions of Section 12, "Temporary Traffic Control," of the State Specifications, the provisions under "Maintaining Traffic" elsewhere in these Special Provisions.

The provisions in this section shall not relieve the Contractor from its responsibility to provide such additional devices, or take such measures as may be necessary, to comply with the provisions in Section 7-1.04, "Public Safety," of the State Standard Specifications.

Prior to any lane closures, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to provide 72-hour notice to the City and obtain City approval of the lane closure. Failure to notify the City in a timely manner is cause for the City to prevent the lane closure.

Whenever a lane closure is made, the Contractor shall close the lane by placing fluorescent traffic cones, portable cones, portable delineators, or other devices approved by the Engineer, along a taper and along the edge of the closed lane adjacent to public traffic. One telescoping flag tree with flags shall be placed at the beginning and at the end of the taper.

If any component in the traffic control system is displaced or ceases to operate or function as specified, from any cause, during the progress of the work, the Contractor shall immediately repair said component to its original condition or replace said component, and shall restore the component to its original location. Full cost of providing flaggers shall be borne exclusively by the Contractor.

The Contractor shall submit a traffic control plan and approved by the City Engineer prior to commencing any work.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
31 Protection of the Work -- To minimize traffic congestion during the resurfacing operation, the work shall be done in stages. Residents with driveways within the closed section shall be notified at least 24 hours in advance of closure via door hangers and signs within the limits of the project.

Barricades and signs and their cost of replacement, the cost of flagmen necessary for the protection of the work and the public and costs of notification of affected residents will be considered as included in the contract price paid for bid items shown in the proposal, and no separate payments shall be made.

WATER POLLUTION CONTROL
Summary
It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to comply with all of the requirements of the latest NPDES General Permit for "Storm Water Discharges Associated with Construction and Land Disturbance Activities" (Order No. 2022-0057-DWQ, NPDES No. CAS000002) hereinafter called the "Permit" and standard industry practice.

This includes, but is not limited to, preparing plans and application, maps as well as all necessary reporting on the SWQCB's Storm Water Multiple Application and Report Tracking System (SMARTS System). The Contractor, working with their certified Qualified Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) Developer (QSD), will determine what would be the best course of action to comply with the latest State NPDES General Permit for Storm Water Discharges Associated with Construction and Land Disturbance Activities Order No. 2009- 0009- DWQ. If the Contractor's QSD determines a SWPPP is the best course of action, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor and their QSD to submit to Construction Management a completed SWPPP for review. Upon acceptance of the SWPPP document by Construction Management, the QSD shall prepare a Notice of Intention (NOI) application in the SWQCB's SMARTS System and upload all necessary documents and maps to be approved by the Legally Responsible Person (LRP). Until a written approval of the SWPPP has been obtained from the SWQCB, no construction activity shall commence on the project site. Upon obtaining written approval of the SWPPP, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to implement the SWPPP.

Throughout the course of the project, the Contractor's Qualified SWPPP Practitioner (QSP) shall conduct periodic inspections, testing, any reporting on the SMARTS System as well as coordinate with the QSD to update the SWPPP as necessary. At the conclusion of construction, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor and his or her QSD/QSP to ensure Annual Report(s) have been prepared on the SMARTS System as well as prepare the Notice of Termination (NOT) for City's approval. The Contractor shall keep a copy of the approved SWPPP, and amendments thereto, at the job site and in the general business office of the Contractor. In addition, the Contractor shall make available to Construction Management copies of all amendments to the SWPPP as prepared by the Contractor. The SWPPP shall be made available upon request of a representative of the Fresno Metropolitan Flood Control District, Regional Water Quality Control Board, State Water Resources Control Board or U. S.

Environmental Protection Agency. Requests by the public shall be directed to the Engineer.

If the Contractor and/or his/her QSD determines that a SWPPP is not necessary, then it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to provide a list of Best Management Practices (BMP) that are to be implemented during the Work to Construction Management. The Contractor shall implement the BMP in a timely manner and maintain throughout the duration of the project. The Contractor shall keep a copy of the BMP list and any modification to the list at the job site and in the general business office of the Contractor. In addition, the Contractor shall make available to the City copies of all modifications to the BMP list. The BMP list shall be made available upon ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
32 request of a representative of the Fresno Metropolitan Flood Control District, Regional Water Quality Control Board, State Water Resources Control Board or U. S. Environmental Protection Agency. Requests by the public shall be directed to Construction Management.

Notice of violation and/or fines for any non-compliance will be the responsibility of the Contractor.

Manage work activities to reduce the discharge of pollutants to surface waters, groundwater, or municipal separate storm sewer systems including work items shown in the Bid Item List for:

1. Prepare Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan. SWPPP preparation includes obtaining SWPPP approval, amending the SWPPP, preparing a CSMP and a SAP, and monitoring and inspecting WPC practices at the job site.

2. Storm Water Annual Report. Storm Water Annual Report preparation includes certifications, monitoring and inspection results, and obtaining Storm Water Annual Report acceptance.

3. Storm Water Sampling and Analysis Day. Storm Water Sampling and Analysis Day includes reporting of storm water quality per qualifying rain event. If specified for the risk level, the work includes preparation, collection, analysis, and reporting of storm water samples for turbidity, pH, and other constituents.

4. Rain Event Action Plan. If specified for the project risk level, REAP preparation includes preparing and submitting REAP forms and monitoring weather forecasts.

Do not start work until:

1. SWPPP is approved by the City.

2. SWPPP is uploaded onto the SMART System.

3. WDID is issued.

4. SWPPP review requirements have been fulfilled. If the RWQCB requires time for SWPPP review, allow 30 days for the RWQCB to review the SWPPP as specified under "Submittals" of these special provisions.

This project is anticipated to be Risk Level 1.

Definitions and Abbreviations
active and inactive areas: (1) Active areas have soil disturbing work activities occurring at least once within 14 days, and (2) Inactive areas are areas that have not been disturbed for at least 15 days.

BMPs: Best Management Practices are water pollution control practices. construction phase: Construction phases are (1) Highway Construction including work activities for building roads and structures, (2) Plant Establishment including maintenance on vegetation installed for final stabilization, and (3) Suspension where work activities are suspended and areas are inactive.

CSMP: Construction Site Monitoring Program.

NAL: Numeric Action Level.

NEL: Numeric Effluent Limit.

NPDES: National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System.

NOI: Notice of Intent.

Normal working hours: The hours you normally work on this project.

Preparation Manual: The Department's "Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan and Water Pollution Control Program Preparation Manual."
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
33 QSD: Qualified SWPPP Developer.

QSP: Qualified SWPPP Practitioner.

Qualified rain event: A qualified rain event is a storm that produces at least 0.5 inch of precipitation with a 48 hour or greater period between storms.

REAP: Rain Event Action Plan.

RWQCB: Regional Water Quality Control Board.

SAP: Sampling and Analysis Plan.

SSC: Suspended Sediment Concentration.

SWRCB: State Water Resources Control Board. SWPPP: Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan. WDID: Waste Discharge Identification Number. WPC: Water Pollution Control.

WPC Manager: Water Pollution Control Manager. The WPC Manager implements water pollution control work described in the SWPPP and oversees revisions and amendments to the SWPPP.

Submittals
Within 20 days after contract approval, start the following process for SWPPP approval:

1. Submit 3 copies of the SWPPP and allow 20 days for the Engineer's review. If revisions are required, the Engineer provides comments and specifies the date that the review stopped.

2. Change and resubmit the SWPPP within 15 days of receipt of the Engineer's comments.

The Engineer's review resumes when the complete SWPPP is resubmitted.

3. When the Engineer approves the SWPPP, submit an electronic and 4 printed copies of the approved SWPPP.

4. If the RWQCB reviews the approved SWPPP, the Engineer submits one copy of the approved SWPPP to the RWQCB for their review and comment. RWQCBs requiring time to review SWPPPs include:

5. If the Engineer requests changes to the SWPPP based on RWQCB comments, amend the SWPPP within 10 days.

Submit:

1. Storm water training records including training dates and subjects for employees and subcontractors. Include dates and subjects for ongoing training, including tailgate meetings.

2. Employee training records.

2.1. Within 5 days of SWPPP approval for existing employees

2.2. Within 5 days of training for new employees

2.3. At least 5 days before subcontractors start work for subcontractor's employees Prepare a Storm Water Annual Report for the reporting period from July 1st to June 30th. For the prior reporting period, submit the report no later than July 15th if construction occurs from July 1st through June 30th or within 15 days after contract acceptance if construction ends before June 30th.

Submit the Storm Water Annual Report as follows:

1. Submit 2 copies of the Storm Water Annual Report and allow 10 days for the Engineer's review. If revisions are required, the Engineer provides comments and specifies the date that the review stopped.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
34 2. Change and resubmit the Storm Water Annual Report within 5 days of receipt of the Engineer's comments. The Engineer's review resumes when the complete Storm Water Annual Report is resubmitted.

3. When the Engineer accepts the Storm Water Annual Report, insert the WPC Manager's signed certification and the Engineer's signed certification.

Submit one electronic copy and 2 printed copies of the accepted Storm Water Annual Report.

Submit as required:

1. NAL Exceedance Reports

2. NEL Exceedance Reports

3. Visual Monitoring Reports

4. Inspection Reports

5. BMP Status Report
At least 5 days before operating any construction support facility, submit:

1. A plan showing the location and quantity of WPC practices associated with the construction support facility

2. A copy of the NOI approved by the RWQCB and the SWPPP approved by the RWQCB if you will be operating a batch plant or a crushing plant under the General Industrial Permit Quality Control and Assurance Training
Provide storm water training for:

1. Project managers

2. Supervisory personnel

3. Employees involved with WPC work
Train all employees, including subcontractor's employees, in the following subjects:

1. WPC rules and regulations

2. Implementation and maintenance for:

2.1. Temporary Soil Stabilization

2.2. Temporary Sediment Control

2.3. Tracking Control

2.4. Wind Erosion Control

2.5. Material pollution prevention and control

2.6. Waste management

2.7. Non-storm water management

2.8. Identifying and handling hazardous substances

2.9. Potential dangers to humans and the environment from spills and leaks or exposure to toxic or hazardous substances
Employees must receive initial WPC training before working on the job site. Conduct weekly training meetings covering:

1. WPC BMP deficiencies and corrective actions

2. BMPs that are required for work activities during the week

3. Spill prevention and control

4. Material delivery, storage, use, and disposal
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
35 5. Waste management

6. Non-storm water management procedures
Training for personnel to collect water quality samples must include:

1. SAP review

2. Health and safety review

3. Sampling simulations
A Storm Water Information Handout has been prepared for this contract and is available as described in "Supplemental Project Information" of these special provisions.

If you operate construction support facilities, protect storm water systems or receiving waters from the discharge of potential pollutants by using WPC practices.

Construction support facilities include:

1. Staging areas

2. Storage yards for equipment and materials

3. Mobile operations

4. Batch plants for PCC and HMA

5. Crushing plants for rock and aggregate

6. Other facilities installed for your convenience such as haul roads If you operate a batch plant to manufacture PCC, HMA, or other material; or a crushing plant to produce rock or aggregate; obtain coverage under the General Industrial General Permit. You must be covered under the General Industrial Permit for batch plants and crushing plants located:

1. Outside of the job site

2. Within the job site that serve one or more contracts Discharges from manufacturing facilities such as batch plants must comply with the general waste discharge requirements for Order No. 2014-0057-DWQ as amended by Order 2015-0122-DWQ, NPDES General Permit No. CAS000001, issued by the SWRCB for "Discharge of Stormwater Associated with Industrial Activities Excluding Construction Activities." For the General Industrial Permit, go to:
http://www.waterboards.ca.gov/
You may obtain copies of the Preparation Manual from the Publication Distribution Unit. The mailing address for the Publication Distribution Unit is:

State of California
Department of Transportation
Publication Distribution Unit
1900 Royal Oaks Drive
Sacramento, California 95815
Telephone: (916) 445-3520
The Preparation Manual and other WPC references are available at the Department's "Construction Storm Water and Water Pollution Control" Web site. For the Web site, go to:

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
36 https://dot.ca.gov/programs/construction/storm-water-and-water-pollution-control Water Pollution Control Manager
Assign one WPC Manager to implement the SWPPP. The WPC Manager must comply with the Permit qualifications for a QSP and a QSD. You may assign a different QSD to prepare the SWPPP.

The QSD must have the following qualifications:

1. Department approved storm water management training described in the Department's "Construction Storm Water and Water Pollution Control" web site

2. Registration or certification described in the Permit The QSP must meet the qualifications of the QSD or have the following certifications:

1. Department approved storm water management training described in the Department's "Construction Storm Water and Water Pollution Control" web site

2. Certification described in the Permit
At the job site, the WPC Manager must:

1. Be responsible for WPC work

2. Be the primary contact for WPC work

3. Oversee the maintenance of WPC practices

4. Oversee and enforce hazardous waste management practices

5. Have the authority to mobilize crews to make immediate repairs to WPC practices

6. Ensure that all employees have current water pollution control training

7. Implement the approved SWPPP and amend the SWPPP when required WPC Manager must oversee:

1. Inspections of WPC practices identified in the SWPPP

2. Inspections and reports for visual monitoring

3. Preparation and implementation of REAPs

4. Sampling and analysis

5. Preparation and submittal of:

5.1. NAL exceedance reports

5.2. NEL exceedance reports

5.3. SWPPP annual certification

5.4. Annual reports

5.5. BMP status reports

STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN (SWPPP)
General
SWPPP work includes preparing a SWPPP including a CSMP, obtaining SWPPP approval, amending the SWPPP, inspecting and reporting on WPC practices at the job site. The SWPPP must comply with the Preparation Manual and the Permit. The SWPPP must be submitted in place ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
37 of the water pollution control program under Section 13-2, "Water Pollution Control Program," of the Standard Specifications.

Additional WPC work will be paid for as extra work under Section 4-1.05, "Changes and Extra Work," of the Standard Specifications.

The SWPPP must include sections as specified for the project risk level as follows:

1. For risk level 1:

1.1. Schedule

1.2. CSMP

2. For risk level 2:

2.1. Schedule

2.2. CSMP

2.3. Adherence to Effluent Standards for NALs

2.4. REAP

3. For risk level 3:

3.1. Schedule

3.2. CSMP

3.3. Adherence to Effluent Standards for NALs and NELs

3.4. REAP
The SWPPP must include WPC practices for:

1. Storm water and non-stormwater from areas outside of the job site related to project work activities such as:

1.1. Staging areas

1.2. Storage yards

1.3. Access roads

2. Activities or mobile operations related to contractor obtained NPDES permits

3. Construction support facilities
The SWPPP must include a copy of permits obtained by the Department such as Fish & Game permits, US Army Corps of Engineers permits, RWQCB 401 Certifications, and RWQCB Waste Discharge Requirements for Aerially Deposited Lead Reuse.

Amend the SWPPP annually and resubmit it by July 15th. Amend the SWPPP if:

1. Changes in work activities could affect the discharge of pollutants

2. WPC practices are added by change order work

3. WPC practices are added at your discretion

4. Changes in the amount of disturbed soil are substantial

5. Objectives for reducing or eliminating pollutants in storm water discharges have not been achieved

6. There is a Permit violation
Whenever you amend the SWPPP, follow the same process specified for SWPPP approval.

Retain a printed copy of the approved SWPPP at the job site.

SWPPP Schedule
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
38 The SWPPP schedule must:

1. Describe when work activities will be performed that could cause the discharge of pollutants into storm water

2. Describe WPC practices associated with each construction phase

3. Identify soil stabilization and sediment control practices for disturbed soil areas Construction Site Monitoring Program (CSMP)
General
The QSD must prepare a CSMP as part of the SWPPP. The CSMP must be developed before starting work and be revised to reflect current construction activities as necessary.

The CSMP must include sections for the project risk level as follows:

1. For risk level 1:

1.1. Visual Monitoring

1.2. SAP for Non-Visible Pollutants

2. For risk level 2:

2.1. Visual Monitoring

2.2. SAP for Non-Visible Pollutants

2.3. SAP for sediment and turbidity

2.4. SAP for pH

3. For risk level 3:

3.1. Visual Monitoring

3.2. SAP for Non-Visible Pollutants

3.3. SAP for sediment and turbidity

3.4. SAP for pH

3.5. SAP for receiving waters

3.6. SAP for temporary active treatment systems
Visual Monitoring
The WPC Manager must oversee the performance of visual inspections for qualifying rain events.

For each qualifying rain event, perform visual inspections and record observations during normal working hours as follows:

1. Record the time, date, and rain gauge reading

2. Observe:

2.1. Within 2 days before the storm:

2.1.1 Drainage areas for spills, leaks, or uncontrolled pollutants

2.1.2 Proper implementation of WPC practices

2.1.3 Storm water storage areas for leaks and adequate freeboard

2.2. Every 24 hours during the storm:

2.2.1 WPC practices for effective operation

2.2.2 WPC practices needing maintenance and repair

2.3. Within 2 days after the storm event:

2.3.1. Discharge locations

2.3.2. WPC practices to evaluate the design, implementation, and effectiveness

2.3.3. To identify where additional WPC practices may be needed.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
39 Perform non-stormwater discharge visual inspections as follows:

1. At least once during each of the following periods:

1.1. January through March

1.2. April through June

1.3. July through September

1.4. October through December

2. Observe flowing and contained storm water for the presence of floating and suspended materials, sheen on the surface, discoloration, turbidity, odors, and sources of observed pollutants

3. Observe the job site for the presence of authorized and unauthorized non-stormwater discharges and their sources
The WPC Manager must prepare visual inspection reports that include the following:

1. Name of personnel performing the inspection, inspection date, and date inspection report completed

2. Storm and weather conditions

3. Locations and observations

4. Corrective actions taken
Maintain visual inspections reports at the job site as part of the SWPPP.

Sampling and Analysis Plan (SAP)
General
Include a SAP in the CSMP to monitor the effectiveness of WPC practices. The SAP must comply with the Preparation Manual.

Assign trained personnel to collect water quality samples. Document their training in the SAP.

Describe the following water quality sampling procedures in the SAP:

1. Sampling equipment

2. Sample preparation

3. Collection

4. Field measurement methods

5. Analytical methods

6. Quality assurance and quality control

7. Sample preservation and labeling

8. Collection documentation

9. Sample shipping

10. Chain of custody

11. Data management and reporting

12. Precautions from the construction site health and safety plan

13. Laboratory selection and certifications
Whenever assigned field personnel take samples, comply with the equipment manufacturer's recommendation for collection, analysis methods, and equipment calibration.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
40 Samples taken for laboratory analysis must follow water quality sampling procedures and be analyzed by a State-certified laboratory under 40 CFR Part 136, "Guidelines Establishing Test Procedures for the Analysis of Pollutants."
The SAP must identify the State-certified laboratory, sample containers, preservation requirements, holding times, and analysis method. For a list of State-certified laboratories, go to:
https://www.waterboards.ca.gov/drinking_water/certlic/labs/ Include procedure for sample collection during precipitation.

Retain water quality sampling documentation and analytical results with the SWPPP at the job site.

Show pollutant sampling locations on SWPPP drawings.

If discharges or sampling locations change because of changed work activities or knowledge of site conditions, amend the SAP.

If the project is risk level 2 or risk level 3, include procedures for collecting and analyzing at least 3 samples for each day of each qualifying rain event. Describe the collection of effluent samples at all locations where the storm water is discharged off-site.

Analytical Results and Evaluation
Submit an electronic copy (in file format .xls, .txt, .csv, .dbs, or .mdb) and a printed copy of water quality analytical results, and quality assurance and quality control within 48 hours of field analysis sampling, and within 30 days for laboratory analysis. Also provide an evaluation of whether the downstream samples show levels of the tested parameter that are higher than the control sample.

Electronic water quality analysis results must have the following information:

1. Sample identification number

2. Contract number

3. Constituent

4. Reported value

5. Analytical method

6. Method detection limit

7. Reported limit
SAP for Non-Visible Pollutants
The SAP must include a description of the sampling and analysis strategy for monitoring non- visible pollutants.

The SAP must identify potential non-visible pollutants present at the job site associated with any of the following:

1. Construction materials and waste

2. Existing contamination due to historical site usage

3. Application of soil amendments, including soil stabilization materials, with the potential to change pH or contribute toxic pollutants to storm water ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
41 SWPPP drawings must show the locations planned for storage and use of potential non-visible pollutants.

The SAP must include sampling procedures for the following conditions when observed during a storm water visual inspection. For each of the following, collect at least one sample for each qualifying storm event:

1. Materials or waste containing potential non-visible pollutants that are not stored under watertight conditions

2. Materials or waste containing potential non-visible pollutants that are stored under watertight conditions, but a breach, leakage, malfunction, or spill is observed; the leak or spill has not been cleaned up before precipitation; and material or waste could discharge non-visible pollutants to surface waters or drainage system

3. Chemical applications, including fertilizer, pesticide, herbicide, methyl methacrylate concrete sealant, or non-pigmented curing compound used during precipitation or within 24 hours preceding precipitation, and could discharge pollutants to surface waters or drainage system

4. Applied soil amendments, including soil stabilization materials that could change pH levels or contribute toxic pollutants to storm water runoff and discharge pollutants to surface waters or drainage system, unless available independent test data indicates acceptable concentrations of non-visible pollutants in the soil amendment

5. Storm water runoff from an area contaminated by historical usage of the site that could discharge pollutants to surface waters or drainage systems The SAP must provide sampling procedures and schedule for:

1. Sample collection during the first 2 hours of each rain event that generate runoff

2. Sample collection during normal working hours

3. Each non-visible pollutant source

4. Uncontaminated control sample
The SAP must identify locations for sampling downstream and control samples, and reasons for selecting those locations. Select control sample locations where the sample will not come in contact with materials, waste, or areas associated with potential non-visible pollutants or disturbed soil areas.

SAP for Sediment and Turbidity
If the project is risk level 2 or risk level 3, sample and analyze for turbidity:

Parameter Test Method Detection Limit
(Min)
Unit
Turbidity Field test with calibrated
portable instrument
1 NTU
If the project is risk level 3 and the turbidity NEL has been exceeded, sample and analyze for SSC:

Parameter Test Method Detection Limit
(Min)
Unit
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
42 SSC ASTM Method D3977-97 5 Mg/L
SAP for pH
If the project is risk level 2 or risk level 3, sample and analyze for pH:

Parameter Test Method Detection Limit
(Min)
Unit
pH Field test with calibrated
portable instrument

0.2 pH units
SAP for Receiving Waters
If the project is risk level 3, describe procedures for obtaining samples from representative and accessible locations:

1. Upstream of the discharge point

2. Downstream of the discharge point
Show receiving water sampling locations on SWPPP drawings.

If there are several discharge points, describe procedures for obtaining samples from a single upstream and a single downstream location.

Rain Event Action Plan (REAP)
REAP work includes preparing and submitting REAP forms and monitoring weather forecasts. The WPC Manager must submit a REAP to protect the job site at least 48 hours before a predicted rain event.

Prepare a REAP when the National Weather Service is predicting at least a 50 percent probability of precipitation within 72 hours.

For the REAP, use approved forms and include:

1. Site location

2. Risk level

3. Contact information including 24-hour emergency phone numbers for:

3.1. WPC Manager

3.2. Erosion and sediment control providers or subcontractors

3.3. Storm water sampling providers or subcontractors

4. Storm Information

5. Construction phase information for:

5.1. Highway Construction including active and inactive areas for work activities for building roads and structures

5.2. Plant Establishment including maintenance on vegetation installed for final stabilization where areas are inactive

5.3. Suspension where work activities are suspended and areas are inactive

6. Construction phase information including:

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
43 6.1. Construction activities

6.2. Subcontractors and trades on the job site

6.3. Pre-storm activities including:

6.3.1. Responsibilities of the WPC Manager

6.3.2. Responsibilities of the crew and crew size

6.3.3. Stabilization for active and inactive disturbed soil areas

6.3.4. Stockpile management

6.3.5. Corrective actions taken for deficiencies identified during pre-storm visual inspection

6.4. Activities to be performed during storm events including:

6.4.1. Responsibilities of the WPC Manager

6.4.2. Responsibilities of the crew and crew size

6.4.3. BMP maintenance and repair

6.5. Description of flood contingency measures
You must have the REAP onsite at least 24 hours before a predicted rain event. A printed copy of each REAP must be at the job site as part of the SWPPP
Implement the REAP including mobilizing crews to complete activities no later than 24 hours before precipitation occurs.

IMPLEMENTATION REQUIREMENTS
SWPPP Implementation
Obtain, install, and maintain a rain gauge at the job site. Observe and record daily precipitation.

Monitor the National Weather Service Forecast Office on a daily basis. For forecasts, go to:
https://www.weather.gov/hnx/
Whenever you or the Engineer identifies a deficiency in the implementation of the approved SWPPP:

1. Correct the deficiency immediately, unless the Engineer agrees to a later date for making the correction

2. Correct the deficiency before precipitation occurs
If you fail to correct the deficiency by the agreed date or before the onset of precipitation, the Department may correct the deficiency and deduct the cost of correcting the deficiency from payment.

Continue SWPPP implementation during any temporary suspension of work activities.

Install WPC practices within 15 days or before predicted precipitation, whichever occurs first.

Numeric Action Levels (NALs)
If the project is risk level 2 or risk level 3, then it is subject to NALs:

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
44 Parameter Test Method Detection
Limit (Min)
Unit Numeric Action Limit
pH Field test calibrated
with portable
instrument

0.2 pH units Lower NAL = 6.5 Upper
NAL = 8.5
Turbidity Field test calibrated
with portable
instrument
1 NTU 250 NTU
Numeric Effluent Limits (NELs)
If the project is risk level 3, then it is subject to NELs:

Parameter Test Method Detection
Limit (Min)
Unit Numeric Effluent Limit
pH Field test calibrated
with portable
instrument

0.2 pH units Lower NEL = 6.0 Upper
NEL = 9.0
Turbidity Field test calibrated
with portable
instrument
1 NTU 500 NTU
The storm event daily average for storms up to the 5-year, 24-hour storm, must not exceed the NEL for turbidity.

The daily average sampling results must not exceed the NEL for pH.

Storm Water Sampling and Analysis Day
Storm Water Sampling and Analysis Day work includes preparation, collection, analysis, and reporting of storm water samples for turbidity, pH, and other constituents. If the project is risk level 2 or risk level 3, and there is a qualified rain event that produces runoff, comply with the project's SAP for preparation, collection, analysis, and reporting of storm water samples. Collect:

1. Samples for each non-visible pollutant source and a corresponding uncontaminated control sample

2. Samples for turbidity, pH, and other constituents as specified

3. At least 3 samples for each day of each qualifying rain event

4. Samples for all locations where the storm water is discharged off-site Perform sample collection during:

1. First 2 hours of each qualified rain event that produces runoff

2. Normal working hours
If the project is risk level 3, obtain receiving water samples.

You are not required to physically collect samples during dangerous weather conditions such as flooding or electrical storms.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
45 If downstream samples show increased levels, assess WPC practices, site conditions, and surrounding influences to determine the probable cause for the increase.

Inspection
The WPC Manager must oversee inspections for WPC practices identified in the SWPPP:

1. Before a forecasted storm

2. After precipitation that causes site runoff

3. At 24-hour intervals during extended precipitation

4. On a predetermined schedule, a minimum of once a week The WPC Manager must oversee daily inspections of:

1. Storage areas for hazardous materials and waste

2. Hazardous waste disposal and transporting activities

3. Hazardous material delivery and storage activities

4. WPC practices specified under "Construction Site Management" of these special provisions
The WPC Manager must use the Storm Water Site Inspection Report provided in the Preparation Manual.

The WPC Manager must prepare BMP status reports that include the following:

1. Location and quantity of installed WPC practices

2. Location and quantity of disturbed soil for the active or inactive areas Within 24 hours of finishing the weekly inspection, the WPC Manager must submit:

1. Copy of the completed site inspection report

2. Copy of the BMP status report

REPORTING REQUIREMENTS
Storm Water Annual Report
Storm Water Annual Report work includes certifications, monitoring and inspection results, and obtaining Storm Water Annual Report acceptance. The WPC Manager must prepare a Storm Water Annual Report. The report must:

1. Use an approved report format

2. Include project information including description and location

3. Include storm water monitoring information including:

3.1. Summary and evaluation of sampling and analysis results including laboratory reports

3.2. Analytical methods, reporting units, detections limits for analytical parameters

3.3. Summary of corrective actions

3.4. Identification of corrective actions or compliance activities that were not implemented

3.5. Summary of violations

3.6. Names of individuals performing storm water inspections and sampling ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
46 3.7. Logistical information for inspections and sampling including location, date, time, and precipitation

3.8. Visual observations and sample collection records

4. Include documentation on training for:

4.1. Individuals responsible for NPDES permit compliance

4.2. Individuals responsible for BMP installation, inspection, maintenance, and repair

4.3. Individuals responsible for preparing, revising, and amending the SWPPP NAL Exceedance Report
If the project is risk level 2 or risk level 3 and an effluent sample exceeds a NAL, notify the Engineer and submit a NAL Exceedance Report no later than 48 hours after the conclusion of the storm event. The report must:

1. Include the following field sampling results and inspections:

1.1. Analytical methods, reporting units, and detection limits

1.2. Date, location, time of sampling, visual observation and measurements

1.3. Quantity of precipitation of the storm event

2. Description of BMPs and corrective actions taken to manage NAL exceedance NEL Violation Report
If the project is risk level 3 and an NEL is exceeded, notify the Engineer and submit a NEL Violation Report within 6 hours. The report must:

1. Include the following field sampling results and inspections:

1.1. Analytical methods, reporting units, and detection limits

1.2. Date, location, time of sampling, visual observations and measurements

1.3. Quantity of precipitation of the storm event

2. Description of BMPs and corrective actions taken to manage NEL exceedance If the project is risk level 2 or risk level 3, submit all sampling results to the Engineer no later than 48 hours after the conclusion of a storm event.

STREET SWEEPING
This work includes street sweeping.

The SWPPP must describe and include the use of street sweeping as a water pollution control practice for sediment control and tracking control.

Submittals
At least 5 business days before starting clearing and grubbing, earthwork, or other activities with the potential for tracking sediment or debris, submit:

1. Number of sweepers described in the SWPPP

2. Type of sweeper technology
Quality Control and Assurance
Retain and submit records of street sweeping including:

1. Quantity of sweeping waste disposal
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
47 2. Sweeping times and locations

CONSTRUCTION
Street Sweepers
Sweepers must use one of these technologies:

1. Mechanical sweeper followed by a vacuum-assisted sweeper

2. Vacuum-assisted dry (waterless) sweeper

3. Regenerative-air sweeper
Operation
Street sweeping must be done at:

1. Paved roads at job site entrance and exit locations

2. Paved areas within the job site that flow to storm drains or water bodies Street sweeping must be done:

1. During clearing and grubbing activities

2. During earthwork activities

3. During trenching activities

4. During roadway structural section activities

5. When vehicles are entering and leaving the job site

6. After soil disturbing activities

7. After observing offsite tracking of material
Monitor paved areas and roadway within the jobsite. Street sweeping must be done:

1. Within 1 hour, if sediment or debris is observed during activities that require sweeping

2. Within 24 hours, if sediment or debris is observed during activities that do not require sweeping
At least 1 sweeper must be on the job site at all times when sweeping work is required. The sweeper must be in good working order.

Perform street sweeping to minimize dust. If dust generation is excessive or sediment pickup is ineffective, use water or a vacuum.

You may stockpile collected material on the jobsite according to the approved SWPPP. Dispose of collected material at least once per week.

Material collected during street sweeping must be removed and disposed of under Section 7-1.13, "Disposal of Material Outside the Street Right of Way," of the Standard Specifications.

Your WPCM must inspect paved roads at job site access points:

1. Daily if earthwork and other sediment or debris generating activities occur daily

2. Weekly if earthwork and other sediment or debris generating activities do not occur daily

3. When the National Weather Service predicts precipitation with a probability of at least 30 percent
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
48 CLEARING AND GRUBBING
Clearing and grubbing shall conform to the provisions in Section 16, “Clearing and Grubbing,” of the State Specifications and these Special Provisions.

Vegetation shall be cleared and grubbed only within the limits of construction shown in the plans.

All existing vegetation, outside the areas to be cleared and grubbed, shall be protected from injury or damage resulting from the work of the Contractor.

Nothing herein shall be construed as relieving the Contractor of his responsibility for final clean up as provided in Section 4-1.13, “Cleanup”, of the State Standard Specifications.

SURVEYING SERVICES
The Contractor will arrange for performance of survey work and construction layout and will be responsible for the accuracy of surveying adequate for construction. The selection of a Surveyor by the Contractor will be subject to approval by the Engineer. The Contractor shall preserve construction survey stakes and marks for the duration of their usefulness. If any construction survey stakes are lost or disturbed and need to be replaced, such replacement shall be by the Surveyor at the expense of the Contractor. The Contractor will dig all holes necessary for line and grade stakes.

Full cost of providing surveys shall be borne exclusively by the Contractor.

MONUMENTATION
As of the date of the start of Notice to Proceed (NTP), the contractor shall comply with preservation of all survey monuments as shown on record maps and on the project plan of the job site.

As required in the Business and Professional Code Section §8771, when monuments exist that control the location of subdivisions, tracts, boundaries, roads, streets, or highways, or provide horizontal or vertical survey control, the monuments shall be located and referenced by or under the direction of a licensed land surveyor or registered civil engineer prior to the time when any streets, highways, other rights-of-way, or easements are improved, constructed, reconstructed, maintained, resurfaced, or relocated, and a corner record or record of survey of the references shall be filed with the county surveyor prior to any construction.

The decision to file either the required corner record or a record of survey pursuant to subdivision shall be at the election of the licensed land surveyor or registered civil engineer submitting the document.

If a survey monument is destroyed after the NTP, the Contractor shall be responsible for the replacement of the monument.

A survey monument will be considered destroyed that has been:
• Moved more than 0.02 ft in any direction from the ties provided by and certified by a Licensed Land Surveyor
• Broken.
• Disturbed to a point that the survey monument’s position is no longer fixed or stable. • Removed from the ground for any reason.
• Vertically adjusted without the written authorization of the City Engineer.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
49 Adjustment of survey monuments shall be completed under the direction of a Land Surveyor or a Registered Engineer licensed to practice in the State of California. The City Engineer or the City Surveyor shall be provided with the final positional data (both horizontal and/or vertical), along with certification by the Land Surveyor licensed by the State of California supervising the work that the position of adjusted monument meets the specification that the horizontal position is maintained within 0.01 ft of the original position of the monument and/or that the vertical position shall be within

0.006 ft relative to the measured difference between the original and the final adjusted vertical position of the monument. A corner record or record of survey shall be filed with the county surveyor to satisfy Business and Professional Code Section §8771.

DESTROYED SURVEY MONUMENT
Any survey monument that is destroyed after the date of the start of work, and the responsible party is unclear or not determinable, the monument shall be replaced by the City of Ceres, unless otherwise approved by the City Engineer, and there shall be a $2,000.00 deduction from the cost of the contract in favor of the City of Ceres.

AS-BUILT DRAWINGS
Record Drawings shall be submitted before the notice of completion is filed and must include the following:
• Contractor’s statement (with original signature on each sheet) shall verify all construction specifications and product qualities have been met or exceeded. • “AS-BUILT DRAWINGS” or “RECORD DRAWINGS” shall be clearly labeled on each sheet. • The location and elevation of the benchmark referenced will be shown on the drawing. • Corrected placement, grade, elevation and alignment of roads, water system, sewer and storm system, lighting system and appurtenances, pipe sizes, material changes, shall all be shown on as-built drawing.
• All horizontal distances shall be shown to the nearest tenth of a foot (0.1’). All elevations shall be shown to the nearest five hundredths of a foot (0.05’).

REMOVE CONCRETE
The contractor shall remove portions of the concrete as shown on the plans and called for in these specifications. Existing concrete shall be sawcut to provide a smooth transition.

Surplus material shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be disposed of at the

INSTALL CONCRETE
The Contractor shall install concrete in accordance with the details shown on the Plans, and these Special Provisions. This item shall include subgrade preparation, aggregate base material, compaction, polyolefin vapor barrier (if necessary) and all conditions described herein and as detailed on the plans.

The contractor shall install 18-inch #4 dowels a maximum of 24-inches on center at joints with existing concrete. Dowels shall be embedded a minimum of 6-inches into existing concrete. The concrete shall have a minimum thickness of 6-inch, 4,000 psi minimum, slump of 4-inch +/- 1-inch, ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
50 match the existing adjacent concrete finish and in accordance with the Plans, and these Special Provisions.

The Contractor shall moisture condition subgrade to at least 3 the optimum moisture content to a depth of 12” and compact existing sub-grade to 95%, followed by 4” thick of Caltrans Class 2 aggregate base compacted to at least 95% relative compaction, as determined by ASTM D1557.

TRAFFIC STRIPES AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS
Thermoplastic traffic stripes (traffic lines) and pavement markings shall be applied in conformance with the provisions in Section 84, "Markings," of the State Standard Specifications and these special provisions.

Thermoplastic material shall be free of lead and chromium, and shall conform to the requirements in State Specification PTH-02ALKYD.

Retroreflectivity of the thermoplastic traffic stripes and pavement markings shall conform to the requirements in ASTM Designation: D 6359-99. White thermoplastic traffic stripes and pavement markings shall have a minimum initial retroreflectivity of 250 mcd m-2 lx-1. Yellow thermoplastic traffic stripes and pavement markings shall have a minimum initial retroreflectivity of 150 mcd m-2 lx-1. Green thermoplastic pavement markings shall have a minimum initial retroreflectivity of 75 mcd m-2 lx-1.

Where striping joins existing striping, as shown on the plans, the Contractor shall begin and end the transition from the existing striping pattern into or from the new striping pattern a sufficient distance to ensure continuity of the striping pattern.

Thermoplastic material for traffic stripes shall be applied at a minimum rate of 0.2 lb/ft. The minimum application rate is based on a solid stripe of 4 inches in width.

Thermoplastic traffic stripes shall be applied at the minimum thickness and application rate as specified below. The minimum application rate is based on a solid stripe of 4 inches in width.

Minimum
Stripe Thickness
(inch)
Minimum
Application Rate
(lb/ft)

0.079 0.27

0.098 0.34
Thermoplastic traffic stripes and pavement markings shall be free of runs, bubbles, craters, drag marks, stretch marks, and debris.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
51 RESTORATION
The Contractor shall restore all areas adjacent to the construction area and areas affected during construction to their preconstruction condition. Specifically included in this item are all concrete and asphalt pavement, signs, concrete curb and gutter, curb drains, driveway and alley approach, sidewalk, pavement markings, landscaping and irrigation, fencing and all items damaged during construction.

The Contractor shall also modify any water sprinkler service that has to be moved back of the new sidewalk so that it remains functional after modification. Contractor shall make the modifications using the same type of materials as the existing system, or materials as approved by the Engineer.

Contractor shall remove sidewalk formwork, cleanup and backfill with soil and re-sod or re-seed to match existing landscaping.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
- 52 -

BUILDING SPECIFICATIONS
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
033543 - 1 City of Ceres
Water Division
SECTION 033543

CONCRETE FINISHING
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:

1. Concrete Finishing for buildings

1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.

1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Qualification Data: For Installer.

B. Material Certificates: For each of the following, signed by manufacturers:

1. Repair materials.

2. Liquid floor treatments.

1.5 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Traffic Control: Maintain access for vehicular and pedestrian traffic as required for other construction activities.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 LIQUID FLOOR TREATMENTS
A. Penetrating Liquid Floor Treatments for Polished Concrete Finish: Clear, waterborne solution of inorganic silicate or siliconate materials and proprietary components; odorless; that penetrates, hardens, and is suitable for polished concrete surfaces.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
033543 - 2 City of Ceres
Water Division

1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:
a. Euclid Chemical Company (The); an RPM company.
b. Laticrete International, Inc.
c. PROSOCO, Inc.

2. Substitutions ñ Per Division 01.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 FINISHING FLOORS AND SLABS
A. Comply with ACI 302.1R recommendations for screeding, restraightening, and finishing operations for concrete surfaces. Do not wet concrete surfaces.

B. Trowel Finish:

1. After applying float finish, apply first troweling and consolidate concrete by hand or power-driven trowel.

2. Continue troweling passes and restraighten until surface is free of trowel marks and uniform in texture and appearance.

3. Grind smooth any surface defects that would telegraph through applied coatings or floor coverings.

4. Do not add water to concrete surface.

5. Do not apply hard-troweled finish to concrete, which has a total air content greater than 3 percent.

6. Apply a trowel finish to surfaces to be covered with resilient flooring, carpet, ceramic or quarry tile.

C. Trowel and Fine-Broom Finish: Apply a first trowel finish to surfaces where indicated on Drawings. While concrete is still plastic, slightly scarify surface with a fine broom perpendicular to main traffic route.

1. Coordinate required final finish with Architect before application.

2. Comply with flatness and levelness tolerances for trowel-finished floor surfaces.

D. Slip-Resistive Finish: Before final floating, apply slip-resistive aluminum granule finish to surfaces as indicated on Drawings

1. Apply in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and as follows:
a. Uniformly spread 25 lb/100 sq. ft. of dampened slip-resistive aluminum granules over surface in one or two applications.
b. After broadcasting and tamping, apply float finish.
c. After curing, lightly work surface with a steel wire brush or an abrasive stone and water to expose slip-resistive aluminum granules.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
033543 - 3 City of Ceres
Water Division

3.2 INSTALLATION OF MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE ITEMS
A. Filling In:

1. Fill in holes and openings left in concrete structures after Work of other trades is in place unless otherwise indicated.

2. Mix, place, and cure concrete, as specified, to blend with in-place construction.

3. Provide other miscellaneous concrete filling indicated or required to complete the Work.

B. Curbs: Provide monolithic finish to interior curbs by stripping forms while concrete is still green and by steel-troweling surfaces to a hard, dense finish with corners, intersections, and terminations slightly rounded.

C. Equipment Bases and Foundations:

1. Coordinate sizes and locations of concrete bases with actual equipment provided.

2. Prior to pouring concrete, place and secure anchorage devices. a. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded.
b. Cast anchor-bolt insert into bases.
c. Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported equipment.

END OF SECTION 033543
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
064100 - 1 City of Ceres
Water Division
SECTION 06410

ARCHITECTURAL WOOD CASEWORK
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:

1. Plastic Laminate Casework

2. Hardware typically furnished by the casework manufacturer.

3. Shelving.

4. Structural supports incorporated into wood casework.

1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings:

1. Submit shop drawings in conformance with the requirements of Architectural Woodwork Standards.

2. Include dimensioned plan, sections, elevations, and details, including interface with adjacent work

3. See Division 01: General Conditions for additional submittal requirements B. Samples:

1. Submit a sample in the specified finish of each hardware item that will be visible at exposed surfaces when the job is complete.

2. Submit plastic laminate samples.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Work shall be in accordance with the Grade or Grades specified of the Architectural Woodwork Standards.

B. Qualification:

1. Firm (woodwork manufacturer) with no less than 5 years of production experience similar to a specific project, whose qualifications indicate the ability to comply with the requirements of this Section.

2. The woodwork manufacturer must have at least one project in the past 5 years where the value of the woodwork was within 20 percent of the cost of woodwork for this Project.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
064100 - 2 City of Ceres
Water Division
C. Single Source Responsibility: A single manufacturer shall provide and install the work of described in this Section.

D. Pre-Installation Conference:

1. Convene 2 weeks prior to beginning work of this Section.

2. Attendance: Architect, Owner, Contractor, installer, and related trades.

3. Review, discuss and resolve:
a. Critical dimensions.
b. Product delivery and storage.
c. Staging and sequencing.
d. Protection of completed work.

1.5 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Deliver materials only when the project is ready for installation and the general contractor has provided a clean storage area.

1. Delivery of architectural millwork shall be made only when the area of operation is enclosed, all plaster and concrete work is dry and the area broom clean.

2. Maintain indoor temperature and humidity within the range recommended by the Architectural Woodwork Standards for the location of the project.

1.6 SCHEDULING
A. Coordinate fabrication, delivery, and installation with the general contractor and other applicable trades.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 COMPONENTS
A. Lumber: In accordance with the Architectural Woodwork Standards Grade specified for the product being fabricated. Moisture Content: 6% to 12% for boards up to 2 inch nominal thickness, and shall not exceed 19% for thicker pieces.

B. Core: MDF meeting the requirements of Architectural Woodwork Standards.

1. Made with no added Urea Formaldehyde.

2. Water resistant core, where required: Particle board meeting the requirements of ANSI A208.1 Grade M3 MR-50 or MDF meeting the requirements of ANSI A 208.2 Grade 155 MR-50.

C. Veneer core plywood: A non-telegraphing hardwood manufactured with exterior glue.

D. Countertops: Plastic Laminate

1. Substitutions: Per Division 01.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
064100 - 3 City of Ceres
Water Division
E. Edgeband: PVC, matching the color and pattern of the exposed laminate.

F. Adhesives: Type I, fully waterproof casework with sinks, Type II, water resistant at other locations.

G. Hardware:

1. Finish: Satin stainless steel

2. Pulls:

3. Drawer Guides: Full extension
a. Meeting the requirements of the AWS for the type and size of drawer. b. File Drawers: Full extension. Minimum 100-pound capacity except 150 pound capacity for the 6 deep drawers on north elevation.

4. Hinges: Concealed European style Grade II hinges minimum 120º opening

5. Door Catches:

6. Shelf Supports: Bored hole system with metal supports.

7. Locks
a. Door locks:
b. Drawer locks:
c. Keying: Keyed alike or as specified by owner

1. Provide 3 keys per lock.

2. Provide 2 master keys.

8. Elbow Catches

2.2 FABRICATION
A. Grade: AWS Custom Grade.

B. Exposed Exterior Surfaces: Plastic Laminate: Color to be selected from manufacturerís standard range.

C. Exposed interior surfaces: High pressure laminate matching exposed surfaces.

D. Semi-exposed surfaces: Low-pressure melamine overlay E. Cabinet construction type: Frameless.

F. Door Interface Style: Flush overlay
G. Edgeband (at laminate locations): PVC, matching the color and pattern of the exposed laminate.

1. Edgeband at doors, drawer fronts, and false fronts: 3mm PVC H. Drawers:

1. Sides: Particle board with melamine surfacing.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
064100 - 4 City of Ceres
Water Division

2. Bottoms: MDF with melamine faces. Bottoms shall be fully housed into drawer sides, backs, and sub-fronts, and securely glued.

3. Joinery: Nailed and glued lock joints.

I. Countertops:

1. Plastic Laminate: Color to be selected from manufacturerís standard range PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify the adequacy and proper location of any required backing or support framing.

B. Verify that mechanical, electrical, plumbing, and other building components affecting work in this Section are in place and ready.

3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Prior to installation, condition cabinets to average humidity that will prevail after installation.

B. Install all work in conformance with the Architectural Woodwork Standards, latest edition.

1. Installation shall conform to the AWS Grade of the items being installed.

C. All work shall be secured in place, square, plumb, and level.

D. All work abutting other building components shall be properly scribed.

E. Mechanical fasteners used at exposed and semi-exposed surfaces, excluding installation attachment screws and those securing cabinets end to end, shall be countersunk.

F. Equipment cutouts shown on plans shall be cut by the installer.

G. Adhere countertops, splashes, and skirts with beads of adhesive.

H. Fill joints between cabinets, tops, splashes, and adjacent construction with joint sealer; finish flush.

3.3 ADJUSTING & TOUCH UP
A. Before completion of the installation, the installer shall adjust all moving and operating parts to function smoothly and correctly.

B. All nicks, chips, and scratches in the finish shall be filled and retouched. Damaged items that cannot be repaired shall be replaced.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
064100 - 5 City of Ceres
Water Division

3.4 CLEANUP
A. Upon completion of installation, the installer shall clean all installed items of pencil and ink marks and broom clean the area of operation, depositing debris in containers provided by the general contractor.

END OF SECTION 064100
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
SECTION 081113 - HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES - 1 City of Ceres Water Division
SECTION 081113

HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:

1. Standard and custom hollow metal doors and frames.

2. Steel sidelight, borrowed lite and transom frames.

3. Louvers installed in hollow metal doors.

4. Light frames and glazing installed in hollow metal doors.

B. Related Sections:

1. Division 01 Section "General Conditions".

2. Division 04 Section "Unit Masonry" for embedding anchors for hollow metal work into masonry construction.

3. Division 08 Section ìFlush Wood Doorsî.

4. Division 08 Section "Glazing" for glass view panels in hollow metal doors.

5. Division 08 Section "Door Hardware".

6. Division 09 Sections "Exterior Painting" and "Interior Painting" for field painting hollow metal doors and frames.

C. Codes and References: Comply with the version year adopted by the Authority Having Jurisdiction.

1. ANSI/SDI A250.8 - Recommended Specifications for Standard Steel Doors and Frames.

2. ANSI/SDI A250.4 - Test Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for Physical Endurance for Steel Doors, Frames, Frames Anchors and Hardware Reinforcing.

3. ANSI/SDI A250.6 - Recommended Practice for Hardware Reinforcing on Standard Steel Doors and Frames.

4. ANSI/SDI A250.10 - Test Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for Prime Painted Steel Surfaces for Steel Doors and Frames.

5. ANSI/SDI A250.11 - Recommended Erection Instructions for Steel Frames.

6. ASTM A1008 - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Cold-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, HighStrength Low-Alloy and High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability.

7. ASTM A653 - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron AlloyCoated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
SECTION 081113 - HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES - 2 City of Ceres Water Division

8. ASTM A924 - Standard Specification for General Requirements for Steel Sheet, Metallic-Coated by the Hot-Dip Process.

9. 10. SDI-113 Standard Practice for Determining the Steady-State Thermal Transmittance of Steel Door & Frame Assemblies.

10. ASTM C 1363 - Standard Test Method for Thermal Performance of Building Assemblies by Means of a Hot Box Apparatus.

11. ASTM C1199 - Standard Test Method for Measuring the Steady-State Thermal Transmittance of Fenestration Systems Using Hot Box Methods

12. ASTM E1423 - Practice for Determining Steady State Thermal Transmittance of Fenestration Systems.

13. ANSI/BHMA A156.115 - Hardware Preparation in Steel Doors and Frames.

14. ANSI/SDI 122 - Installation and Troubleshooting Guide for Standard Steel Doors and Frames.

15. ANSI/NFPA 80 - Standard for Fire Doors and Fire Windows; National Fire Protection Association.

16. ANSI/NFPA 105: Standard for the Installation of Smoke Door Assemblies.

17. NFPA 252 - Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Door Assemblies; National Fire Protection Association.

18. UL 10C - Positive Pressure Fire Tests of Door Assemblies.

19. UL 1784 - Standard for Air Leakage Tests of Door Assemblies.

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Source Limitations: Obtain hollow metal doors and frames through one source from a single manufacturer wherever possible.

B. Quality Standard: In addition to requirements specified, furnish SDI-Certified manufacturer products that comply with ANSI/SDI A250.8, latest edition, "Recommended Specifications for Standard Steel Doors and Frames".

C. Fire-Rated Door Assemblies: Assemblies complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and labeled by a qualified testing agency, for fire-protection ratings indicated, based on testing at positive pressure according to UL10C (neutral pressure at 40î above sill) or UL 10C.

1. Oversize Fire-Rated Door Assemblies Construction: For units exceeding sizes of tested assemblies, attach construction label certifying doors are built to standard construction requirements for tested and labeled fire rated door assemblies except for size.

2. Temperature-Rise Limit: Where indicated and at vertical exit enclosures (stairwell openings) and exit passageways, provide doors that have a maximum transmitted temperature end point of not more than 450 deg F (250 deg C) above ambient after 30 minutes of standard fire-test exposure.

3. Smoke Control Door Assemblies: Comply with NFPA 105. a. Smoke "S" Label: Doors to bear ìSî label, and include smoke and draft control gasketing applied to frame and on meeting stiles of pair doors.

D. Fire-Rated, Borrowed-Light Frame Assemblies: Assemblies complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and labeled, by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for fireprotection ratings indicated, based on testing according to NFPA 257. Provide labeled glazing material.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
SECTION 081113 - HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES - 3 City of Ceres Water Division
E. Storm Shelter Openings: Provide complete door systems for hurricane or tornado storm shelters, and other areas of refuge, complying and tested according to ICC 500 (2014/2020), ICC/NSSA Standard for the Design and Construction of Storm Shelters.

1. Each unit to bear third party permanent label indicating compliance with the referenced testing standards.

F. Pre-Submittal Conference: Conduct conference in compliance with requirements in Division 01 Section "Project Meetings" with attendance by representatives of Supplier, Installer, and Contractor to review proper methods and procedures for installing hollow metal doors and frames and to verify installation of electrical knockout boxes and conduit at frames with electrified or access control hardware.

1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver hollow metal work palletized, wrapped, or crated to provide protection during transit and Project site storage. Do not use non-vented plastic.

B. Deliver welded frames with two removable spreader bars across bottom of frames, tack welded to jambs and mullions.

C. Store hollow metal work under cover at Project site. Place in stacks of five units maximum in a vertical position with heads up, spaced by blocking, on minimum 4-inch high wood blocking. Do not store in a manner that traps excess humidity.

1. Provide minimum 1/4-inch space between each stacked door to permit air circulation. Door and frames to be stacked in a vertical upright position.

1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Field Measurements: Verify actual dimensions of openings by field measurements before fabrication.

1.6 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate installation of anchorages for hollow metal frames. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation.

B. Building Information Modeling (BIM) Support: Utilize designated BIM software tools and obtain training needed to successfully participate in the Project BIM processes. All technical disciplines are responsible for the product data integration and data reliability of their Work into the coordinated BIM applications.

1.7 WARRANTY
A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace doors that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
SECTION 081113 - HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES - 4 City of Ceres Water Division
B. Warranty includes installation and finishing that may be required due to repair or replacement of defective doors.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide steel doors and frames from a SDI Certified manufacturer:

1. CECO Door Products (C).

2. Curries Company (CU).

3. Stiles Custom Metal, Inc.

2.2 MATERIALS
A. Cold-Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B; suitable for exposed applications.

B. Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B; with minimum G60 (Z180) or A60 (ZF180) metallic coating.

C. Frame Anchors: ASTM A 653/A 653M, Commercial Steel (CS), Commercial Steel (CS), Type B; with minimum G60 (Z180) or A60 (ZF180) metallic coating.

2.3 HOLLOW METAL DOORS
A. General: Provide 1-3/4 inch doors of design indicated, not less than thickness indicated; fabricated with smooth surfaces, without visible joints or seams on exposed faces unless otherwise indicated. Comply with ANSI/SDI A250.8 and ANSI/NAAMM HMMA 867.

B. Exterior Doors: Face sheets fabricated of commercial quality hot-dipped zinc coated steel that complies with ASTM A 653/A 653M, Coating Designation A60. Provide doors complying with requirements indicated below by referencing ANSI/SDI A250.8 for level and model and ANSI/SDI A250.4 for physical performance level:

1. Design: Flush panel.

2. Core Construction: Manufacturer's standard polystyrene. Where indicated, provide doors fabricated as thermal-rated assemblies with a minimum R-value of 2.8 or better.

3. Core Construction: Manufacturer's standard polyurethane. Where indicated, provide doors fabricated as thermal-rated assemblies with a minimum R-value of 3.2 or better.

4. Core Construction: Manufacturerís thermally enhanced QMax core. Where indicated provide doors fabricated as thermal-rated assemblies with a minimum thermal rating of 0.35 BTU/hr-ft2-F.

5. Level/Model: Level 3 and Physical Performance Level A (Extra Heavy Duty), Minimum 16 gauge (0.053-inch - 1.3-mm) thick steel, Model 2.

6. Vertical Edges: Vertical edges to have the face sheets spot welded and filled full height with an epoxy filler. Welds are to be ground, filled and dressed smooth. Beveled Lock Edge, 1/8 inch in 2 inches (3 mm in 50 mm).

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
SECTION 081113 - HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES - 5 City of Ceres Water Division

7. Top and Bottom Edges: Reinforce tops and bottoms of doors with a continuous steel channel not less than 16 gauge, extending the full width of the door and welded to the face sheet. Doors with an inverted top channel to include a steel closure channel, screw attached, with the web of the channel flush with the face sheets of the door. Plastic or composite channel fillers are not acceptable.

8. Hinge Reinforcement: Minimum 7 gauge (3/16") plate 1-1/4" x 9" or minimum 14 gauge continuous channel with pierced holes, drilled and tapped.

9. Hardware Reinforcements: Fabricate according to ANSI/SDI A250.6 with reinforcing plates from same material as door face sheets.

C. Interior Doors: Face sheets fabricated of commercial quality cold rolled steel that complies with ASTM A 1008/A 1008M. Provide doors complying with requirements indicated below by referencing ANSI/SDI A250.8 for level and model and ANSI/SDI A250.4 for physical performance level:

1. Design: Flush panel.
a. Fire Door Core: As required to provide fire-protection and temperature-rise ratings indicated.

2. Level/Model: Level 3 and Physical Performance Level A (Extra Heavy Duty), Minimum 16 gauge (0.053-inch - 1.3-mm) thick steel, Model 2.

3. Vertical Edges: Vertical edges to have the face sheets spot welded and filled full height with an epoxy filler. Welds are to be ground, filled and dressed smooth. Beveled Lock Edge, 1/8 inch in 2 inches (3 mm in 50 mm).

4. Top and Bottom Edges: Reinforce tops and bottoms of doors with a continuous steel channel not less than 16 gauge, extending the full width of the door and welded to the face sheet.

5. Hinge Reinforcement: Minimum 7 gauge (3/16") plate 1-1/4" x 9" or minimum 14 gauge continuous channel with pierced holes, drilled and tapped.

6. Hardware Reinforcements: Fabricate according to ANSI/SDI A250.6 with reinforcing plates from same material as door face sheets.

D. Manufacturers Basis of Design:

1. Curries Company (CU) - Polystyrene Core - 707 Series.

2.4 HOLLOW METAL FRAMES
A. General: Comply with ANSI/SDI A250.8 and with details indicated for type and profile.

B. Exterior Frames: Fabricated of hot-dipped zinc coated steel that complies with ASTM A 653/A 653M, Coating Designation A60.

1. Fabricate frames with mitered or coped corners. Profile as indicated on drawings.

2. Frames: Minimum 14 gauge (0.067-inch -1.7-mm) thick steel sheet.

3. Manufacturers Basis of Design:
a. Curries Company (CU) - M Series.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
SECTION 081113 - HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES - 6 City of Ceres Water Division
C. Interior Frames: Fabricated from cold-rolled steel sheet that complies with ASTM A 1008/A 1008M.

1. Fabricate frames with mitered or coped corners. Profile as indicated on drawings.

2. Frames: Minimum 16 gauge (0.053-inch -1.3-mm) thick steel sheet.

3. Manufacturers Basis of Design:
a. Curries Company (CU) - M Series.

D. Fire rated frames: Fabricate frames in accordance with NFPA 80, listed and labeled by a qualified testing agency, for fire-protection ratings indicated.

E. Hardware Reinforcement: Fabricate according to ANSI/SDI A250.6 Table 4 with reinforcement plates from same material as frames.

2.5 FRAME ANCHORS
A. Jamb Anchors:

1. Masonry Type: Adjustable strap-and-stirrup or T-shaped anchors to suit frame size, formed from A60 metallic coated material, not less than 0.042 inch thick, with corrugated or perforated straps not less than 2 inches wide by 10 inches long; or wire anchors not less than 0.177 inch thick.

2. Existing Masonry Type: Provide steel pipe spacers welded to plate reinforcing at jamb stops or hat shaped formed strap spacers welded to jamb near the stop. Drill jamb stop and strap spacers for flat head bolts to pass through frame and spacers.

3. Stud Wall Type: Designed to engage stud and not less than 0.042 inch thick.

4. Compression Type for Drywall Slip-on (Knock-Down) Frames: Adjustable compression anchors.

B. Floor Anchors: Floor anchors to be provided at each jamb, formed from A60 metallic coated material, not less than 0.042 inches thick.

C. Mortar Guards: Formed from same material as frames, not less than 0.016 inches thick.

2.6 LOUVERS
A. Metal Louvers: Unless otherwise indicated provide louvers to meet the following requirements.

1. Blade Type: Vision proof inverted V or inverted Y.

2. Metal and Finish: Galvanized steel, 0.040 inch thick, factory primed for paint finish with baked enamel or powder coated finish. Match pre-finished door paint color where applicable.

B. Louvers for Fire Rated Doors: Metal louvers with fusible link and closing device, listed and labeled for use in doors with fire protection rating of 1-1/2 hours and less.

1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide louvers to meet rating indicated.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
SECTION 081113 - HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES - 7 City of Ceres Water Division

2. Metal and Finish: Galvanized steel, 0.040 inch thick, factory primed for paint finish with baked enamel or powder coated finish. Match pre-finished door paint color where applicable.

2.7 LIGHT OPENINGS AND GLAZING
A. Stops and Moldings: Provide stops and moldings around glazed lites where indicated. Form corners of stops and moldings with butted or mitered hairline joints at fabricatorís shop. Fixed and removable stops to allow multiple glazed lites each to be removed independently. Coordinate frame rabbet widths between fixed and removable stops with the type of glazing and installation indicated.

B. Moldings for Glazed Lites in Doors and Loose Stops for Glazed Lites in Frames: Minimum 20 gauge thick, fabricated from same material as door face sheet in which they are installed.

C. Fixed Frame Moldings: Formed integral with hollow metal frames, a minimum of 5/8 inch (16 mm) high unless otherwise indicated. Provide fixed frame moldings and stops on outside of exterior and on secure side of interior doors and frames.

D. Preformed Metal Frames for Light Openings: Manufacturer's standard frame formed of 0.048-inch-thick, cold rolled steel sheet; with baked enamel or powder coated finish; and approved for use in doors of fire protection rating indicated. Match pre-finished door paint color where applicable.

2.8 ACCESSORIES
A. Mullions and Transom Bars: Join to adjacent members by welding or rigid mechanical anchors.

B. Grout Guards: Formed from same material as frames, not less than 0.016 inches thick.

2.9 FABRICATION
A. Fabricate hollow metal work to be rigid and free of defects, warp, or buckle. Accurately form metal to required sizes and profiles, with minimum radius for thickness of metal. Where practical, fit and assemble units in manufacturer's plant. When shipping limitations so dictate, frames for large openings are to be fabricated in sections for splicing or splining in the field by others.

B. Tolerances: Fabricate hollow metal work to tolerances indicated in ANSI/SDI A250.8.

C. Hollow Metal Doors:

1. Exterior Doors: Provide optional weep-hole openings in bottom of exterior doors to permit moisture to escape where specified.

2. Glazed Lites: Factory cut openings in doors with applied trim or kits to fit. Factory install glazing where indicated.

3. Astragals: Provide overlapping astragals as noted in door hardware sets in Division 08 Section "Door Hardware" on one leaf of pairs of doors where required by NFPA 80 for fire-performance rating or where indicated. Extend minimum 3/4 inch beyond edge of door on which astragal is mounted.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
SECTION 081113 - HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES - 8 City of Ceres Water Division

4. Continuous Hinge Reinforcement: Provide welded continuous 12 gauge strap for continuous hinges specified in hardware sets in Division 08 Section "Door Hardware".

D. Hollow Metal Frames:

1. Shipping Limitations: Where frames are fabricated in sections due to shipping or handling limitations, provide alignment plates or angles at each joint, fabricated of same thickness metal as frames.

2. Welded Frames: Weld flush face joints continuously; grind, fill, dress, and make smooth, flush, and invisible.
a. Welded frames are to be provided with two steel spreaders temporarily attached to the bottom of both jambs to serve as a brace during shipping and handling. Spreader bars are for bracing only and are not to be used to size the frame opening.

3. Sidelight and Transom Bar Frames: Provide closed tubular members with no visible face seams or joints, fabricated from same material as door frame. Fasten members at crossings and to jambs by butt welding.

4. High Frequency Hinge Reinforcement: Provide high frequency hinge reinforcements at door openings 48-inches and wider with mortise butt type hinges at top hinge locations.

5. Continuous Hinge Reinforcement: Provide welded continuous 12 gauge straps for continuous hinges specified in hardware sets in Division 08 Section "Door Hardware".

6. Provide countersunk, flat- or oval-head exposed screws and bolts for exposed fasteners unless otherwise indicated for removable stops, provide security screws at exterior locations.

7. Mortar Guards: Provide guard boxes at back of hardware mortises in frames at all hinges and strike preps regardless of grouting requirements.

8. Floor Anchors: Weld anchors to bottom of jambs and mullions with at least four spot welds per anchor.

9. Jamb Anchors: Provide number and spacing of anchors as follows:
a. Masonry Type: Locate anchors not more than 18 inches from top and bottom of frame.

Space anchors not more than 32 inches on-center and as follows:
1) Two anchors per jamb up to 60 inches high.
2) Three anchors per jamb from 60 to 90 inches high.
3) Four anchors per jamb from 90 to 120 inches high.
4) Four anchors per jamb plus 1 additional anchor per jamb for each 24 inches or fraction thereof above 120 inches high.
b. Stud Wall Type: Locate anchors not more than 18 inches from top and bottom of frame.

Space anchors not more than 32 inches o.c. and as follows:
1) Three anchors per jamb up to 60 inches high.
2) Four anchors per jamb from 60 to 90 inches high.
3) Five anchors per jamb from 90 to 96 inches high.
4) Five anchors per jamb plus 1 additional anchor per jamb for each 24 inches or fraction thereof above 96 inches high.
5) Two anchors per head for frames above 42 inches wide and mounted in metal stud partitions.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
SECTION 081113 - HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES - 9 City of Ceres Water Division

10. Door Silencers: Except on weatherstripped or gasketed doors, drill stops to receive door silencers.

Silencers to be supplied by frame manufacturer regardless if specified in Division 08 Section "Door Hardware".

11. Bituminous Coating: Where frames are fully grouted with an approved Portland Cement based grout or mortar, coat inside of frame throat with a water based bituminous or asphaltic emulsion coating to a minimum thickness of 3 mils DFT, tested in accordance with UL 10C and applied to the frame under a 3rd party independent follow-up service procedure.

E. Hardware Preparation: Factory prepare hollow metal work to receive template mortised hardware; include cutouts, reinforcement, mortising, drilling, and tapping according to the Door Hardware Schedule and templates furnished as specified in Division 08 Section "Door Hardware."

1. Locate hardware as indicated, or if not indicated, according to ANSI/SDI A250.8.

2. Reinforce doors and frames to receive non-template, mortised and surface mounted door hardware.

3. Comply with applicable requirements in ANSI/SDI A250.6 and ANSI/DHI A115 Series specifications for preparation of hollow metal work for hardware.

4. Coordinate locations of conduit and wiring boxes for electrical connections with Division 26 Sections.

2.10 STEEL FINISHES
A. Prime Finishes: Doors and frames to be cleaned, and chemically treated to insure maximum finish paint adhesion. Surfaces of the door and frame exposed to view to receive a factory applied coat of rust inhibiting shop primer.

1. Shop Primer: Manufacturer's standard, fast-curing, lead and chromate free primer complying with ANSI/SDI A250.10 acceptance criteria; recommended by primer manufacturer for substrate; and compatible with substrate and field-applied coatings.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.

B. General Contractor to verify the accuracy of dimensions given to the steel door and frame manufacturer for existing openings or existing frames (strike height, hinge spacing, hinge back set, etc.).

C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
SECTION 081113 - HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES - 10 City of Ceres Water Division

3.2 PREPARATION
A. Remove welded in shipping spreaders installed at factory. Restore exposed finish by grinding, filling, and dressing, as required to make repaired area smooth, flush, and invisible on exposed faces.

B. Prior to installation, adjust and securely brace welded hollow metal frames for square, level, twist, and plumb condition.

C. Tolerances shall comply with SDI-117 "Manufacturing Tolerances Standard Steel Doors and Frames." D. Drill and tap doors and frames to receive non-template, mortised, and surface-mounted door hardware.

E. Verify tolerances against manufacturers installations instructions for tornado and hurricane storm shelter openings.

3.3 INSTALLATION
A. General: Install hollow metal work plumb, rigid, properly aligned, and securely fastened in place; comply with Drawings and manufacturer's written instructions.

B. Hollow Metal Frames: Install hollow metal frames of size and profile indicated. Comply with ANSI/SDI A250.11 and NFPA 80 at fire rated openings.

1. Set frames accurately in position, plumbed, leveled, aligned, and braced securely until permanent anchors are set. After wall construction is complete and frames properly set and secured, remove temporary braces, leaving surfaces smooth and undamaged. Shim as necessary to comply with installation tolerances.

2. Floor Anchors: Provide floor anchors for each jamb and mullion that extends to floor, and secure with post-installed expansion anchors.

3. Masonry Walls: Coordinate installation of frames to allow for solidly filling space between frames and masonry with mortar.

4. Grout Requirements: Do not grout head of frames unless reinforcing has been installed in head of frame. Do not grout vertical or horizontal closed mullion members.

C. Hollow Metal Doors: Fit hollow metal doors accurately in frames, within clearances specified below.

Shim as necessary.

1. Non-Fire-Rated Standard Steel Doors:
a. Jambs and Head: 1/8 inch plus or minus 1/16 inch.
b. Between Edges of Pairs of Doors: 1/8 inch plus or minus 1/16 inch. c. Between Bottom of Door and Top of Threshold: Maximum 3/8 inch. d. Between Bottom of Door and Top of Finish Floor (No Threshold): Maximum 3/4 inch.

2. Fire-Rated Doors: Install doors with clearances according to NFPA 80.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
SECTION 081113 - HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES - 11 City of Ceres Water Division
D. Field Glazing: Comply with installation requirements in Division 08 Section "Glazing" and with hollow metal manufacturer's written instructions.

3.4 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Final Adjustments: Check and readjust operating hardware items immediately before final inspection.

Leave work in complete and proper operating condition. Remove and replace defective work, including hollow metal work that is warped, bowed, or otherwise unacceptable.

B. Remove grout and other bonding material from hollow metal work immediately after installation.

C. Prime-Coat and Painted Finish Touchup: Immediately after erection, sand smooth rusted or damaged areas of prime coat, or painted finishes, and apply touchup of compatible air drying, rust-inhibitive primer, zinc rich primer (exterior and galvanized openings) or finish paint.

3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Field Inspection (Punch Report): Reference Division 01 Sections ìCloseout Proceduresî. Produce project punch report for each installed door opening indicating compliance with approved submittals and verification hardware is properly installed, operating and adjusted. Include list of items to be completed and corrected, indicating the reasons or deficiencies causing the Work to be incomplete or rejected.

1. Organization of List: Include separate Door Opening and Deficiencies and Corrective Action Lists organized by Mark, Opening Remarks and Comments, and related Opening Images and Video Recordings.

END OF SECTION 081113
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
081416 - 1 City of Ceres
Water Division
SECTION 081416

FLUSH WOOD DOORS
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:

1. Solid core doors with wood veneer faces.

2. Factory finishing wood doors.

3. Factory fitting wood doors to frames and factory machining for hardware.

4. Louvers installed in flush wood doors.

5. Light frames and glazing installed in wood doors.

B. Related Sections:

1. Division 08 Section "Hollow Metal Doors and Frames".

2. Division 08 Section "Door Hardware".

C. Standards and References: Comply with the version year adopted by the Authority Having Jurisdiction.

1. ANSI A117.1 - Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities.

2. ANSI A208.1 ñ Wood Particleboard.

3. Intertek Testing Service (ITS Warnock Hersey) - Certification Listings for Fire Doors.

4. NFPA 80 - Standard for Fire Doors and Fire Windows; National Fire Protection Association.

5. NFPA 252 - Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Door Assemblies; National Fire Protection Association.

6. UL 10C - Positive Pressure Fire Tests of Door Assemblies; UL 1784 - Standard for Air Leakage Tests of Door Assemblies.

7. Window and Door Manufacturers Association - WDMA I.S.1-A Architectural Wood Flush Doors.

1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of door indicated. Include details of core and edge construction, louvers, trim for openings, and WDMA I.S.1-A classifications. Include factory finishing specifications.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
081416 - 2 City of Ceres
Water Division
B. Shop Drawings shall include:

1. Indicate location, size, and hand of each door.

2. Indicate dimensions and locations of mortises and holes for hardware.

3. Indicate dimensions and locations of cutouts.

4. Indicate requirements for veneer matching.

5. Indicate location and extent of hardware blocking.

6. Indicate construction details not covered in Product Data.

7. Indicate doors to be factory finished and finish requirements.

8. Indicate fire protection ratings for fire rated doors.

C. Samples for Initial Selection: For factory finished doors.

1. Factory finishes applied to actual door face materials, approximately 8 by 10 inches, for each material and finish. For each wood species and transparent finish, provide set of three samples showing typical range of color and grain to be expected in the finished work.

2. Corner sections of doors, 8 by 10 inches, with door faces and edges representing actual materials to be used.
a. Provide samples for each species of veneer and core material. b. Finish veneer faced door samples with same materials proposed for factory finished doors.

3. Frames for light openings, 6 inches long, for each material, type, and finish required.

D. Warranty: Provide sample of manufacturerís warranty.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Source Limitations: Obtain flush wood doors through one source from a single manufacturer wherever possible.

B. Quality Standard: In addition to requirements specified, comply with WDMA I.S.1-A, latest edition, "Industry Standard for Architectural Wood Flush Doorsí.

C. Fire Rated Wood Doors: Doors complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for fire ratings indicated, based on testing at positive pressure according to NFPA 252 (neutral pressure at 40î above sill) or UL10C.

1. Oversize Fire Rated Door Assemblies: For units exceeding sizes of tested assemblies provide manufacturerís construction label, indicating compliance to independent 3rd party certification agencyís procedure, except for size.

2. Temperature Rise Limit: Where required and at vertical exit enclosures (stairwell openings) and exit passageways, provide doors that have a maximum transmitted ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
081416 - 3 City of Ceres
Water Division
temperature end point of not more than 450 deg F (250 deg C) above ambient after 30 minutes of standard fire test exposure.

3. Smoke Control Door Assemblies: Comply with NFPA 105. 1) Smoke "S" Label: Doors to bear ìSî label, and include smoke and draft control gasketing applied to frame and on meeting stiles of pair doors.

D. Pre-Submittal Conference: Conduct conference in compliance with requirements in Division 01 Section "Project Meetings" with attendance by representatives of Supplier, Installer, and Contractor to review proper methods and procedures for receiving, handling, and installing flush wood doors.

1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Comply with requirements of referenced standard and manufacturer's written instructions.

B. Package pre-finished doors individually in plastic bags and wrap bundles of doors in plastic sheeting.

C. Mark each door on top rail with opening number used on Shop Drawings.

1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install doors until spaces are enclosed and weather tight, wet work in spaces is complete and dry, and HVAC system is operating and maintaining ambient temperature and humidity conditions at occupancy levels during the remainder of the construction period.

1.7 WARRANTY
A. Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace doors that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.

1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Warping (bow, cup, or twist) more than 1/4 inch in a 42-by-84-inch section. b. Telegraphing of core construction in wood face veneers exceeding 0.01 inch in a 3- inch span.

2. Warranty includes installation and finishing that may be required due to repair or replacement of defective doors.

3. Warranty Period for Solid Core Interior Doors: Life of installation.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
081416 - 4 City of Ceres
Water Division
PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 DOOR CONSTRUCTION ñ GENERAL
A. WDMA I.S.1-A Performance Grade: Extra Heavy Duty; Aesthetic Grade: Premium.

B. Fire Rated Doors: Provide construction and core as needed to provide fire ratings indicated.

1. Category A Edge Construction: Provide fire rated door edge construction with intumescent seals concealed by outer stile (Category A) at 45, 60, and 90 minute rated doors. Comply with specified requirements for exposed edges.

2. Pairs: Provide stiles with concealed intumescent seals. Comply with specified requirements for exposed edges.
a. Provide fire retardant stiles that are listed and labeled for applications indicated without formed steel edges and astragals.
b. Where required for concealed hardware, provide formed steel edges and astragals with intumescent seals. Finish steel edges and astragals with baked enamel.

2.2 CORE CONSTRUCTION
A. Structural Composite Lumber Core Doors:

1. Structural Composite Lumber: Engineered hardwood composite wood products tested in accordance with WDMA I.S.1A, Testing Cellulosic Composite Materials for Use in Fenestration Products containing no added Urea Formaldehyde.

2. LEED: Meet requirements of IEQ4.4.

2.3 BLOCKING
A. Fire Rated Doors:

1. Provide blocking as indicated below:
a. HB1: 5 inch in doors indicated to have closers and overhead stops.

2.4 VENEERED DOORS FOR TRANSPARENT FINISH
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:

1. ASSA ABLOY Wood Doors (GR): GPD Series.

2. Eggers Industries (EG): Premium Series.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
081416 - 5 City of Ceres
Water Division

3. Marshfield-Algoma (MF): Signature Series.

4. VT Industries (VT): Artistry Series.

B. Interior Solid Core Doors:

1. Grade: Premium.

2. Faces: Veneer grades as noted below; veneer minimum 1/50-inch (0.5mm) thickness at moisture content of 12% or less.
a. Plain Sliced Select White Maple, A grade faces.

3. Match between Veneer Leaves: Book match.

4. Assembly of Veneer Leaves on Door Faces:
a. Running Match.

5. Pair and Set Match: Provide for doors hung in same opening or separated only by mullions.

6. Transom Match: Continuous match.

7. Vertical Edges: Matching same species as faces. Wood or composite material, one piece, laminated, or veneered. Minimum requirements per WDMA section P-1, Performance Standards for Architectural Wood Flush Doors.

8. Horizontal Edges: Solid wood or structural composite material meeting the minimum requirements per WDMA section P-1, Performance Standards for Architectural Wood Flush Doors

9. Construction: Five plies. Stiles and rails are bonded to core, then entire unit sanded before applying face veneers.

10. At doors over 40% of the face cut-out for lights and or louvers, furnish engineered composite lumber core.

2.5 LOUVERS
A. Metal Louvers: Door manufacturer's standard metal louvers unless otherwise indicated.

1. Blade Type: Vision proof inverted V or inverted Y.

2. Metal and Finish: Galvanized steel, 0.040 inch thick, factory primed for paint finish with baked enamel or powder coated finish.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
081416 - 6 City of Ceres
Water Division

2.6 LIGHT FRAMES AND GLAZING
A. Metal Frames for Light Openings in Fire Rated Doors over 20-minute Rating: Manufacturer's standard frame formed of 0.048-inch-thick, cold rolled steel sheet; with baked enamel or powder coated finish; and approved for use in doors of fire protection rating indicated.

1. Manufacturers:
a. Air Louver (LV).
b. All Metal Stamping (AP).
c. Anemostat (AN).
d. Pemko (PE).

B. Glazing: Comply with installation requirements in Division 08 Section "Glazing" and with the flush wood door manufacturer's written instructions.

2.7 FABRICATION
A. Factory fit doors to suit frame opening sizes indicated.

1. Comply with requirements in NFPA 80 for fire rated doors.

2. Undercut: As required per manufacturerís templates and sill condition.

B. Factory machine doors for hardware that is not surface applied. Comply with final hardware schedules, door frame Shop Drawings, DHI A115-W series standards, and hardware templates.

1. Coordinate with hardware mortises in metal frames to verify dimensions and alignment before factory machining.

2. Metal Astragals: Factory machine astragals and formed steel edges for hardware for pairs of fire rated doors.

C. Openings: Cut and trim openings through doors in factory.

1. Light Openings: Trim openings with moldings of material and profile indicated.

2. Glazing: Comply with applicable requirements in Division 08 Section "Glazing."

3. Louvers: Factory install louvers in prepared openings.

D. Electrical Raceways: Provide flush wood doors receiving electrified hardware with concealed wiring harness and standardized Molexô plug connectors on both ends to accommodate up to twelve wires. Coordinate connectors on end of the wiring harness to plug directly into the electrified hardware and the through wire transfer hardware or wiring harness specified in hardware sets in Division 08 "Door Hardware". Wire nut connections are not acceptable.

2.8 FACTORY FINISHING
A. General: Comply with referenced quality standard for factory finishing. Complete fabrication, including fitting doors for openings and machining for hardware that is not surface applied, before finishing.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
081416 - 7 City of Ceres
Water Division

1. Finish faces, all four edges, edges of cutouts, and mortises. Stains and fillers may be omitted on top and bottom edges, edges of cutouts, and mortises.

B. Transparent Finish: Provide a clear protective coating over the wood veneer allowing the natural color and grain of the selected wood species to provide the appearance specified. Stain is applied to the wood surface underneath the transparent finish to add color and design flexibility.

1. Finish: Meet or exceed WDMA I.S. 1A TR8 UV Cured Acrylated Polyester finish performance requirements.

2. Staining:
a. Custom stain to match architectís sample.

3. Sheen: Satin.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine doors and installed door frames before hanging doors.

1. Verify that frames comply with indicated requirements for type, size, location, and swing characteristics and have been installed with level heads and plumb jambs.

2. Reject doors with defects.

B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Hardware: For installation, see Division 8 Section "Door Hardware." B. Installation Instructions: Install doors and frames to comply with manufacturer's written instructions and the referenced quality standard, and as indicated.

1. Install fire rated doors in corresponding fire rated frames according to NFPA 80.

C. Factory Fitted Doors: Align in frames for uniform clearance at each edge.

D. Factory Finished Doors: Restore finish before installation if fitting or machining is required at Project site.

E. Field modifications to doors shall not be permitted, except those specifically allowed by manufacturer or fire rating requirements.

3.3 ADJUSTING
A. Operation: Re-hang or replace doors that do not swing or operate freely.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
081416 - 8 City of Ceres
Water Division
B. Finished Doors: Replace doors that do not comply with requirements. Doors may be repaired or refinished if work complies with requirements and shows no evidence of repair or refinishing.

END OF SECTION 081416
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
GYPSUM BOARD 092900 - 1
SECTION 092900

GYPSUM BOARD
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:

1. Interior gypsum board.

2. Gypsum board for ceilings and soffits.

3. Tile backing panels.

4. Texture finishes.

B. Related Requirements:

1. Section 061600 "Sheathing" for gypsum sheathing for exterior walls.

2. Section 079219 "Acoustical Joint Sealants" for acoustical joint sealants installed in gypsum board assemblies.

3. Section 092116.23 "Gypsum Board Shaft Wall Assemblies" for metal shaft-wall framing, gypsum shaft liners, and other components of shaft-wall assemblies.

4. Section 092216 "Non-Structural Metal Framing" for non-structural steel framing and suspension systems that support gypsum board panels.

5. Section 092613 "Gypsum Veneer Plastering" for gypsum base for veneer plaster and for other components of gypsum-veneer-plaster finishes.

6. Section 093013 "Ceramic Tiling" for cementitious backer units installed as substrates for ceramic tile.

1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For the following:

1. Gypsum wallboard.

2. Gypsum board, Type X.

3. Gypsum ceiling board.

4. Glass-mat, water-resistant backing board.

5. Cementitious backer units.

6. Water-resistant gypsum backing board.

7. Interior trim.

8. Exterior trim.

9. Aluminum trim.

10. Joint treatment materials.

11. Laminating adhesive.

12. Sound-attenuation blankets.

13. Acoustical sealant.

14. Textured finishes.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
GYPSUM BOARD 092900 - 2
B. Sustainable Design Submittals:

C. Samples: For the following products:

1. Trim Accessories: Full-size Sample in 12-inch- (300-mm-) long length for each trim accessory indicated.

2. Textured Finishes: Manufacturer's standard sizefor each textured finish indicated and on same backing indicated for Work.

D. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of textured finish indicated.

E. Samples for Verification: For the following products:

1. Trim Accessories: Full-size Sample in 12-inch- (300-mm-) long length for each trim accessory indicated.

2. Textured Finishes: Manufacturer's standard size for each textured finish indicated and on same backing indicated for Work.

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Mockups: Build mockups of at least 100 sq. ft. (9 sq. m) in surface area to demonstrate aesthetic effects and to set quality standards for materials and execution.

1. Build mockups for the following:
a. Each level of gypsum board finish indicated for use in exposed locations. b. Each texture finish indicated.

2. Apply or install final decoration indicated, including painting and wallcoverings, on exposed surfaces for review of mockups.

3. Simulate finished lighting conditions for review of mockups.

4. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion.

1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Store materials inside under cover and keep them dry and protected against weather, condensation, direct sunlight, construction traffic, and other potential causes of damage. Stack panels flat and supported on risers on a flat platform to prevent sagging.

1.5 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Limitations: Comply with ASTM C840 requirements or gypsum board manufacturer's written instructions, whichever are more stringent.

B. Do not install paper-faced gypsum panels until installation areas are enclosed and conditioned.

C. Do not install panels that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
GYPSUM BOARD 092900 - 3

1. Indications that panels are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not limited to, discoloration, sagging, or irregular shape.

2. Indications that panels are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy or splotchy surface contamination and discoloration.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Fire-Resistance-Rated Assemblies: For fire-resistance-rated assemblies, provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated according to ASTM E119 by an independent testing agency.

B. STC-Rated Assemblies: For STC-rated assemblies, provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated according to ASTM E90 and classified according to ASTM E413 by an independent testing agency.

2.2 GYPSUM BOARD, GENERAL
A. Size: Provide maximum lengths and widths available that will minimize joints in each area and that correspond with support system indicated.

2.3 INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD
A. Gypsum Wallboard: ASTM C1396/C1396M.

1. Thickness: 5/8 inch (12.7 mm).

2. Long Edges: Tapered
B. Gypsum Ceiling Board: ASTM C1396/C1396M.

1. Thickness: 5/8 inch

2. Long Edges: Tapered.

C. Mold-Resistant Gypsum Board: ASTM C1396/C1396M. With moisture- and mold-resistant core and paper surfaces.

1. Core: 5/8 inch

2. Long Edges: Tapered.

3. Mold Resistance: ASTM D3273, score of 10 as rated according to ASTM D3274.

2.4 TILE BACKING PANELS
A. Cementitious Backer Units: ANSI A118.9 and ASTM C1288 or ASTM C1325, with manufacturer's standard edges.

1. Thickness: 5/8 inch

2. Mold Resistance: ASTM D3273, score of 10 as rated according to ASTM D3274.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
GYPSUM BOARD 092900 - 4

2.5 TRIM ACCESSORIES
A. Interior Trim: ASTM C1047.

1. Material: Galvanized or aluminum-coated steel sheet, rolled zinc, plastic, or paper-faced galvanized-steel sheet

2. Shapes:
a. Cornerbead.
b. Expansion (control) joint.

B. Exterior Trim: ASTM C1047.

1. Material: Hot-dip galvanized-steel sheet, plastic, or rolled zinc

2. Shapes:
a. Cornerbead.
b. LC-Bead: J-shaped; exposed long flange receives joint compound. c. Expansion (Control) Joint: One-piece, rolled zinc with V-shaped slot and removable strip covering slot opening.

2.6 JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS
A. General: Comply with ASTM C475/C475M.

B. Joint Tape:

1. Interior Gypsum Board: Paper.

2. Glass-Mat Gypsum Sheathing Board: 10-by-10 glass mesh.

3. Tile Backing Panels: As recommended by panel manufacturer.

C. Joint Compound for Interior Gypsum Board: For each coat, use formulation that is compatible with other compounds applied on previous or for successive coats.

1. Prefilling: At open joints[, rounded or beveled panel edges,] and damaged surface areas, use setting-type taping compound.

2. Embedding and First Coat: For embedding tape and first coat on joints, fasteners, and trim flanges, use setting-type tapingcompound.
a. Use setting-type compound for installing paper-faced metal trim accessories.

3. Fill Coat: For second coat, use setting-type, sandable toppingcompound.

4. Finish Coat: For third coat, use setting-type, sandable topping.

D. Joint Compound for Exterior Applications:

1. Exterior Gypsum Soffit Board: Use setting-type taping compound and setting-type, sandable topping compound.

2. Glass-Mat Gypsum Sheathing Board: As recommended by sheathing board manufacturer.

E. Joint Compound for Tile Backing Panels:

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
GYPSUM BOARD 092900 - 5

1. Glass-Mat, Water-Resistant Backing Panel: As recommended by backing panel manufacturer.

2. Cementitious Backer Units: As recommended by backer unit manufacturer.

3. Water-Resistant Gypsum Backing Board: Use setting-type taping compound and settingtype, sandable topping compound.

2.7 AUXILIARY MATERIALS
A. Provide auxiliary materials that comply with referenced installation standards and manufacturer's written instructions.

B. Laminating Adhesive: Adhesive or joint compound recommended for directly adhering gypsum panels to continuous substrate.

C. Steel Drill Screws: ASTM C1002 unless otherwise indicated.

1. Use screws complying with ASTM C954 for fastening panels to steel members from

0.033 to 0.112 inch (0.84 to 2.84 mm) thick.

2. For fastening cementitious backer units, use screws of type and size recommended by panel manufacturer.

D. Sound-Attenuation Blankets: ASTM C665, Type I (blankets without membrane facing) produced by combining thermosetting resins with mineral fibers manufactured from glass, slag wool, or rock wool.

1. Fire-Resistance-Rated Assemblies: Comply with mineral-fiber requirements of assembly.

E. Acoustical Sealant: As specified in Section 079219 "Acoustical Joint Sealants." F. Thermal Insulation: As specified in Section 072100 "Thermal Insulation." G. Vapor Retarder: As specified in Section 072600 "Vapor Retarders."

2.8 TEXTURE FINISHES
A. Non-Aggregate Finish: Premixed, vinyl texture finish for spray application.

1. Texture: Orange peel
PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine areas and substrates including welded hollow-metal frames and support framing, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.

B. Examine panels before installation. Reject panels that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
GYPSUM BOARD 092900 - 6
C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2 INSTALLATION AND FINISHING OF PANELS, GENERAL
A. Comply with ASTM C840.

B. Install ceiling panels across framing to minimize the number of abutting end joints and to avoid abutting end joints in central area of each ceiling. Stagger abutting end joints of adjacent panels not less than one framing member.

C. Install panels with face side out. Butt panels together for a light contact at edges and ends with not more than 1/16 inch (1.5 mm) of open space between panels. Do not force into place.

D. Locate edge and end joints over supports, except in ceiling applications where intermediate supports or gypsum board back-blocking is provided behind end joints. Do not place tapered edges against cut edges or ends. Stagger vertical joints on opposite sides of partitions. Do not make joints other than control joints at corners of framed openings.

E. Form control and expansion joints with space between edges of adjoining gypsum panels.

F. Cover both faces of support framing with gypsum panels in concealed spaces (above ceilings, etc.), except in chases braced internally.

1. Unless concealed application is indicated or required for sound, fire, air, or smoke ratings, coverage may be accomplished with scraps of not less than 8 sq. ft. (0.7 sq. m) in area.

2. Fit gypsum panels around ducts, pipes, and conduits.

3. Where partitions intersect structural members projecting below underside of floor/roof slabs and decks, cut gypsum panels to fit profile formed by structural members; allow 1/4- to 3/8-inch- (6.4- to 9.5-mm-) wide joints to install sealant.

G. Isolate perimeter of gypsum board applied to non-load-bearing partitions at structural abutments. Provide 1/4- to 1/2-inch- (6.4- to 12.7-mm-) wide spaces at these locations and trim edges with edge trim where edges of panels are exposed. Seal joints between edges and abutting structural surfaces with acoustical sealant.

H. Attachment to Steel Framing: Attach panels so leading edge or end of each panel is attached to open (unsupported) edges of stud flanges first.

I. Wood Framing: Install gypsum panels over wood framing, with floating internal corner construction. Do not attach gypsum panels across the flat grain of wide-dimension lumber, including floor joists and headers. Float gypsum panels over these members or provide control joints to counteract wood shrinkage.

J. STC-Rated Assemblies: Seal construction at perimeters, behind control joints, and at openings and penetrations with a continuous bead of acoustical sealant. Install acoustical sealant at both faces of partitions at perimeters and through penetrations. Comply with ASTM C919 and with manufacturer's written instructions for locating edge trim and closing off sound-flanking paths around or through assemblies, including sealing partitions above acoustical ceilings.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
GYPSUM BOARD 092900 - 7
K. Install sound attenuation blankets before installing gypsum panels unless blankets are readily installed after panels have been installed on one side.

3.3 INSTALLATION OF INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD
A. Install interior gypsum board in the following locations:

1. Wallboard Type: Vertical surfaces unless otherwise indicated.

2. Type X: Where required for fire-resistance-rated assembly

3. Mold-Resistant Type: As indicated on Drawings
B. Single-Layer Application:

1. On ceilings, apply gypsum panels before wall/partition board application to greatest extent possible and at right angles to framing unless otherwise indicated.

2. On partitions/walls, apply gypsum panels horizontally (perpendicular to framing unless otherwise indicated or required by fire-resistance-rated assembly, and minimize end joints.
a. Stagger abutting end joints not less than one framing member in alternate courses of panels.
b. At stairwells and other high walls, install panels horizontally unless otherwise indicated or required by fire-resistance-rated assembly.

3. On Z-shaped furring members, apply gypsum panels vertically (parallel to framing) with no end joints. Locate edge joints over furring members.

4. Fastening Methods: Apply gypsum panels to supports with steel drill screws.

C. Multilayer Application:

1. On ceilings, apply gypsum board indicated for base layers before applying base layers on walls/partitions; apply face layers in same sequence. Apply base layers at right angles to framing members and offset face-layer joints one framing member, 16 inches (400 mm) minimum, from parallel base-layer joints, unless otherwise indicated or required by fireresistance-rated assembly.

2. On partitions/walls, apply gypsum board indicated for base layers and face layers vertically (parallel to framing) with joints of base layers located over stud or furring member and face-layer joints offset at least one stud or furring member with base-layer joints unless otherwise indicated or required by fire-resistance-rated assembly. Stagger joints on opposite sides of partitions.

3. On Z-shaped furring members, apply base layer vertically (parallel to framing) and face layer either vertically (parallel to framing) or horizontally (perpendicular to framing) with vertical joints offset at least one furring member. Locate edge joints of base layer over furring members.

4. Fastening Methods: Fasten base layers and face layers separately to supports with screws.

D. Laminating to Substrate: Where gypsum panels are indicated as directly adhered to a substrate (other than studs, joists, furring members, or base layer of gypsum board), comply with gypsum board manufacturer's written instructions and temporarily brace or fasten gypsum panels until fastening adhesive has set.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
GYPSUM BOARD 092900 - 8

3.4 INSTALLATION OF EXTERIOR GYPSUM PANELS FOR CEILINGS AND SOFFITS A. Apply panels perpendicular to supports, with end joints staggered and located over supports.

1. Install with 1/4-inch (6.4-mm) open space where panels abut other construction or structural penetrations.

2. Fasten with corrosion-resistant screws.

3.5 INSTALLATION OF TILE BACKING PANELS
A. Cementitious Backer Units: ANSI A108.11, at locations indicated to receive tile.

B. Water-Resistant Backing Board: Install where indicated with 1/4-inch (6.4-mm) gap where panels abut other construction or penetrations.

C. Where tile backing panels abut other types of panels in same plane, shim surfaces to produce a uniform plane across panel surfaces.

3.6 INSTALLATION OF TRIM ACCESSORIES
A. General: For trim with back flanges intended for fasteners, attach to framing with same fasteners used for panels. Otherwise, attach trim according to manufacturer's written instructions.

B. Control Joints: Install control joints according to ASTM C840 and in specific locations approved by Architect for visual effect.

C. Interior Trim: Install in the following locations:

1. Cornerbead: Use at outside corners.

D. Exterior Trim: Install in the following locations:

1. Cornerbead: Use at outside corners.

3.7 FINISHING GYPSUM BOARD
A. General: Treat gypsum board joints, interior angles, edge trim, control joints, penetrations, fastener heads, surface defects, and elsewhere as required to prepare gypsum board surfaces for decoration. Promptly remove residual joint compound from adjacent surfaces.

B. Prefill open joints, and damaged surface areas.

C. Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints, except for trim products specifically indicated as not intended to receive tape.

D. Gypsum Board Finish Levels: Finish panels to levels indicated below and according to ASTM C840:

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
GYPSUM BOARD 092900 - 9

1. Level 1: Ceiling plenum areas, concealed areas, and where indicated.

2. Level 4: At panel surfaces that will be exposed to view unless otherwise indicated a. Primer and its application to surfaces are specified in Section 099123 "Interior Painting."
E. Glass-Mat Gypsum Sheathing Board: Finish according to manufacturer's written instructions for use as exposed soffit board.

F. Glass-Mat Faced Panels: Finish according to manufacturer's written instructions.

G. Cementitious Backer Units: Finish according to manufacturer's written instructions.

3.8 INSTALLATION OF TEXTURE FINISHES
A. Surface Preparation and Primer: Prepare and apply primer to gypsum panels and other surfaces receiving texture finishes. Apply primer to surfaces that are clean, dry, and smooth.

B. Texture Finish Application: Mix and apply finish using powered spray equipment, to produce a uniform texture matching approved mockup and free of starved spots or other evidence of thin application or of application patterns.

C. Prevent texture finishes from coming into contact with surfaces not indicated to receive texture finish by covering them with masking agents, polyethylene film, or other means. If, despite these precautions, texture finishes contact these surfaces, immediately remove droppings and overspray to prevent damage according to texture-finish manufacturer's written instructions.

3.9 PROTECTION
A. Protect adjacent surfaces from drywall compound and promptly remove from floors and other non-drywall surfaces. Repair surfaces stained, marred, or otherwise damaged during drywall application.

B. Protect installed products from damage from weather, condensation, direct sunlight, construction, and other causes during remainder of the construction period.

C. Remove and replace panels that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged.

1. Indications that panels are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not limited to, discoloration, sagging, or irregular shape.

2. Indications that panels are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy or splotchy surface contamination and discoloration.

END OF SECTION 092900
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
093013 - 1 City of Ceres
Water Division
SECTION 093013
TILING
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:

1. Ceramic Tile

2. Crack isolation membranes.

B. Related Requirements:

1. Section 092900 "Gypsum Board" for backer units.

1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. General: Definitions in the ANSI A108 series of tile installation standards and in ANSI A137.1 apply to Work of this Section unless otherwise specified.

B. Face Size: Actual tile size, excluding spacer lugs.

C. Module Size: Actual tile size plus joint width indicated.

1.3 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.

1. Review requirements in ANSI A108.01 for substrates and for preparation by other trades.

1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.

B. Sustainable Design Submittals:

C. Shop Drawings: Show locations of each type of tile and tile pattern. Show widths, details, and locations of expansion, contraction, control, and isolation joints in tile substrates and finished tile surfaces.

D. Samples for Initial Selection: For tile, grout, and accessories involving color selection.

E. Samples for Verification:

1. Full-size units of each type and composition of tile and for each color and finish required.

2. Full-size units of each type of trim and accessory for each color and finish required.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
093013 - 2 City of Ceres
Water Division

3. Stone thresholds in 6-inch lengths.

4. Metal edge strips in 6-inch lengths.

1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Qualification Data: For Installer.

B. Master Grade Certificates: For each shipment, type, and composition of tile, signed by tile manufacturer and Installer.

C. Product Certificates: For each type of product.

D. Product Test Reports: For tile-setting and -grouting products.

1.6 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish extra materials that match and are from same production runs as products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.

1. Tile and Trim Units: Furnish quantity of full-size units equal to 3 percent of amount installed for each type, composition, color, pattern, and size indicated.

2. Grout: Furnish quantity of grout equal to 3 percent of amount installed for each type, composition, and color indicated.

1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications:

1. Installer is a Five-Star member of the National Tile Contractors Association, Trowel of Excellence member of the Tile Contractors' Association of America, or approved equivalent certification.

B. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under Sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution.

1. Build mockup of floor tile installation.

2. Build mockup of wall tile installation.

3. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion.

1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver and store packaged materials in original containers with seals unbroken and labels intact until time of use. Comply with requirements in ANSI A137.1 for labeling tile packages.

B. Store tile and cementitious materials on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry location.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
093013 - 3 City of Ceres
Water Division
C. Store aggregates where grading and other required characteristics can be maintained, and contamination can be avoided.

D. Store liquid materials in unopened containers and protected from freezing.

1.9 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Limitations: Do not install tile until construction in spaces is complete and ambient temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at the levels indicated in referenced standards and manufacturer's written instructions.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Source Limitations for Tile: Obtain tile of each type and color or finish from single source or producer.

1. Obtain tile of each type and color or finish from same production run and of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties for each contiguous area.

B. Source Limitations for Setting and Grouting Materials: Obtain ingredients of a uniform quality for each mortar, adhesive, and grout component from single manufacturer and each aggregate from single source or producer.

1. Obtain setting and grouting materials, except for unmodified Portland cement and aggregate, from single manufacturer.

2. Obtain waterproof membrane and crack isolation membrane, except for sheet products, from manufacturer of setting and grouting materials.

C. Source Limitations for Other Products: Obtain each of the following products specified in this Section from a single manufacturer:

1. Stone thresholds.

2. Waterproof membrane.

3. Crack isolation membrane.

4. Cementitious backer units.

2.2 PRODUCTS, GENERAL
A. ANSI Ceramic Tile Standard: Provide tile that complies with ANSI A137.1 for types, compositions, and other characteristics indicated.

1. Provide tile complying with Standard grade requirements unless otherwise indicated.

B. ANSI Standards for Tile Installation Materials: Provide materials complying with ANSI A108.02, ANSI standards referenced in other Part 2 articles, ANSI standards referenced ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
093013 - 4 City of Ceres
Water Division
by TCNA installation methods specified in tile installation schedules, and other requirements specified.

C. Factory Blending: For tile exhibiting color variations within ranges, blend tile in factory and package so tile units taken from one package show same range in colors as those taken from other packages and match approved Samples.

D. Mounting: For factory-mounted tile, provide back- or edge-mounted tile assemblies as standard with manufacturer unless otherwise indicated.

1. Where tile is indicated for installation on exteriors or in wet areas, do not use back- or edgemounted tile assemblies unless tile manufacturer specifies in writing that this type of mounting is suitable for installation indicated and has a record of successful in-service performance.

2.3 TILE PRODUCTS
A. Ceramic Wall Tile Type WT-1:

1. Basis of Design Product: Dal Tile, Color Wheel Collection

2. Composition: Ceramic.

3. Face Size: 6î x 6î

4. Thickness: 3/8î

5. Glaze: Glazed

6. Tile Color and Pattern: Selected from manufacturerís standard range.

7. Grout Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.

8. Trim Units: Coordinated with sizes and coursing of adjoining flat tile where applicable and matching characteristics of adjoining flat tile.
a. Base: Round Top Cove Base, module size same as adjoining flat tile. b. External Corners: Surface bullnose, module size same as adjoining flat tile. c. Internal Corners: Field-butted square corners.

B. Ceramic Floor Tile Type FT-1:

1. Basis of Design Product: Dal Tile, Platinum, color: Grey

2. Composition: Ceramic.

3. Face Size: 12î x 24î

4. Thickness: 5/16î

5. Glaze: Matte

6. Grout Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.

7. Trim Units: Coordinated with sizes and coursing of adjoining flat tile where applicable and matching characteristics of adjoining flat tile.

CRACK ISOLATION MEMBRANES
C. General: Manufacturer's standard product that complies with ANSI A118.12 for standard performance and is recommended by the manufacturer for the application indicated. Include reinforcement and accessories recommended by manufacturer.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
093013 - 5 City of Ceres
Water Division

2.4 SETTING MATERIALS
A. Standard Dry-Set Mortar (Thinset): ANSI A118.1.

1. For wall applications, provide mortar that complies with requirements for nonsagging mortar in addition to the other requirements in ANSI A118.1.

2.5 GROUT MATERIALS
A. Water-Cleanable Epoxy Grout: ANSI A118.3, with a VOC content of 65 g/L or less.

1. Provide product capable of withstanding continuous and intermittent exposure to temperatures of up to 140 and 212 deg F, respectively, and certified by manufacturer for intended use.

2.6 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Trowelable Underlayments and Patching Compounds: Latex-modified, portland cement-based formulation provided or approved by manufacturer of tile-setting materials for installations indicated.

B. Metal Edge Strips: Angle or L-shaped, height to match tile and setting-bed thickness, metallic or combination of metal and PVC or neoprene base, designed specifically for flooring applications; stainless steel, ASTM A276/A276M or ASTM A666, 300 Series exposed-edge material.

C. Tile Cleaner: A neutral cleaner capable of removing soil and residue without harming tile and grout surfaces, specifically approved for materials and installations indicated by tile and grout manufacturers.

D. Floor Sealer: Manufacturer's standard product for sealing grout joints and that does not change color or appearance of grout.

2.7 MIXING MORTARS AND GROUT
A. Mix mortars and grouts to comply with referenced standards and mortar and grout manufacturers' written instructions.

B. Add materials, water, and additives in accurate proportions.

C. Obtain and use type of mixing equipment, mixer speeds, mixing containers, mixing time, and other procedures to produce mortars and grouts of uniform quality with optimum performance characteristics for installations indicated.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
093013 - 6 City of Ceres
Water Division
PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions where tile will be installed, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.

1. Verify that substrates for setting tile are firm; dry; clean; free of coatings that are incompatible with tile-setting materials, including curing compounds and other substances that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone; and comply with flatness tolerances required by ANSI A108.01 for installations indicated.

2. Verify that concrete substrates for tile floors installed with adhesives, bonded mortar bed or thinset mortar comply with surface finish requirements in ANSI A108.01 for installations indicated.
a. Verify that surfaces that received a steel trowel finish have been mechanically scarified.
b. Verify that protrusions, bumps, and ridges have been removed by sanding or grinding.

3. Verify that installation of grounds, anchors, recessed frames, electrical and mechanical units of work, and similar items located in or behind tile has been completed.

4. Verify that joints and cracks in tile substrates are coordinated with tile joint locations; if not coordinated, adjust joint locations in consultation with Architect.

B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2 PREPARATION
A. Fill cracks, holes, and depressions in concrete substrates for tile floors installed with adhesives or thinset mortar with trowelable leveling and patching compound specifically recommended by tilesetting material manufacturer.

B. Where indicated, prepare substrates to receive waterproof membrane by applying a reinforced mortar bed that complies with ANSI A108.1A and is sloped 1/4 inch per foot (1:50) toward drains.

C. Blending: For tile exhibiting color variations, verify that tile has been factory blended and packaged so tile units taken from one package show same range of colors as those taken from other packages and match approved Samples. If not factory blended, either return to manufacturer or blend tiles at Project site before installing.

3.3 INSTALLATION OF CERAMIC TILE
A. Comply with TCNA's "Handbook for Ceramic, Glass, and Stone Tile Installation" for TCNA installation methods specified in tile installation schedules. Comply with parts of the ANSI A108 series "Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile" that are referenced in TCNA ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
093013 - 7 City of Ceres
Water Division
installation methods, specified in tile installation schedules, and apply to types of setting and grouting materials used.

1. For the following installations, follow procedures in the ANSI A108 series of tile installation standards for providing 95 percent mortar coverage:
a. Exterior tile floors.
b. Tile floors in wet areas.
c. Tile floors in laundries.
d. Tile floors consisting of tiles 8 by 8 inches or larger. e. Tile floors consisting of rib-backed tiles.

B. Extend tile work into recesses and under or behind equipment and fixtures to form complete covering without interruptions unless otherwise indicated. Terminate work neatly at obstructions, edges, and corners without disrupting pattern or joint alignments.

C. Accurately form intersections and returns. Perform cutting and drilling of tile without marring visible surfaces. Carefully grind cut edges of tile abutting trim, finish, or built-in items for straight aligned joints. Fit tile closely to electrical outlets, piping, fixtures, and other penetrations so plates, collars, or covers overlap tile.

D. Provide manufacturer's standard trim shapes where necessary to eliminate exposed tile edges.

E. Where accent tile differs in thickness from field tile, vary setting-bed thickness so that tiles are flush.

F. Jointing Pattern: Lay tile in grid pattern unless otherwise indicated. Lay out tile work and center tile fields in both directions in each space or on each wall area. Lay out tile work to minimize the use of pieces that are less than half of a tile. Provide uniform joint widths unless otherwise indicated.

1. For tile mounted in sheets, make joints between tile sheets same width as joints within tile sheets so joints between sheets are not apparent in finished work.

2. Where adjoining tiles on floor, base, walls, or trim are specified or indicated to be same size, align joints.

3. Where tiles are specified or indicated to be whole integer multiples of adjoining tiles on floor, base, walls, or trim, align joints unless otherwise indicated.

G. Joint Widths: Unless otherwise indicated, install tile with the following joint widths:

1. Ceramic Wall Tile: 1/16 inch

2. Ceramic Floor Tile: 1/8 inch
H. Expansion Joints: Provide expansion joints and other sealant-filled joints, including control, contraction, and isolation joints, where indicated. Form joints during installation of setting materials, mortar beds, and tile. Do not saw-cut joints after installing tiles.

1. Where joints occur in concrete substrates, locate joints in tile surfaces directly above them.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
093013 - 8 City of Ceres
Water Division

2. Metal Edge Strips: Install where exposed edge of tile flooring meets carpet, wood, or other flooring that finishes flush with or below top of tile and no threshold is indicated.

I. Floor Sealer: Apply floor sealer to cementitious grout joints in tile floors according to floor-sealer manufacturer's written instructions. As soon as floor sealer has penetrated grout joints, remove excess sealer and sealer from tile faces by wiping with soft cloth.

3.4 INSTALLATION OF TILE BACKING PANELS
A. Install panels and treat joints according to ANSI A108.11 and manufacturer's written instructions for type of application indicated. Use modified dry-set mortar for bonding material unless otherwise directed in manufacturer's written instructions.

3.5 INSTALLATION OF CRACK ISOLATION MEMBRANES
A. Install crack isolation membrane to comply with ANSI A108.17 and manufacturer's written instructions to produce membrane of uniform thickness that is bonded securely to substrate. Allow crack isolation membrane to cure before installing tile or setting materials over it.

3.6 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Remove and replace tile that is damaged or that does not match adjoining tile. Provide new matching units, installed as specified and in a manner to eliminate evidence of replacement.

B. Cleaning: On completion of placement and grouting, clean all ceramic tile surfaces so they are free of foreign matter.

1. Remove grout residue from tile as soon as possible.

2. Clean grout smears and haze from tile according to tile and grout manufacturer's written instructions but no sooner than 10 days after installation. Use only cleaners recommended by tile and grout manufacturers and only after determining that cleaners are safe to use by testing on samples of tile and other surfaces to be cleaned. Protect metal surfaces and plumbing fixtures from effects of cleaning. Flush surfaces with clean water before and after cleaning.

3.7 PROTECTION
A. Protect installed tile work with kraft paper or other heavy covering during construction period to prevent staining, damage, and wear. If recommended by tile manufacturer, apply coat of neutral protective cleaner to completed tile walls and floors.

B. Prohibit foot and wheel traffic from tiled floors for at least seven days after grouting is completed.

C. Before final inspection, remove protective coverings and rinse neutral protective cleaner from tile surfaces.

END OF SECTION 093013
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
09500 - 1 City of Ceres
Water Division
SECTION 095000

ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general conditions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Divisions-1 Specification sections apply to work of this section.

1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes

1. Acoustical ceiling panels

2. Exposed grid suspension system

3. Wire hangers, fasteners, main runners, cross tees, and wall angle moldings

4. Perimeter Trim

1.3 REFERENCES
A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):

1. ASTM A 1008 Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Cold Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy and High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability

2. ASTM A 641 Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Carbon Steel Wire

3. ASTM A 653 Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) by the HotDip Process

4. ASTM C 423 Sound Absorption and Sound Absorption Coefficients by the Reverberation Room Method

5. ASTM C 635 Standard Specification for Metal Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-in Panel Ceilings

7. ASTM D 3273 Standard Test Method for Resistance to Growth of Mold on the Surface of Interior Coatings in an Environmental Chamber

8. ASTM E 84 Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials

9. ASTM E 580 Installation of Metal Suspension Systems in Areas Requiring Moderate Seismic Restraint

10. ASTM E 1111 Standard Test Method for Measuring the Interzone Attenuation of Ceilings Systems

11. ASTM E 1414 Standard Test Method for Airborne Sound Attenuation Between Rooms Sharing a Common Ceiling Plenum

12. ASTM E 1264 Classification for Acoustical Ceiling Products I.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
09500 - 2 City of Ceres
Water Division

1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Continuous/Wall-to-Wall

1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical data for each type of acoustical ceiling unit and suspension system required.

B. Samples: Minimum 6-inch x 6-inch samples of specified acoustical panel; 8-inch-long samples of exposed wall molding and suspension system, including main runner and 4-foot cross tees.

C. Shop Drawings: Layout and details of acoustical ceilings show locations of items that are to be coordinated with or supported by the ceilings.

D. Acoustical Certifications: Manufacturer's certifications that products comply with specified requirements, including laboratory reports showing compliance with specified tests and standards.

For acoustical performance, each carton of material must carry an approved independent laboratory classification of NRC, CAC, and AC.
a. If the material supplied by the acoustical subcontractor does not have an Underwriter's Laboratory classification of acoustical performance on every carton, subcontractor shall be required to send material from every production run appearing on the job to an independent or NVLAP approved laboratory for testing, at the architect's or owner's discretion. All products not conforming to manufacturer's current published values must be removed, disposed of and replaced with complying product at the expense of the Contractor performing the work.

1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Single-Source Responsibility: Provide acoustical panel units and grid components by a single manufacturer.

1. Fire Performance Characteristics: Identify acoustical ceiling components with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting organization.

2. Surface Burning Characteristics: As follows, tested per ASTM E 84 and complying with ASTM E 1264 Classification.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
09500 - 3 City of Ceres
Water Division

1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Deliver acoustical ceiling units to project site in original, unopened packages and store them in a fully enclosed space where they will be protected against damage from moisture, direct sunlight, surface contamination, and other causes.

B. Before installing acoustical ceiling units, permit them to reach room temperature and a stabilized moisture content.

C. Handle acoustical ceiling units carefully to avoid chipping edges or damaged units in any way.

1.11 WARRANTY
A. Acoustical Panel: Submit a written warranty executed by the manufacturer, agreeing to repair or replace panels that fail within the warranty period. Failures include, but are not limited to the following:

1. Acoustical Panels: Sagging and warping

2. Grid System: Rusting and manufacturer's defects
B. Warranty Period:

1. Ceiling System: Thirty (30) years from date of substantial completion C. The Warranty shall not deprive the Owner of other rights the Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and will be in addition to and run concurrent with other warranties made by the Contractor under the requirements of the Contract Documents.

1.12 MAINTENANCE
A. Extra Materials: Deliver extra materials to Owner. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed. Packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with appropriate labels.

1. Acoustical Ceiling Units: Furnish quality of full-size units equal to 5.0 percent of amount installed.

2. Exposed Suspension System Components: Furnish quantity of each exposed suspension component equal to 2.0 percent of amount installed.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
09500 - 4 City of Ceres
Water Division
PART 2 ñ PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Ceiling Panels:

1. Basis of Design: Armstrong World Industries, Inc. Ultima Low Embodied Carbon B. Suspension Systems:

1. Basis of Design: Armstrong World Industries, Inc.

C. Substitutions: Per Division 01

2.2.1 ACOUSTICAL CEILING UNITS
A. Basis of Design: Acoustical Panels Type AP ñ Armstrong - Ultima 2 x 4

1. Surface Texture: Fine Texture

2. Composition: Mineral Fiber with Biochar

3. Color: White

4. Size: 24 in x 24 in, 24 in x 48 in

5. Edge Profile: Beveled Tegular

6. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) ASTM C 423 Classified w/ UL label on product carton 0.75

7. Ceiling Attenuation Class (CAC): ASTM C 1414; Classified with UL label on product carton 35

8. Articulation Class (AC): ASTM E 1111; Classified with UL label on product carton 170

9. Flame Spread: ASTM E 1264; Class A (HPVA)

10. Light Reflectance (LR) White Panel: ASTM E 1477; 0.88

11. Dimensional Stability: HumiGuard Plus

12. Recycle Content: Up to 54% total recycled content. (Total recycled content: pre-consumer, post-consumer and post-industrial)

13. Material Ingredient Transparency: Health Product Declaration (HPD); Declare Label

14. Life Cycle Assessment: Third Party Certified Environmental Product Declaration (EPD)

16.Acceptable Product:

2.3.1 METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEMS
A. Components:

Main beams and cross tees, base metal and end detail, fabricated from commercial quality hot dipped galvanized steel complying with ASTM A 653. Main beams and cross tees are double-web steel construction exposed flange design. Exposed surfaces chemically cleansed, capping prefinished galvanized steel in baked polyester paint. Main beams and cross tees shall have rotary stitching.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
09500 - 5 City of Ceres
Water Division
a. Structural Classification: ASTM C 635 Intermediate or Heavy Duty. b. Color: White or match the actual color of the selected ceiling tile, unless noted otherwise. c. Sustainability: Environmental Product Declaration (EPD), Health Product Declaration (HPD) d. Acceptable Product:
• Basis of Design Prelude XL 15/16î Exposed Tee as manufactured by Armstrong World Industries.

B. Attachment Devices: Size for five times design load indicated in ASTM C 635, Table 1, Direct Hung unless otherwise indicated.

C. Wire for Hangers and Ties: ASTM A 641, Class 1 zinc coating, soft annealed, with a yield stress load of at least time three design load, but not less than 12 gauge.

D. Edge Moldings and Trim
E. Armstrong BERC-2 Clip
F. Accessories
PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Do not proceed with installation until all wet work such as concrete, terrazzo, plastering and painting has been completed and thoroughly dried out, unless expressly permitted by manufacturer's printed recommendations. (Exception: HumiGuard Max Ceilings)

3.2 PREPARATION
A. Measure each ceiling area and establish layout of acoustical units to balance border widths at opposite edges of each ceiling. Avoid use of less than half width units at borders and comply with reflected ceiling plans. Coordinate panel layout with mechanical and electrical fixtures.

B. Coordination: Furnish layouts for preset inserts, clips, and other ceiling anchors whose installation is specified in other sections.

1. Furnish concrete inserts and similar devices to other trades for installation well in advance of time needed for coordination of other work.

3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Follow manufacturer installation instructions.

B. Install suspension system and panels in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions, and in compliance with ASTM C 636 and with the authorities having jurisdiction.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
09500 - 6 City of Ceres
Water Division
C. Suspend main beam from overhead construction with hanger wires spaced 4-0 on center along the length of the main runner. Install hanger wires plumb and straight.

D. Install wall moldings at intersection of suspended ceiling and vertical surfaces. Miter corners where wall moldings intersect or install corner caps.

E. For reveal edge panels: Cut and reveal or rabbet edges of ceiling panels at border areas and vertical surfaces.

F. Install acoustical panels in coordination with suspended system, with edges resting on flanges of main runner and cross tees. Cut and fit panels neatly against abutting surfaces. Support edges by wall moldings.

3.4 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Replace damaged and broken panels.

B. Clean exposed surfaces of acoustical ceilings, including trim, edge moldings, and suspension members. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for cleaning and touch up of minor finish damage. Remove any ceiling products that cannot be successfully cleaned and or repaired. Replace with attic stock or new product to eliminate evidence of damage.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
096500 - 1 City of Ceres
Water Division
SECTION 096500

RESILIENT BASE
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:

1. Resilient wall base.

1.3 REFERENCES
A. ASTM International (ASTM) G1861 - Standard Specification for Resilient Wall Base.

1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals for Review:

1. Samples: 4-inch-long samples showing available colors.

1.5 MAINTENANCE
A. Extra Materials: One unopened carton of each profile and color.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Basis of Design Product: Burke
B. Acceptable Manufacturers:

1. Allstate Rubber Corp.

2. Armstrong World Industries

3. Burke Flooring

4. Johnsonite, Inc.

5. Roppe Corp.

C. Substitutions: Per Division 01.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
096500 - 2 City of Ceres
Water Division

2.2 MATERIALS
A. Resilient Base:

1. Type: ASTM F1861, thermoplastic rubber.

2. Thickness: 0.125 inch.

3. Profile: Straight.

4. Height: 4 inches

5. Length: Continuous rolls

6. Color: To be selected from manufacturer's standard colors

7. Finish: Matte

8. End units and outside corners: Preformed; profile, size, and color to match base.

2.3 ACCESSORIES
A. Adhesive:

1. Water based, waterproof, recommended by base manufacturer.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION
A. Prepare surfaces to receive base:

1. Remove materials that could interfere with adhesion.

2. Fill low spots with patching compound; finish flush with adjacent surface.

3. Remove high spots, ridges and nibs

3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Apply adhesive continuously to back of base.

B. Maintain top edge true to line and bottom edge in continuous contact with floor. Butt joints tight; butt base tight to adjacent construction.

C. Do not install pieces less than 6 inches long.

D. Miter and butt inside corners.

E. At outside corners install preformed corner pieces.

F. At exposed ends, install premolded units.

G. Scribe to door frames and other interruptions.

END OF SECTION 096500
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
096516 - 1 City of Ceres
Water Division
SECTION 096516

RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING
PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 THIS SECTION INCLUDES
A. Flooring and accessories as shown on the drawings and schedules and as indicated by the requirements of this section.

1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and General Provisions of the Contract (including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 sections) apply to the work of this section.

1.03 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Other Division 9 sections for floor finishes related to this section but not the work of this section.

B. Division 3 Concrete; not the work of this section.

C. Division 6 Wood and Plastics; not the work of this section.

D. Division 7 Thermal and Moisture Protection; not the work of this section.

1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Select an installer who is competent in the installation of resilient sheet flooring using heat welded seams.

B. Provide type of flooring, adhesives, and accessories supplied by one manufacturer.

C. If required, provide flooring material to meet local fire test performance criteria as tested by a recognized independent testing laboratory.

1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit shop drawings, seaming plan, coving details, and manufacturer's technical data, installation and maintenance instructions (latest edition of "Manningtonís Professional Installation Guide") for flooring and accessories.

B. Submit the manufacturer's standard samples showing the required colors for flooring, welding rods, and applicable accessories.

C. Submit a copy of the manufacturerís recommended maintenance procedures.

D. If required, submit the manufacturer's certification that the flooring has been tested by an independent laboratory and complies with the required fire tests.

1.06 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
A. Deliver materials in good condition to the jobsite in the manufacturer's original unopened containers that bear the name and brand of the manufacturer, project identification, and shipping and handling instructions.

B. Store materials in a clean, dry, enclosed space off the ground, and protected from the weather and from extremes of heat and cold. Protect adhesives from freezing. Store flooring, adhesives, and accessories in the spaces where they will be installed for at least 48 hours before beginning installation.

C. Maintain a minimum temperature in the spaces to receive the flooring and accessories of 65ºF (18ºC) and a maximum temperature of 85ºF (29ºC) for at least 48 hours before, during, and for not less than 48 hours after installation. Thereafter, maintain a minimum temperature of 55ºF (13ºC) in areas where work is completed. Protect all materials from the direct flow of heat from hot-air registers, radiators, or other heating fixtures and appliances.

D. Install flooring and accessories after the other finishing operations, including painting, have been completed. Close spaces to traffic during the installation of the flooring. Do not install flooring over concrete slabs until they are sufficiently dry to achieve a bond with the adhesive in accordance with the manufacturer's recommended bond and moisture tests.

PART 2 PRODUCTS
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
096516 - 2 City of Ceres
Water Division
*

2.01 RESILIENT FLOORING MATERIALS ñ Basis of Design - Provide Mannington Mills, Inc. resilient vinyl sheet flooring BioSpec MD in [color selected from the range currently available] A. Product Specifications:
i. Construction - Homogeneous Sheet, Non-ortho phthalate construction ii. Classification - ASTM F1913 Sheet Vinyl Floor Covering without Backing iii. Total Thickness - 0.080î (2.03 mm)
iv. Wear Layer - Quantum Guard EliteÆ for no-wax, no-polish maintenance v. Width - 6í6î (2 m)
vi. Colors - 70
vii. Pattern Repeat - Random repeat, reverse sheet for seaming B. Environmental:
i. Indoor Air Quality - FloorScore Certified; CDPH v1.1-2010 ii. Product Declarations - EPD
C. Testing:
i. HUD/FHA - Meets / Exceeds ADAG (American Disability Act Guidelines) ii. Flexibility (ASTM F137) - Passes - 1 1/2î Mandrel - No Crack/Break iii. Static Load (ASTM F970) - Passes - Residual Indent ≤ 0.005î iv. Static Load (ASTM F970 mod.) - Passes - 2,000 PSI; Residual Indent ≤ 0.005î v. Rolling Resistance/Caster Chair (ISO 4918) - 25,000 Cycles, No Significant Change vi. Short Term Residual Indentation (ASTM F1914/F1303) - Passes - Must be < 0.007î vii. Flooring Radiant Panel (ASTM E648) - Passes - Class 1; ≥ 0.45 watts/cm2 viii. Smoke Density (ASTM E662) - Passes - ≤ 450
ix. Slip Resistance (ASTM C1028, Dry) - Passes - ≥ 0.5 Leather; 0.6 Rubber x. Acoustic IIC (ASTM E492) - 50 - 6î Concrete with Drop Ceiling xi. Acoustic STC (ASTM E90) - 63 - 6î Concrete with Drop Ceiling xii. Resistance to Light (ASTM F1515) - Passes - < 8 Delta E Color Change xiii. Chemical Resistance (ASTM F925) - Passes - No More Than Slight Change xiv. Resistance to Heat (ASTM F1514) - Passes - < 8 Delta E Color Change xv. Resistance to Mold/Mildew (ASTM G2 1/E2180) - Passes - No More Than Slight Change D. Warranty: Limited 12 Year Commercial Warranty & Quantum Guard EliteÆ Wear Warranty E. Substitutions per division 01. Substitutions of equal products must be approved in accordance with state and local bid guidelines. Design intent (i.e., color and pattern) and design layout and configuration are inherent attributes of the specification, therefore all submitted products must comply with the aesthetic intent of the owner and/or the architect.

2.02 WALL BASE MATERIALS
A. Integral flash cove base: Provide integral flash cove wall base by extending sheet flooring [4 in. (10.16 cm)] [6 in. (15.24 cm)] up the wall using adhesive, welding rod, and accessories recommended and approved by the flooring manufacturer.

2.03 ADHESIVES
A. Provide Mannington [V-82 Acrylic Flooring Adhesive] [V-95 Two Component Polyurethane Adhesive] [V-88 High Moisture Flooring Adhesive] [XpressStep Spray Adhesive] [QuickStix PreApplied Adhesive] [MoistureLoc Adhesive] under the flooring.

B. Provide [MCS-42 Seam Sealer] [Solid Color Vinyl Weld Rod] as produced by the manufacturer of the resilient flooring and intended for welding of seams. [Weld rod color shall be compatible with field color of flooring or as selected by Architect to contrast with field color of flooring. Color selected from the range currently available.]
C. Use Mannington Quantum Guard Seam Coater pen on all seams to extend finish coat protection to seamed areas.

D. Provide MT-800 Seam Sealer, if needed, to chemically weld product to surrounding Integra HP ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
096516 - 3 City of Ceres
Water Division
broadloom carpet materials.

2.04 ACCESSORIES
A. Resilient sheet goods must have the ability to be chemically welded to adjoining broadloom carpet materials.

B. For patching, smoothing, and leveling monolithic subfloors (concrete, terrazzo, quarry tile, ceramic tile, and certain metals), provide Portland cement-based latex underlayment or patch and skim coat as recommended by the resilient flooring manufacturer.

C. For sealing joints between the top of wall base or integral cove cap and irregular wall surfaces such as masonry, provide plastic filler applied according to the manufacturer's recommendations.

D. [Provide top edge trim caps of [plastic] [anodized aluminum] [plastic zero reducer] for integral flash cove as approved by the Architect.

E. [Provide a fillet support strip for integral cove base with a minimum radius of 1 in. (2.54 cm) of wood or plastic.]
F. Provide transition / reducing strips tapered to meet abutting materials.

G. Provide threshold of thickness and width as shown on the drawings.

H. Provide resilient edge strips of width shown on the drawings, of equal gauge to the flooring, homogeneous vinyl or rubber composition, tapered or bullnose edge, with color to match or contrast with the flooring, or as selected by the Architect from standard colors available.

I. Provide [metal] [rubber] [vinyl] edge strips of width shown on the drawings and of required thickness to protect exposed edges of the flooring. Provide units of maximum available length to minimize the number of joints. Use butt-type edge strips for concealed anchorage or overlap-type edge strips for exposed anchorage.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 INSPECTION
A. Examine subfloors prior to installation to determine that surfaces are smooth and free from cracks, holes, ridges, and other defects that might prevent adhesive bond or impair durability or appearance of the flooring material.

B. Inspect subfloors prior to installation to determine that surfaces are free from curing, sealing, parting, and hardening compounds; residual adhesives; adhesive removers; and other foreign materials that might prevent adhesive bond. Visually inspect for evidence of moisture, alkaline salts, carbonation, dusting, mold, or mildew.

C. Report conditions contrary to contract requirements that would prevent a proper installation. Do not proceed with the installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

D. Failure to call attention to defects or imperfections will be construed as acceptance and approval of the subfloor. Installation indicates acceptance of substrates with regard to conditions existing at the time of installation.

3.02 PREPARATION
A. Smooth concrete surfaces, removing rough areas, projections, ridges, and bumps, and filling low spots, control or construction joints, and other defects with Portland cement-based latex underlayment or patch and skim coat as recommended by the flooring manufacturer.

B. Remove paint, varnish, oils, release agents, sealers, and waxes. Remove residual adhesives by mechanical means. Remove curing and hardening compounds by mechanical means. Avoid organic solvents.

C. Perform subfloor Relative Humidity and/or Calcium Chloride Tests (and Bond Tests) as described in "Manningtonís Professional Installation Guide" and product specific installation instructions to determine if surfaces are dry; free of curing and hardening compounds, old adhesive, and other coatings; and ready to receive flooring as specified.

D. Vacuum or broom-clean surfaces to be covered immediately before the application of flooring. Make subfloor free from dust, dirt, grease, and all foreign materials.

3.03 INSTALLATION OF FLOORING
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
096516 - 4 City of Ceres
Water Division
A. Install flooring in strict accordance with the manufacturerís written instructions.

B. Install flooring wall to wall before the installation of floor-set cabinets, casework, furniture, equipment, movable partitions, etc. Extend flooring into toe spaces, door recesses, closets, and similar openings as shown on the drawings.

C. If required, install flooring on pan-type floor access covers. Maintain continuity of color and pattern within pieces of flooring installed on these covers. Adhere flooring to the subfloor around covers and to covers.

D. Scribe, cut, and fit to permanent fixtures, columns, walls, partitions, pipes, outlets, and built-in furniture and cabinets.

E. Chemical welding carpet to sheet vinyl: Mannington's seam sealer MT-800 must be used to chemically weld Integra HP Backing to commercial sheet vinyl per manufacturerís instructions.

F. Install flooring with adhesives, tools, and procedures in strict accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions. Observe the recommended adhesive trowel notching, open times, and working times.

3.04 INSTALLATION OF ACCESSORIES
A. Apply top set wall base to walls, columns, casework, and other permanent fixtures in areas where topset base is required. Install base in lengths as long as practical, with inside corners fabricated from base materials that are mitered or coped. Tightly bond base to vertical substrate with continuous contact at horizontal and vertical surfaces.

B. Fill voids with plastic filler along the top edge of the resilient wall base or integral cove cap on masonry surfaces or other similar irregular substrates.

C. Place resilient edge strips tightly butted to flooring, and secure with adhesive recommended by the edge strip manufacturer. Install edge strips at edges of flooring that would otherwise be exposed.

D. Apply [butt-type] [overlap] edge strips where shown on the drawings, [before] [after] flooring installation. Secure units to the substrate, complying with the edge strip manufacturer's recommendations.

3.05 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Perform initial maintenance according to the latest edition of the manufacturerís maintenance and warranty literature.

B. Protect installed flooring as recommended by the flooring manufacturer against damage from rolling loads, other trades, or the placement of fixtures and furnishings.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
096813 - 1 City of Ceres
Water Division
SECTION 096813

MODULAR CARPET TILE
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: Carpet removal, new carpet and accessories for direct glue down, and installation.

B. Alternates or Substitutions: Approval of alternate or substitute products will be considered only under the terms and conditions as outlined herein: Whenever a particular make of material or trade name is specified herein, it shall be regarded as being indicative of the standards required. Regardless of format of specifications, any product other than those named in Part 2 - Products, item number

2.01, must proceed as an alternate or substitute. A bidder who proposes to quote on the basis of an alternate or substitute material or system shall submit to the architect, at least 14 days prior to the scheduled bid date, the following information:
i. Written application for approval of alternate or substitute to include specifications of alternate or substitute carpet on company letterhead and signed by company officer. ii. One 24î x 24î sample of the proposed alternate or substitute with recommended backing technology.
iii. A complete sample representation of colors available. iv. Copies of warranties for proposed alternate or substitute. v. List of a minimum of three (3) jobs, one of which must be in use for at least ten (10) years, where alternate or substitute is/was used under similar conditions. These jobs shall be located within one hundred (100) miles of the owner's office. Each job shall be available for inspection by the owner's representatives.
vi. Consideration will be given to only those alternates or substitutes that are approved prior to scheduled bid opening date.
vii. List of approved alternates or substitutes will be issued to all bidders prior to bid opening.

C. General: The following publications of the issues listed below, but referred to hereinafter by basic designation, form a part of this specification to the extent as if bound herein: American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):
i. E648 ñ Test Method for Critical Radiant Flux of Floor Covering Systems Using a Radiant Heat Energy Source.
ii. E662 ñ Test Method for Smoke Density
iii. AATCC 16E- Colorfastness to Light
iv. AATCC 129- Colorfastness to Ozone and Gas
v. AATCC 134- Static Generation of Fiber
vi. AATCC 175- Red 40 Stain Test
vii. DOC-FF-1-70- Pill Test
viii. Moisture Penetration by Impact

1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Layout Drawings: Show layout of each carpet type installation at 1/8" scale.

B. Samples: For verification purposes, submit one 9" x 9" sample of each carpet required. Samples shall be accompanied by manufacturer's technical specification for each carpet required using terminology characteristics as listed in this specification. Also include a complete representation in sample form of all available colorations.

C. Maintenance Data: Submit manufacturer's printed maintenance recommendations for the care, cleaning, and maintenance of the carpet, including detailed instructions pertaining to hot water extraction methods.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
096813 - 2 City of Ceres
Water Division

1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Flooring Contractor's Qualifications: Firm with not less than 5 consecutive years of experience in installation of commercial carpeting of type, quantity, and installation methods similar to the work detailed in this section.

B. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firm (carpet mill) with not less than 5 consecutive years of production experience with carpet similar to type specified in this section; whose published product literature clearly indicates general compliance of products with requirements of this section.

Manufacturer must be ISO 14001 certified.

C. Measurement Verification: Dimensions shown on drawings are approximate. It is the Flooring Contractor's responsibility to verify all dimensions and job site conditions. Order sufficient yardage to fully carpet areas as indicated and to fill overage requirements as specified. No substitutions shall be permitted to make up for any shortage of material in overage or in carpet to be installed.

D. Flooring Contractor shall be totally responsible for the accuracy of measurements of total yardage, individual floor yardage, and dye lot yardage requirements; no additional compensation shall be allowed for shortage of materials.

E. Dye Lots: All carpet of the same type in continuous areas shall be from the same dye lots. Carpets that are piece dyed and are limited to dye batch sizes must be approved by the owner. Transition from one dye lot to another shall be detailed on shop drawings and approved by owner.

1.04 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, & HANDLING
A. Deliver carpet materials in original mill protective wrapping with mill register numbers and tags attached. Maintain wrappers and protective covers in place until carpet is ready for installation. Store inside, in well-ventilated area, protected from weather, moisture, and soiling.

B. Maintain temperature and humidity levels in all areas where carpet is to be stored as detailed in manufacturerís published installation instructions.

C. Deliver all required overages and maintenance stock to owner's specified location prior to beginning installation.

1.05 JOB CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Conditions: Maintain temperatures in space in accordance with carpet or adhesive manufacturer's recommendations, but in no case less than 65 degrees F and no more than 85 degrees F for 24 hours prior to, during, and for 72 hours after installation. Subfloor temperature should be a minimum 65 degrees F for 24 hours prior to and after installation.

B. Precondition: All carpet shall be unboxed and spread in a room on site 24 hours prior to actual installation with the room preconditioned at a minimum of 65 degrees F and a maximum of 85 degrees F with humidity between 10% to 65%.

C. Moisture: If required, perform a Calcium Chloride (ASTM F-1869) or Relative Humidity test (ASTM F-2170) on the concrete to detect the presence of moisture as directed by carpet manufacturer. Alkalinity tests must also be performed. Consult manufacturerís published installation instructions for maximum allowed moisture readings per backing type and adhesive. All tests should be documented and results saved.

1.06 EXTRA STOCK
A. General: Furnish 5% additional yardage of each carpet type required; extra yardage is over and above any overage provided by manufacturer. Normal manufacturing overage not to exceed 10% for under 1000 yards, and not to exceed 5% for over 1000 yards. Deliver overage materials to the Owner uncut in clearly marked dust-proof packages prior to commencement of work; store where directed.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
096813 - 3 City of Ceres
Water Division
PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 CARPET - Carpet Type CPT-1: Carpet shall meet the following minimum requirements:

A. Specifications:
i. Construction - Tufted, Non-Ortho Phthalate
ii. Face Fiber ñ Type 6,6 Nylon with Permanent Stain and Bleach Protection iii. Dye Method ñ Solution Dyed
iv. Gauge ñ 5/64
v. Stitches Per Inch - 10
vi. Pile Thickness -
vii. Face Weight ñ 21oz
viii. Density - 6690
ix. Size ñ 24 x24 tile
x. Primary Backing - 100% Woven Synthetic
xi. Secondary Backing - Infinity 2 Modular Reinforced Vinyl Composite Closed Cell Polymer
B. Testing:
i. Dimensional Stability (Aachen Test) - Passes
ii. Electrostatic Propensity (AATCC 134) - Less than 3.0 kV iii. Flooring Radiant Panel (ASTM E648) - Passes - Class 1; ≥ 0.45 watts/cm2 iv. Smoke Density (ASTM E662) - Passes - ≤ 450
v. Methenamine Pill Test (ASTM D2859) - Passes
vi. Hexapod (ASTM D5252) TARR - 3.5
C. Environmental:
i. NSF/ANSI 140 Certification - InfinityÆ 2 Modular - Gold ii. Recycled Content - Contains recycled content
iii. Indoor Air Quality - CRI Green Label Plus Certified iv. Product Declarations - EPD, HPD
D. Pattern and Color: Understanding the importance of pattern and color for aesthetics, as well as appearance retention and maintainability, owner reserves the right to reject any product or manufacturer based solely on pattern and color considerations.

E. Warranties:
i. Definition of Lifetime: Lifetime is defined as the period from which materials are installed until the date in which the owner removes them from service. ii. Manufacturerís Lifetime Warranty, non-prorated, against product failure covering all costs including freight, labor, and material for the following: edge ravel, backing delamination, superior tuft bind in high traffic environments, wet or dry, static protection, moisture barrierpre-coat and backing, wear - no more than 10% face yarn loss, and adhesive failure.

F. Cationic Stain Resistance: Stain resistant properties must be permanent and not removable by commercial cleanings or abrasive wear, i.e., XGuard stain resistant treatment. Under GSA requirements stain resistant carpets must score no less than 8.0 (10.0 is the best) on the AATCC Red 40 Stain Scale. Test sample must first be exposed to 100 revolutions on the Taber Abrader (1,000- gram weight per H-18 wheel) and then abraded area must be stain tested using AATCC test method 175. Topical stain resistant treatments will not be acceptable. Stain resistant properties must be inherent and warranted for fifteen (15) years.

G. Bleach Resistance: Will resist color loss from diluted bleach applications for a period of fifteen (15) years from the date of original installation, as with ColorSafe bleach resistance treatment. Diluted bleach applications means spills or splashes on the carpet of diluted bleach solutions (10% or less) of the type normally used for cleaning or disinfecting purposes.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
096813 - 4 City of Ceres
Water Division
H. Substitutions per Division 01. Substitutions of equal products must be approved in accordance with state and local bid guidelines. Design intent (i.e., color and pattern) and design layout and configuration are inherent attributes of the specification, therefore all submitted products must comply with the aesthetic intent of the owner and/or the architect.

2.02 ACCESSORIES
A. Adhesives: Waterproof, non-flammable carpet adhesive recommended and approved by carpet manufacturer in writing for compatibility with carpet backing ñ Infinity 2 Adhesive; be nonflammable, and meet the criteria of the CRI Green Label Plus Certification Program, SCAQMD Rule 1168, and CHPS 1350. SDS required on product used. Adhesive must have Lifetime Bond Warranty from carpet manufacturer.

C. Miscellaneous Materials: As recommended and approved in writing by manufacturer of carpet and selected by Flooring Contractor to meet project circumstance and requirements.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 CARPET REMOVAL
A. Remove and dispose of all existing carpet and materials to make subfloor acceptable for installation if applicable.

3.02 INSPECTION
A. General: Do not start work until work of other trades are substantially completed. Inspect surfaces to receive carpet and verify that all such work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence. In the event of discrepancy, notify Construction Manager. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved. Start of carpet installation indicates acceptance of subfloor conditions and full responsibility for completed work.

3.03 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. General: Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for installation of this type of carpet.

B. Prepare the subfloor to ensure a successful installation as directed in carpet manufacturerís published installation guidelines.

C. Employ use of manufacturerís recommended adhesive that requires no subfloor moisture testing when installed with standard adhesive and the slab meets ASTM F-710 including proof of the presence of an intact moisture vapor retarder per ASTM E-1745 (Class B or Better) in direct contact with the concrete slab, no standing water, no free liquids present, no evidence of moisture staining, no hydrostatic pressure, and a pH level that does not exceed 12. For all other conditions or when the above requirements are not met, the limits are in-situ relative humidity (maximum RH 95% per ASTM F-2170) and/or moisture vapor emissions (maximum 10 lbs./1,000 SF/24 hrs. per ASTM F-1869).

D. On-grade and below-grade concrete slabs must have an approved vapor retarder (ASTM E-1745) which is properly installed (ASTM E-1643).

E. Carpeting shall be installed in the format recommended by manufacturer or at ownerís approval. Cut carpet tile evenly and accurately to fit neatly at walls, columns, and projections. Extend carpet under open-bottomed and raised-bottom obstructions, and under removable flanges of obstructions.

F. Installed carpet tiles shall be free from ripples, ravels, frays, and puckers. All loop pile carpets will demonstrate some fuzzy edges due to normal manufacturing conditions. Tractor tile joints and trim fuzzy edges or loop blossoms after installation.

G. Expansion Joints: Do not bridge building expansion joints with continuous carpeting; provide for movement.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
096813 - 5 City of Ceres
Water Division

3.05 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Remove and dispose of debris and unusable scraps.

B. Vacuum carpet using two motor, top loading, upright commercial machine with brush-only element, utilizing a high filtration dust bag. Remove spots in accordance with carpet manufacturerís guidelines and replace carpet where spots cannot be removed. Remove any protruding face yarn using sharp scissors. Be certain to trim any loose yarns or fibers at all seams.

C. Following cleaning and vacuum carefully protect the carpeting from soiling and damage until final acceptance. Protection shall be accomplished by using approved protection paper. Edges shall be lapped 6 inches and secured with non-asphaltic tape. Covering shall be kept in repair and damaged portions replaced during the construction and move-in period.

D. Maintenance Materials: Deliver usable scraps to Owner's designated storage space, properly packaged and identified. Dispose of smaller pieces as construction waste.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
099123 - 1 City of Ceres
Water Division
SECTION 099123

INTERIOR PAINTING
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes surface preparation and the application of paint systems on the following interior substrates listed in 3.6 Interior Painting Schedule.

B. Related Requirements:

1. Section 051200 "Structural Steel Framing" for shop priming of metal substrates with primers specified in this Section.

2. Section 099113 "Exterior Painting" for surface preparation and the application of paint systems on exterior substrates.

3. Section 099300 "Staining and Transparent Finishing" for surface preparation and the application of wood stains and transparent finishes on interior wood substrates.

4. Section 099600 "High-Performance Coatings" for high-performance and special-use coatings.

1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Gloss Level 1: Not more than 5 units at 60 degrees and 1 to 2 units at 85 degrees.

B. Gloss Level 2: 5 to 9 units at 60 degrees and 10 to 15 units at 85 degrees.

C. Gloss Level 3: 10 to 15 units at 60 degrees and 15 to 30 units at 85 degrees.

D. Gloss Level 4: 20 to 35 units at 60 degrees and 35 to 50 units at 85 degrees.

E. Gloss Level 5: 40 to 50 units at 60 degrees.

F. Gloss Level 6: 70 to 80 units at 60 degrees.

G. Gloss Level 7: More than 80 units at 60 degrees.

H. Blocking: Two painted surfaces sticking together such as a painted door sticking to a painted jamb.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
099123 - 2 City of Ceres
Water Division
I. Mildew Resistant: Certified products are specially formulated with microbicidal additives that resist mold, mildew, and algae growth on the paint film and inhibit growth of bacterial odors.

J. CHPS: Collaborative for High Performance Schools. A national movement to improve student performance and the entire educational experience by building the best possible schools. www.chps.net.

K. EG: Ethylene Glycol. Ethylene glycol is listed as a hazardous air pollutant (HAP) by the U.S. EPA.

L. PDCA: Painting & Decorating Contractors of America www.pdca.org .

M. RAVOC: Reactivity adjusted VOC. "Reactivity" means the ability of a VOC to promote ozone formation
N. SSPC: The Society for Protective Coatings publishes Scopes of SSPC Surface Preparation Standards and Specifications www.sspc.org .

O. Dunn-Edwards Conformance Chart: D-E CONFORMANCE TABLE

1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product. Include preparation requirements and application instructions.

B. LEED v.4 Requirements: Interior paints and coatings must pass CDPH Standard Method V1.1 (also called section 01350) emissions testing; and they must comply with the VOC content limits of the California ARB 2007 Suggested Control Measure for Architectural Coatings.

C. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of topcoat product.

D. Samples for Verification: For each type of paint system and in each color and gloss of topcoat.

1. Submit Samples on rigid backing, no smaller than 7 inches X 10 inches (177 mm X 254 mm) or larger than 8.5 inches X 11 inches (216 mm X 280 mm).

2. Label each Sample for project, architect, general contractor, painting contractor, paint color name and number, paint brand name, "P" number if applicable, and application area.

E. Product List: For each product indicated, include the following:

1. Cross-reference to paint system and locations of application areas. Use same designations indicated on Drawings and in schedules.

2. VOC content.

1.5 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
099123 - 3 City of Ceres
Water Division

1. Paint: Provide not less than 1 gal. (3.8L) of each material and color applied.

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Mockups: Apply mockups of each paint system indicated and each color and finish selected to verify preliminary selections made under Sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution.

1. Architect will select one surface to represent surfaces and conditions for application of each paint system specified in Part 3.
a. Vertical and Horizontal Surfaces: Provide samples of at least 100 sq. ft. (9 sq. m). b. Other Items: Architect will designate items or areas required.

2. Final approval of color selections will be based on mockups. a. If preliminary color selections are not approved, apply additional mockups of additional colors selected by Architect at no added cost to Owner.

3. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in mockups unless Architect specifically approves such deviations in writing.

4. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion.

1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in well-ventilated areas with ambient temperatures continuously maintained at not less than 45 deg F (7 deg C).

1. Maintain containers in clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue.

2. Remove rags and waste from storage areas daily.

1.8 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Apply paints only when temperature of surfaces to be painted and ambient air temperatures are between 50 and 90 degrees F (10 and 32 degrees C).

B. Do not apply paints when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; at temperatures less than 5 degrees F (3 degrees C) above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces.

C. Painting contractor should follow proper painting practices and exercise judgment based on his or her experience and project specific conditions as to when to proceed.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
099123 - 4 City of Ceres
Water Division
A. Basis-of-Design Product: Provide products listed from the Dunn-Edwards Corporation.

B. Substitutions: Per Division 01.

2.2 PAINT, GENERAL
A. Material Compatibility:

1. Provide materials for use within each paint system that are compatible with one another and substrates indicated, under conditions of service and application as demonstrated by manufacturer, based on testing and field experience.

2. For each coat in a paint system, provide products recommended in writing by manufacturers of topcoat for use in paint system and on substrate indicated.

B. VOC Content: Provide material that comply with VOC limits of authorities having jurisdiction.

C. Colorants: The use of colorants containing hazardous chemicals, such as ethylene glycol, is prohibited and zero VOC colorants should be used whenever possible.

D. Colors: As selected by the Architect.

1. Indicate a percentage of surface area which will be painted with deep tones.

2.3 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing of Paint Materials: Owner reserves the right to invoke the following procedure:

1. Owner may engage the services of a qualified testing agency to sample paint materials.

Contractor will be notified in advance and may be present when samples are taken. If paint materials have already been delivered to Project site, samples may be taken at Project site.

Samples will be identified, sealed, and certified by testing agency.

2. Testing agency will perform tests for compliance with product requirements.

3. Owner may direct Contractor to stop applying coatings if test results show materials being used do not comply with product requirements. Contractor shall remove noncomplying paint materials from Project site, pay for testing, and repaint surfaces painted with rejected materials. Contractor will comply with requirements to use compatible products and systems as described in Article 2.2. Contractor will be required to remove rejected materials from previously painted surfaces if, on repainting with complying materials, the two paints are incompatible.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
099123 - 5 City of Ceres
Water Division
PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.

B. Maximum Moisture Content of Substrates: When measured with an electronic moisture meter as follows:

1. Concrete: 12 percent.

2. Masonry (Clay and CMU): 12 percent.

3. Wood: 15 percent.

4. Gypsum Board: 12 percent.

5. Plaster: 12 percent.

C. Gypsum Board Substrates: Verify that finishing compound is sanded smooth.

D. Plaster Substrates: Verify that plaster is fully cured, including pH testing to determine that alkalinity is within limits established by the manufacturer.

E. Spray-Textured Ceiling Substrates: Verify that surfaces are dry.

F. Verify suitability of substrates, including surface conditions and compatibility with existing finishes and primers.

G. Proceed with coating application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

1. Application of coating indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions.

3.2 PREPARATION
A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions.

B. Remove hardware, covers, plates, and similar items already in place that are removable and are not to be painted. If removal is impractical or impossible because of size or weight of item, provide surface-applied protection before surface preparation and painting.

1. After completing painting operations, use workers skilled in the trades involved to reinstall items that were removed. Remove surface-applied protection if any.

C. Clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of paints, including dust, dirt, oil, grease, and incompatible paints and encapsulants.

1. Remove incompatible primers and re-prime substrate with compatible primers or apply tie coat as required to produce paint systems indicated.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
099123 - 6 City of Ceres
Water Division
D. Concrete Substrates: Remove release agents, curing compounds, efflorescence, and chalk. Do not paint surfaces if moisture content or alkalinity of surfaces to be painted exceeds that permitted in manufacturer's written instructions, including pH testing to determine that alkalinity is within limits established by the manufacturer.

E. Masonry Substrates: Remove efflorescence and chalk. Do not paint surfaces if moisture content or alkalinity of surfaces or mortar joints exceed that permitted in manufacturer's written instructions.

F. Steel Substrates: Remove rust, loose mill scale, and shop primer, if any. Clean using methods recommended in writing by paint manufacturer.

G. Shop Primed Steel Substrates: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint, and paint exposed areas with the same material as used for shop priming to comply with SSPC-PA 1 for touching up shop primed surfaces.

H. Galvanized Metal Substrates: Remove grease and oil residue from galvanized sheet metal fabricated from coil stock to produce clean, lightly etched surfaces that promote adhesion of subsequently applied paints.

I. Aluminum Substrates: Remove loose surface oxidation.

J. Wood Substrates:

1. Scrape and clean knots and apply coat of knot sealer before applying primer.

2. Sand surfaces that will be exposed to view and dust off.

3. Prime edges, ends, faces, undersides, and backsides of wood.

4. After priming, fill holes and imperfections in the finish surfaces with putty or plastic wood filler. Sand smooth when dried.

K. Cotton or Canvas Insulation Covering Substrates: Remove dust, dirt, and other foreign material that might impair bond of paints to substrates.

3.3 APPLICATION
A. Apply paints according to manufacturer's written instructions.

1. Use applicators and techniques suited for paint and substrate indicated.

2. Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture same as similar exposed surfaces.

Before final installation, paint surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment or furniture with prime coat only.

3. Paint front and backsides of access panels, removable or hinged covers, and similar hinged items to match exposed surfaces.

4. Do not paint over labels of independent testing agencies or equipment name, identification, performance rating, or nomenclature plates.

5. Primers specified in painting schedules may be omitted on items that are factory primed or factory finished if acceptable to topcoat manufacturers.

B. Tint each undercoat to a lighter shade of the finish coat (not to exceed 2 ounces of colorant) to facilitate identification of each coat if multiple coats of same material are to be applied.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
099123 - 7 City of Ceres
Water Division
C. If undercoats or other conditions show through topcoat, apply additional coats until cured film has a uniform paint finish, color, and appearance.

D. Apply paints to produce surface films without cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, roller tracking, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections. Cut in sharp lines and color breaks.

E. Block Fillers: Provide block fill as scheduled to conform to the following PDCA Standard P12-05:

1. Level 3 - Premium Fill: One or multiple coats of high performance block filler manufactured to be applied at a high dry film build. Block filler shall be back-rolled to eliminate voids and reduce the majority of the masonry profile depth.

F. Painting Fire Suppression, Plumbing, HVAC, Electrical, Communication, and Electronic Safety and Security Work:

1. Paint the following work where exposed in equipment rooms:
a. Equipment, including panelboards and switch gear.
b. Uninsulated metal piping.
c. Uninsulated plastic piping.
d. Pipe hangers and supports.
e. Metal conduit.
f. Plastic conduit.
g. Tanks that do not have factory-applied final finishes. h. Duct, equipment, and pipe insulation having cotton or canvas insulation covering or other paintable jacket material.
i. Other items as directed by the architect.

2. Paint the following work where exposed in occupied spaces:
a. Equipment, including panelboards.
b. Uninsulated metal piping.
c. Uninsulated plastic piping.
d. Pipe hangers and supports.
e. Metal conduit.
f. Plastic conduit.
g. Duct, equipment, and pipe insulation having cotton or canvas insulation covering or other paintable jacket material.
h. Other items as directed by the Architect.

3. Paint portions of internal surfaces of metal ducts, without liner, behind air inlets and outlets that are visible from occupied spaces.

3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
099123 - 8 City of Ceres
Water Division
A. Dry Film Thickness Testing: Owner may engage the services of a qualified testing and inspecting agency to inspect and test paint for dry film thickness.

1. Contractor shall touch up and restore painted surfaces damaged by testing.

2. If test results show that dry film thickness of applied paint does not comply with paint manufacturer's written recommendations, Contractor shall pay for testing and apply additional coats as needed to provide dry film thickness that complies with paint manufacturer's written recommendations.

3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. At end of each workday, remove rubbish, empty cans, rags, and other discarded materials from Project site.

B. After completing paint application, clean spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paints by washing, scraping, or other methods. Do not scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces.

C. Protect work of other trades against damage from paint application. Correct damage to work of other trades by cleaning, repairing, replacing, and refinishing, as approved by Architect, and leave in an undamaged condition.

D. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces.

3.6 INTERIOR PAINTING SCHEDULE
A. Gypsum Board Substrates:

1. Commercial Low Odor / Zero VOC Latex System:
a. Prime Coat: Primer sealer, latex, interior, Dunn-Edwards, Vinylastic Select VNSL00. b. Intermediate Coat: Latex, interior, matching topcoat e. Topcoat: Latex, interior, eggshell, Dunn-Edwards, Acri-Wall ACWL30, (Gloss Level 3).

B. Concrete Substrates, Masonry, Clay, Nontraffic Surfaces:

1. Commercial Low Odor / Zero VOC Latex System:
a. Prime Coat: Primer, alkali resistant, waterbased, interior/exterior, Dunn-Edwards, EffStop Select ESSL00. b. Intermediate Coat: Latex, interior, matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Latex, interior, eggshell, Dunn-Edwards, Acri-Wall ACWL30, (Gloss Level 3).

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
099123 - 9 City of Ceres
Water Division
C. Ferrous Metal Substrates:

1. Commercial Low Odor / Zero VOC Latex over a Waterborne Alkyd Primer System:
a. Prime Coat: Primer, alkyd, anti-corrosive, for metal, Dunn-Edwards, Bloc-Rust Premium BRPR00 Series or Enduraprime rust preventative primer ENPR00. b. Intermediate Coat: Latex, interior, matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Latex, interior, eggshell, Dunn-Edwards, Acri-Wall ACWL30, (Gloss Level 3).

D. Non-Ferrous Metal Substrates:

1. Premium Low Odor / Zero VOC Latex System:
a. Pre-Treatment: Waterbased, Krud Kutter, Metal Clean & Etch SCME-01 b. Prime Coat: Primer, water based, Dunn-Edwards, Ultrashield Galvanized Metal Primer ULGM00.
c. Intermediate Coat: Latex, interior, matching topcoat. d. Topcoat: Latex, interior, eggshell, Dunn-Edwards, Acri-Wall ACWL30, (Gloss Level 3).

E. Wood Substrates:

1. Commercial Low Odor / Zero VOC Latex System:
a. Prime Coat: Primer, acrylic, for interior wood, Dunn-Edwards, Ultra-Grip Select UGSL00 or Dunn-Edwards, DecoPrime DCPR00.
b. Intermediate Coat: Latex, interior, matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Latex, interior, eggshell, Dunn-Edwards, Acri-Wall ACWL30, (Gloss Level 3).

END OF SECTION 099123
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
February 2024 101423 - 1 City of Ceres
Water Division
SECTION 101423 - PANEL SIGNAGE
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:

1. Panel signs.

2. Field-applied, vinyl-character signs.

1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Accessible: In accordance with the accessibility standard.

1.4 COORDINATION
A. Furnish templates for placement of sign-anchorage devices embedded in permanent construction by other installers.

B. Furnish templates for placement of electrical service embedded in permanent construction by other installers.

1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.

B. Shop Drawings: For panel signs.

1. Include fabrication and installation details and attachments to other work.

2. Show sign mounting heights, locations of supplementary supports to be provided by other installers, and accessories.

3. Show message list, typestyles, graphic elements, including raised characters and Braille, and layout for each sign at least half size.

C. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of sign assembly, exposed component, and exposed finish.

1. Include representative Samples of available typestyles and graphic symbols.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
February 2024 101423 - 2 City of Ceres
Water Division
D. Samples for Verification: For each type of sign assembly showing all components and with the required finish(es), in manufacturer's standard size.

E. Product Schedule: For panel signs. Use same designations indicated on Drawings or specified.

1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Maintenance Data: For signs to include in maintenance manuals.

1.7 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Field Measurements: Verify locations of anchorage devices and electrical service embedded in permanent construction by other installers by field measurements before fabrication, and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings.

1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish extra materials, from the same product run, that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.

1. Variable Component Materials: 12 replaceable text inserts and interchangeable characters (letters, numbers, and graphic elements) of each type.

2. Tools: One set(s) of specialty tools for assembling signs and replacing variable sign components.

1.9 WARRANTY
A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of signs that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.

1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Deterioration of finishes beyond normal weathering.
b. Deterioration of embedded graphic image.
c. Separation or delamination of sheet materials and components.

2. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS
A. Panel Sign: Sign with smooth, uniform surfaces; with message and characters having uniform faces, sharp corners, and precisely formed lines and profiles; and as follows:

1. Laminated-Sheet Sign: Photopolymer face sheet with raised graphics laminated to phenolic backing sheet to produce composite sheet.
a. Composite-Sheet Thickness: Manufacturer's standard for size of sign ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
February 2024 101423 - 3 City of Ceres
Water Division
b. Surface-Applied, Raised Graphics: Applied polymer characters and Braille.

2. Sign-Panel Perimeter: Finish edges smooth.
a. Edge Condition: Square cut.
b. Corner Condition in Elevation: Rounded to radius indicated.

3. Mounting: Surface mounted to wall.

4. Surface Finish and Applied Graphics:
a. Integral Metal Finish: As selected by Architect from full range of industry finishes. b. Integral Aluminum Finish: Anodized color as selected by Architect from full range of industry colors and color densities.
c. Integral Stainless-Steel Finish: As selected by Architect from full range of industry finishes.
d. Integral Acrylic Sheet Color: As selected by Architect from full range of industry colors. e. Baked-Enamel or Powder-Coat Finish and Graphics: Manufacturer's standard, in color as selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range
f. Painted Finish and Graphics: Manufacturer's standard, factory-applied exterior-grade sign paint, in color as selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. g. Photo-Image Graphics: Manufacturer's standard black-and-white, 600-dpi halftone or dotscreen image. h. Overcoat: Manufacturer's standard baked-on clear coating.

5. Text and Typeface: typeface as selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. Finish raised characters to contrast with background color, and finish Braille to match background color.

6. Flatness Tolerance: Sign shall remain flat or uniformly curved under installed conditions as indicated on Drawings and within a tolerance of plus or minus 1/16 inch measured diagonally from corner to corner.

2.2 PANEL-SIGN MATERIALS
A. Acrylic Sheet: ASTM D4802, category as standard with manufacturer for each sign, Type UVF (UV filtering).

B. Vinyl Film: UV-resistant vinyl film of nominal thickness indicated, with pressure-sensitive, permanent adhesive on back; die cut to form characters or images as indicated on Drawings and suitable for exterior applications.

C. Paints and Coatings for Sheet Materials: Inks, dyes, and paints that are recommended by manufacturer for optimum adherence to surface and are UV and water resistant for colors and exposure indicated.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
February 2024 101423 - 4 City of Ceres
Water Division

2.3 ACCESSORIES
A. Fasteners and Anchors: Manufacturer's standard as required for secure anchorage of signs, noncorrosive and compatible with each material joined, and complying with the following unless otherwise indicated:

1. Use concealed fasteners and anchors unless indicated to be exposed.

2. For exterior exposure, furnish nonferrous-metal devices unless otherwise indicated.

3. Exposed Metal-Fastener Components, General:
a. Fabricated from same basic metal and finish of fastened metal unless otherwise indicated. b. Fastener Heads: For nonstructural connections, use flathead or oval countersunk screws and bolts with tamper-resistant slots unless otherwise indicated.

4. Sign Mounting Fasteners:
a. Concealed Studs: Concealed (blind), threaded studs welded or brazed to back of sign material or screwed into back of sign assembly unless otherwise indicated. b. Projecting Studs: Threaded studs with sleeve spacer, welded or brazed to back of sign material or screwed into back of sign assembly, unless otherwise indicated. c. Through Fasteners: Exposed metal fasteners matching sign finish, with type of head indicated, and installed in predrilled holes.

B. Adhesive: As recommended by sign manufacturer.

C. Two-Face Tape: Manufacturer's standard high-bond, foam-core tape, 0.045 inch thick, with adhesive on both sides.

D. Hook-and-Loop Tape: Manufacturer's standard two-part tape consisting of hooked part on sign back and looped side on mounting surface.

E. Bituminous Paint: Cold-applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D1187/D1187M.

2.4 FABRICATION
A. General: Provide manufacturer's standard sign assemblies according to requirements indicated.

1. Preassemble signs in the shop to greatest extent possible. Disassemble signs and assemblies only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark units for reassembly and installation; apply markings in locations concealed from view after final assembly.

2. Mill joints to a tight, hairline fit. Form assemblies and joints exposed to weather to resist water penetration and retention.

3. Comply with AWS for recommended practices in welding and brazing. Provide welds and brazes behind finished surfaces without distorting or discoloring exposed side. Clean exposed welded and brazed connections of flux, and dress exposed and contact surfaces.

4. Conceal connections if possible; otherwise, locate connections where they are inconspicuous.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
February 2024 101423 - 5 City of Ceres
Water Division

5. Internally brace signs for stability, to meet structural performance loading without oil-canning or other surface deformation, and for securing fasteners.

6. Provide rabbets, lugs, and tabs necessary to assemble components and to attach to existing work.

Drill and tap for required fasteners. Use concealed fasteners where possible; use exposed fasteners that match sign finish.

B. Surface-Engraved Graphics: Machine engrave characters and other graphic devices into indicated sign surface to produce precisely formed copy, incised to uniform depth.

1. Engraved Metal: Fill engraved graphics with manufacturer's standard baked enamel.

2. Engraved Opaque Acrylic Sheet: Fill engraved graphics with manufacturer's standard enamel.

3. Face-Engraved Clear Acrylic Sheet: Fill engraved copy with manufacturer's standard enamel.

Apply manufacturer's standard opaque background color coating to back face of acrylic sheet.

4. Engraved Plastic Laminate: Engrave through exposed face ply of plastic-laminate sheet to expose contrasting core ply.

C. Subsurface-Applied Graphics: Apply graphics to back face of clear face-sheet material to produce precisely formed image. Image shall be free of rough edges.

D. Shop- and Subsurface-Applied Vinyl: Align vinyl film in final position and apply to surface. Firmly press film from the middle outward to obtain good bond without blisters or fishmouths.

E. Brackets: Fabricate brackets, fittings, and hardware for bracket-mounted signs to suit sign construction and mounting conditions indicated. Modify manufacturer's standard brackets as required.

1. Aluminum Brackets: Factory finish brackets with baked-enamel or powder-coat finish to match sign-background color color unless otherwise indicated.

2. Stainless-Steel Brackets: Factory finish brackets to match sign background finish unless otherwise indicated.

2.5 GENERAL FINISH REQUIREMENTS
A. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping.

B. Appearance of Finished Work: Noticeable variations in same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of adjoining components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast.

C. Directional Finishes: Run grain with long dimension of each piece and perpendicular to long dimension of finished trim or border surface unless otherwise indicated.

D. Organic, Anodic, and Chemically Produced Finishes: Apply to formed metal after fabrication but before applying contrasting polished finishes on raised features unless otherwise indicated.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
February 2024 101423 - 6 City of Ceres
Water Division

2.6 ALLOWANCE
A. Contractor to provide $20,000 allowance for interior and exterior panel signage.

B. Owner and Architect shall develop a signage plan and schedule for the contractor.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.

B. Verify that sign-support surfaces are within tolerances to accommodate signs without gaps or irregularities between backs of signs and support surfaces unless otherwise indicated.

C. Verify that anchorage devices embedded in permanent construction are correctly sized and located to accommodate signs.

D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2 INSTALLATION
A. General: Install signs using mounting methods indicated and according to manufacturer's written instructions.

1. Install signs level, plumb, true to line, and at locations and heights indicated, with sign surfaces free of distortion and other defects in appearance.

2. Install signs so they do not protrude or obstruct according to the accessibility standard.

3. Before installation, verify that sign surfaces are clean and free of materials or debris that would impair installation.

4. Corrosion Protection: Coat concealed surfaces of exterior aluminum in contact with grout, concrete, masonry, wood, or dissimilar metals, with a heavy coat of bituminous paint.

B. Accessible Signage: Install in locations on walls as indicated on Drawings and according to the accessibility standard.

C. Mounting Methods:

1. Concealed Studs: Using a template, drill holes in substrate aligning with studs on back of sign.

Remove loose debris from hole and substrate surface.
a. Masonry Substrates: Fill holes with adhesive. Leave recess space in hole for displaced adhesive. Place sign in position and push until flush to surface, embedding studs in holes.

Temporarily support sign in position until adhesive fully sets.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
February 2024 101423 - 7 City of Ceres
Water Division
b. Thin or Hollow Surfaces: Place sign in position and flush to surface, install washers and nuts on studs projecting through opposite side of surface, and tighten.

2. Projecting Studs: Using a template, drill holes in substrate aligning with studs on back of sign.

Remove loose debris from hole and substrate surface.
a. Masonry Substrates: Fill holes with adhesive. Leave recess space in hole for displaced adhesive. Place spacers on studs, place sign in position, and push until spacers are pinched between sign and substrate, embedding the stud ends in holes. Temporarily support sign in position until adhesive fully sets.
b. Thin or Hollow Surfaces: Place spacers on studs, place sign in position with spacers pinched between sign and substrate, and install washers and nuts on stud ends projecting through opposite side of surface, and tighten.

3. Through Fasteners: Drill holes in substrate using predrilled holes in sign as template. Countersink holes in sign if required. Place sign in position and flush to surface. Install through fasteners and tighten.

4. Brackets: Remove loose debris from substrate surface and install backbar or bracket supports in position so that signage is correctly located and aligned.

5. Adhesive: Clean bond-breaking materials from substrate surface and remove loose debris. Apply linear beads or spots of adhesive symmetrically to back of sign and of suitable quantity to support weight of sign after cure without slippage. Keep adhesive away from edges to prevent adhesive extrusion as sign is applied and to prevent visibility of cured adhesive at sign edges. Place sign in position, and push to engage adhesive. Temporarily support sign in position until adhesive fully sets.

6. Two-Face Tape: Clean bond-breaking materials from substrate surface and remove loose debris.

Apply tape strips symmetrically to back of sign and of suitable quantity to support weight of sign without slippage. Keep strips away from edges to prevent visibility at sign edges. Place sign in position, and push to engage tape adhesive.

7. Hook-and-Loop Tape: Clean bond-breaking materials from substrate surface and remove loose debris. Apply sign component of two-part tape strips symmetrically to back of sign and of suitable quantity to support weight of sign without slippage; push to engage tape adhesive. Keep tape strips 0.250 inch away from edges to prevent visibility at sign edges when sign is initially installed or reinstalled. Apply substrate component of tape to substrate in locations aligning with tape on back of sign; push and rub well to fully engage tape adhesive to substrate.

8. Magnetic Tape: Clean bond-breaking materials from substrate surface and remove loose debris.

Apply tape strips symmetrically to back of sign and of suitable quantity to support weight of sign without slippage. Keep strips away from edges to prevent visibility at sign edges. Place sign in position.

9. Shim-Plate Mounting: Provide 1/8-inch-thick, concealed aluminum shim plates with predrilled and countersunk holes, at locations indicated, and where other direct mounting methods are impractical. Attach plate with fasteners and anchors suitable for secure attachment to substrate.

Attach signs to plate using method specified above.

D. Field-Applied, Vinyl-Character Signs: Clean and dry substrate. Align sign characters in final position before removing release liner. Remove release liner in stages, and apply and firmly press characters into final position. Press from the middle outward to obtain good bond without blisters or fishmouths.

Remove carrier film without disturbing applied vinyl film.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
February 2024 101423 - 8 City of Ceres
Water Division

3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Remove and replace damaged or deformed signs and signs that do not comply with specified requirements. Replace signs with damaged or deteriorated finishes or components that cannot be successfully repaired by finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures.

B. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films as signs are installed.

C. On completion of installation, clean exposed surfaces of signs according to manufacturer's written instructions, and touch up minor nicks and abrasions in finish. Maintain signs in a clean condition during construction and protect from damage until acceptance by Owner.

END OF SECTION 101423
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
102800 - 1 City of Ceres
Water Division
SECTION 102800

TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:

1. Public-use washroom accessories.

2. Underlavatory guards.

B. Related Requirements:

1. Section 093013 " Tiling"

1.2 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate accessory locations with other work to prevent interference with clearances required for access by people with disabilities, and for proper installation, adjustment, operation, cleaning, and servicing of accessories.

B. Deliver inserts and anchoring devices set into concrete or masonry as required to prevent delaying the Work.

1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.

1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes.

2. Include anchoring and mounting requirements, including requirements for cutouts in other work and substrate preparation.

3. Include electrical characteristics.

B. Samples: For each exposed product and for each finish specified, full size.

1. Approved full-size Samples will be returned and may be used in the Work.

C. Product Schedule: Indicating types, quantities, sizes, and installation locations by room of each accessory required.

1. Identify locations using room designations indicated.

2. Identify accessories using designations indicated.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
102800 - 2 City of Ceres
Water Division

1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Sample Warranty: For manufacturer's special warranties.

1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Maintenance Data: For accessories to include in maintenance manuals.

1.6 WARRANTY
A. Manufacturer's Special Warranty for Mirrors: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace mirrors that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.

1. Failures include, but are not limited to, visible silver spoilage defects.

2. Warranty Period: 15 years from date of Substantial Completion.

B. Manufacturer's Special Warranty for Hand Dryers: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace hand dryers that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.

1. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.

B. Structural Performance: Design accessories and fasteners to comply with the following requirements:

1. Grab Bars: Installed units are able to resist 250 lbf (1112 N) concentrated load applied in any direction and at any point.

2.2 PUBLIC-USE WASHROOM ACCESSORIES
A. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of public-use washroom accessory from single source from single manufacturer.

B. Paper Towel DIspenser:

1. Basis of Design Product ñ Bobrick B-262

2. Other acceptable manufacturers:
a. American Specialties, Inc
b. Bradley Corp.

3. Description: Surface Mounted Paper Towel Dispenser
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
102800 - 3 City of Ceres
Water Division

4. Mounting: Wall Mounted
a. Protrusion Limit: Installed unit protrudes maximum 4 inches (102 mm) from wall surface.

5. Operation: Touch free infrared sensor.

6. Cover Material and Finish: Stainless Steel

7. Electrical Requirements: Dedicated circuit required. See manufacturerís requirements.

C. Soap Dispenser:

1. Basis of Design Product: Bobrick B-40

2. Other acceptable manufacturers:
a. American Specialties, Inc
b. Bradley Corp.

3. Description: Liquid Soap Dispenser

4. Mounting: Wall Mounted
D. Mirror Unit:

1. Basis of Design Product: Bobrick

2. Other acceptable manufacturers:
a. American Specialties, Inc
b. Bradley Corp.

3. Size: 24îW x 36îH,

4. Mirror: One piece roll formed æî x æî angle-frame. Heavy gauge stainless steel w/ ºî glass.

E. Grab Bar:

1. Basis of Design Product: Bobrick B-5806.99

2. Other acceptable manufacturers:
a. American Specialties, Inc
b. Bradley Corp.

3. Mounting: Flanges with concealed fasteners.

4. Material: Stainless steel, 0.05 inch thick.
a. Finish: Smooth, ASTM A480/A480M No. 4 finish (satin).

5. Outside Diameter: 1-1/2 inches.

6. Configuration and Length: As indicated on Drawings

7. Material and Finish: Stainless steel, ASTM A480/A480M No. 4 finish (satin).

F. Toilet Tissue Dispenser:

1. Basis of Design Product: Bobrick B-2888

2. Other acceptable manufacturers:

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
102800 - 4 City of Ceres
Water Division
a. American Specialties, Inc
b. Bradley Corp.

3. Description: Surface mounted toilet tissue dispenser

4. Mounting: surface mounted.

5. Toilet Tissue Dispenser Capacity: two rolls

6. Material and Finish: Stainless steel, ASTM A480/A480M No. 4 finish (satin).

7. Lockset: Tumbler type.

G. Toilet Cover Dispenser:

1. Basis of Design Product: Bobrick B-221

2. Other acceptable manufacturers:
a. American Specialties, Inc
b. Bradley Corp.

3. Mounting: Surface

4. Minimum Capacity: 250 covers (1 box)

5. Material and Finish: Stainless steel, ASTM A480/A480M No. 4 finish (satin).

6. Lockset: Tumbler type for waste receptacle.

H. Sanitary Napkin Disposal:

1. Basis of Design Product: Bobrick B-262

2. Other acceptable manufacturers:
a. American Specialties, Inc
b. Bradley Corp.

3. Description: Surface Mounted sanitary napkin dispenser

4. Mounting: Surface

5. Material and Finish: Stainless steel, ASTM A480/A480M No. 4 finish (satin).

I. Urinal Screen

1. Basis of Design Product: Bobrick B-1085

2. Substitutions per Division 01

3. High Pressure laminate urinal screen

2.3 UNDERLAVATORY GUARDS
A. Underlavatory Guard:

1. Description: Insulating pipe covering for supply and drain piping assemblies that prevents direct contact with and burns from piping; allow service access without removing coverings.

2. Material and Finish: Antimicrobial, molded plastic, white.

2.4 MATERIALS
A. Stainless Steel: ASTM A240/A240M or ASTM A666, Type 304, 0.031-inch-minimum nominal thickness unless otherwise indicated.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
102800 - 5 City of Ceres
Water Division
B. Brass: ASTM B19, flat products; ASTM B16/B16M, rods, shapes, forgings, and flat products with finished edges; or ASTM B30, castings.

C. Steel Sheet: ASTM A1008/A1008M, Designation CS (cold rolled, commercial steel), 0.036-inch-minimum nominal thickness.

D. Galvanized-Steel Sheet: ASTM A653/A653M, with G60 (Z180) hot-dip zinc coating.

E. Galvanized-Steel Mounting Devices: ASTM A153/A153M, hot-dip galvanized after fabrication.

F. Fasteners: Screws, bolts, and other devices of same material as accessory unit, unless otherwise recommended by manufacturer or specified in this Section, and tamper and theft resistant where exposed, and of stainless or galvanized steel where concealed.

G. Chrome Plating: ASTM B456, Service Condition Number SC 2 (moderate service).

H. Mirrors: ASTM C1503, Mirror Glazing Quality, clear-glass mirrors, nominal 6.0 mm thick.

2.5 FABRICATION
A. General: Fabricate units with tight seams and joints, and exposed edges rolled. Hang doors and access panels with fulllength, continuous hinges. Equip units for concealed anchorage and with corrosion-resistant backing plates.

B. Keys: Provide universal keys for internal access to accessories for servicing and resupplying. Provide minimum of six keys to Owner's representative.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install accessories according to manufacturers' written instructions, using fasteners appropriate to substrate indicated and recommended by unit manufacturer. Install units level, plumb, and firmly anchored in locations and at heights indicated.

1. Remove temporary labels and protective coatings.

B. Grab Bars: Install to comply with specified structural-performance requirements.

3.2 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Adjust accessories for unencumbered, smooth operation. Replace damaged or defective items.

B. Clean and polish exposed surfaces according to manufacturer's written instructions.

END OF SECTION 102800
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
105200 - 1 City of Ceres
Water Division
SECTION 105200

FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AND CABINETS
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:

1. Portable fire extinguishers.

2. Cabinets and wall brackets.

3. Accessories

1.2 REFERENCES
A. ASTM International (ASTM) E814 - Standard Test Method for Fire Tests of Through-Penetration Firestops.

B. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 10 - Portable Fire Extinguishers.

C. Underwriters Laboratories (UL):

1. 154 - Carbon Dioxide Fire Extinguishers.

2. 299 - Dry Chemical Fire Extinguishers.

3. 626 - 2-1/2 Gallon Stored Pressure, Water Type Fire Extinguishers.

4. 711 - Rating and Fire Testing of Fire Extinguishers.

1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals for Review:

1. Shop Drawings: Indicate cabinet and bracket locations and mounting heights.

2. Product Data: Include data on extinguishers and cabinets, brackets, cabinet dimensions, operational features, materials, finishes, and anchorage.

B. Closeout Submittals:

1. Maintenance Data: Include test, refill, or recharge schedules and re-certification requirements.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
105200 - 2 City of Ceres
Water Division
A. Provide fire extinguishers complying with UL 711 and NFPA 10.

B. Cabinets in Fire Rated Partitions: Tested in accordance with ASTM E814 with fire resistance rating equivalent to adjacent construction.

C. Conform to applicable accessibility code for locating extinguishers.

1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Do not install extinguishers when ambient temperature may cause freezing of extinguisher ingredients.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Acceptable Manufacturers:

1. Ansul Incorporated.

2. JL Industries.

3. Larsen's Mfg. Co.

4. Potter Roemer.

B. Substitutions: Not permitted.

2.2 COMPONENTS
A. Extinguishers:

1. Multi-purpose dry chemical type, UL 299, cast steeltank, Class [2A:10B:C, 10 pound nominal capacity.

B. Cabinets:

1. Formed aluminum sheet.

2. Configuration: Semi-recessed, sized to accommodate extinguishers.

3. Trim: Flat trim.

4. Door:
a. Vertical glass style equipped with pull handle and keyed lock with emergency release or pull to break glass feature.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
105200 - 3 City of Ceres
Water Division
b. Hinge doors for 180 degree opening with continuous piano hinge. c. Glazing: Clear tempered glass.
d. Graphics: Letter FIRE EXTINGUISHER vertically on door in red die-cut vinyl pressure sensitive letters.

C. Brackets: Formed galvanized steel, sized to accommodate extinguisher.

2.3 ACCESSORIES
A. Mounting Hardware: Type best suited to application.

2.4 FINISHES
A. Cabinet: No. 8 polished.

B. Brackets: Primed for field painting.

C. Extinguishers: Baked enamel, red color.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install cabinets and brackets in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

B. Set plumb, level, and rigid.

C. Place an extinguisher in each cabinet, and on each bracket.

END OF SECTION 105200
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
260500 - 1 City of Ceres
Water Division
SECTION 26 05 00

COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes

1. Scope: The Section consists of general requirements and standard specifications for all work included under Division 26. Where specific specifications requirements of other Sections of Division 26 are in conflict with these General Requirements, those specific requirements shall govern.

The project comprises the modernization of various areas of the facility as shown on the plans, including replacement of existing sub-panels, new lighting, new receptacles, connection of mechanical equipment and the modification/relocation of electrical devices and systems to accommodate the Architectural renovations.

The electrical work shall consist of all electrical demolition activities required in association with the demolition activities contained in the Architectural, Mechanical or Structural plans or specifications, in addition to those activities specified on the electrical plans and specifications. Provide all conduits, devices, fittings, fixtures, panels, and related electrical equipment required for a complete and operating system. Provide all raceways for Mech. unit controls, including energy management system. Provide all line voltage (over 50 V.) wiring, low voltage wiring by Mech. or Controls Contractors. All existing and new raceways shall be concealed where possible, surface raceway routing shall be approved by the Architect prior to installation. Paint all exposed raceways, seal all penetrations and firestop all rated penetrations.

The Contractor is reminded that this project is a remodel to an existing facility.

Existing electrical systems have not been entirely verified and these drawings must be accepted with this understanding. Contractor shall verify all existing conditions at the site prior to bid. He shall further furnish labor and materials to achieve indicated results even though all details are not shown. No additional costs will be allowed for these items.

Provide all labor, materials tools plant equipment, transportation and perform all operations necessary for the proper execution and completion of all "Electrical Work" whether specifically mentioned or not; all as indicated, specified herein, and/or implied thereby to carry out the apparent intent thereof.

B. Related work under this section

1. Labor and materials required to furnish and install the electrical systems in a complete and operational fashion.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
260500 - 2 City of Ceres
Water Division

2. Carpentry, masonry, steel and concrete materials and labor required for construction of proper stands, bases and supports for electrical materials and equipment.

3. Cutting and patching of holes required by installation including flashing and counterflashing of roof and exterior wall penetrations.

4. Excavating, pumping and backfilling required for installation.

5. Repair of damage to the premises resulting from construction activities under this Section to Owner’s satisfaction.

6. Removal of work debris from construction activities to Owner’s satisfaction.

7. Testing and cleaning of equipment installed.

C. Work not under this section

1. Furnishing of motors, fans, compressors, water heaters, thermostats and motor starters included under Division 15, or as noted otherwise.

2. Finish painting of exposed metal surfaces included under Division 9, or as otherwise noted.

3. Electrical Contractor shall provide connections to mechanical equipment where voltage exceeds 50 V and all necessary raceways for low voltage controls.

D. Related sections

1. Where items specified in other Division 26 sections conflict with the requirements of this Section, the most stringent requirement shall govern.

2. The requirements of this Section apply to all Division 26 work, as applicable.

3. Consult all other sections, determine the extent and nature of related work and properly coordinate work specified herein with that specified elsewhere to provide a complete and working installation.
a. The General Conditions and General Requirements, Division 1, are a part of and are to apply to all the work of this Section.
b. Site Construction –Division 2: Earthwork, Boring
c. Concrete –Division 3: All sections
d. Metals –Division 5: Structural Metal Framing
e. Wood and Plastic –Division 6: Rough Carpentry
f. Thermal and Moisture Protection – Division 7: Dampproofing and Waterproofing, Flashing, Fire and Smoke Protection
g. Doors and Windows – Division 8: Access Doors
h. Finishes – Division 9: Painting and Coatings
i. Equipment – Division 11: As provided
j. Special Construction – Division 13: As provided
k. Conveying Systems –Division 14: As provided
l. Mechanical –Division 15: Heat-Generation Equipment, Refrigeration Equipment, HVAC Equipment, HVAC Instrumentation and Controls

1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
260500 - 3 City of Ceres
Water Division

1. Prior to commencement of work and within 35 days after award of the contract, submit in ample time for approval in accordance with Division 1 a complete list of furnished equipment, material and shop drawings, including all substitutions.

Partial or incomplete lists of materials will not be considered. Substitutions will be considered thereafter.
a. Where it is in the best interest of Owner, Engineer may give written consent to a submittal received after expiration of designated time limits or for an additional re-submittal.

2. Substitutions
a. If it is desired to make a substitution, submit complete information or catalog data to show equality of equipment or material offered to that specified.

Substitutions will be interpreted to be all manufacturers other than those specifically listed by model or catalog number. No substitution will be allowed unless requested and approved in writing. Materials of equal merit and appearance, in the opinion of Architect and Engineer, will be approved for use.

Architect and Engineer reserve the right to require originally specified items at no additional costs to Owner. Only one request for substitutions will be considered on each item of material or equipment.
b. Acceptance of a substitute is not to be considered a release from the Specifications. Correct any deficiencies in an item, even though approved at the Contractor’s expense.
c. Responsibility for installation of approved substitution is included herein. Make any changes required for installation of approved substituted equipment without additional costs.
d. Failure to comply with any of the requirements of the above will necessitate that the specified materials be submitted and supplied.

B. Change Order Proposals

1. Shall comply with the requirements set forth by the General Conditions

2. All change order proposals and change orders, both additive and deductive, shall be accompanied by a detailed materials and labor breakdown for each specific task and/or item. The breakdown shall include actual materials costs plus overhead and profit, as well as labor units based upon the most recent NECA (National Electrical Contractors Association) Manual of Labor Units (NECA Index #4090) or equivalent publication for each specific task and item. Labor costs shall be computed as outlined within the General Conditions.

C. Closeout submittal

1. Furnish three complete sets of maintenance and operating instructions bound in a binder and indexed to Owner. Start compiling data upon approval of materials and equipment. Final inspection will not be made until Engineer approves binders.

Refer also to Section 1 for additional requirements.

2. Provide one of each tool required for proper equipment operation and maintenance provided under this Section. All tools shall be delivered to the Owner at project completion.

3. Provide two keys to Owner for each lock furnished under this Section.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
260500 - 4 City of Ceres
Water Division

4. Record drawings
a. Upon completion of Work, furnish Engineer with complete sets of plans (not marked blueprints) upon which shall be shown all work installed under Contract, which are not in accordance with the Construction Documents. Refer to Division 1 requirements.
b. All symbols and designations used in preparing the Record Drawings shall match those used in the Construction Documents.

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. References to codes, standards, specifications and recommendations of technical societies, trade organizations and governmental agencies shall mean that latest edition of such publications adopted and published prior to bid submittal. Such codes or standards shall be considered a part of this Specification as though fully repeated herein.

B. Work and materials shall be in full accordance with the latest rules and regulations of applicable state of local laws or regulations and standards of following:

1. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)

2. California Electrical Code (CEC)

3. California Occupational Safety Health Act (Cal-OSHA)

4. California State Fire Marshall (CSFM)

5. California Code of Regulations (CCR)

6. Electrical Safety Orders, CAC Title 8 (ESO)

7. California Public Utilities Commissions, General Order 95 (GO-95)

8. Applicable rules and regulations of local utility companies.

9. NECA 1-2000, Standard Practices for Good Workmanship in Electrical Contracting C. Nothing in the Construction Documents shall be construed to permit work not conforming to these Codes. Whenever the indicated material, workmanship, arrangement or construction is of high quality or capacity than that required by the above rules and regulations, the Construction Documents shall take precedence. Should there be any direct conflict between the rules and regulations and Construction Documents, the rules shall govern.

D. All electrical equipment and material furnished under this Section shall conform to NEMA and ASTM standards, CEC and bear the Underwriters’ Laboratories (UL) label where such label is applicable.

E. Follow manufacturer’s direction where these direction cover points not included with the Construction Documents.

1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Packing, shipping, handling and unloading

1. Damage to the equipment delivered to the site or in transit to the job shall be the responsibility of the Electrical Contractor.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
260500 - 5 City of Ceres
Water Division

2. Equipment and material delivery of shall be scheduled as required for timely, expeditious progress of Work.

B. Storage and protection

1. Storage and protection of job equipment is the responsibility Contractor.

C. Waste management and disposal

1. Comply with Division 1 requirements with regards to waste management and disposal.

1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Discrepancies

1. In the event of discrepancies with the Contract Documents, Engineer shall be notified with sufficient time as stated within Division 1 to allow the issuing of an addendum prior to the bid opening.

2. If, in the event that time does not permit notification of clarification of discrepancies prior to the bid opening, the following shall apply:
a. The drawings govern in matters of quantity and specifications govern in matters of quality.
b. In the event of conflict within the drawings and specifications involving quantities or quality, the greater quantity or higher quality shall apply. Such discrepancies shall be noted and clarified within the contractor’s bid. No additional allowances will be made because of errors, ambiguities or omissions which reasonably should have been discovered during the bid preparation.

B. Verify all power and communication utilities’ requirements prior to commencement of any utility work. Make proper adjustments to the construction to satisfy the serving utility.

C. Information shown relative to services is based upon available records and data, but shall be regarded as approximate only. Make minor deviations found necessary to conform with actual locations and conditions without extra cost. Verify locations and elevations of utilities prior to commencement of excavation for new underground installation.

D. Exercise extreme care in excavating near existing utilities to avoid any damage thereto; be responsible for any damage caused by such operations. Contact all utility companies to obtain exact locations prior to commencement of construction.

E. The electrical plans indicate the general layout and arrangement; the architectural drawings and field conditions shall determine exact locations. Field verify all conditions and modify as required to satisfy design intent. Maintain all required working clearances.

F. Fees, permits and utility services
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
260500 - 6 City of Ceres
Water Division

1. Obtain and pay for all permits and service charges required for the installation of this work. Arrange for required inspections and secure approvals from authorities having jurisdiction. Arrange for all utility connections and pay charges incurred including excess service charges if any.

2. Extra charges imposed by the electrical and communication utility companies shall be included in the bid, if available. Unless otherwise stated, these charges will be assumed included in the bid.

G. Provide and maintain temporary construction power. The General Contractor will pay for electric energy charges; refer to Division 1 for details. Should the Electrical Contractor be the prime contractor, the Electrical Contractor shall pay for energy charges.

1.6 SEQUENCING
A. Coordinate work within phasing plans as provided by the Owner.

1.7 WARRANTY
A. Furnish one-year guarantee in accordance with and in form required under Division 1.

Repair or replace as may be necessary any defective work, material, or part without cost to the Owner, include repair or replacement of other work, furnishing, equipment or premises caused by such repair or replacement of defective work.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS
A. Materials mentioned herein or on Drawings require that the items be provided and of quality noted or an approved equal. All materials shall be new, full weight, standard in all respects and in first-class condition. Insofar as possible, all materials used shall be of the same brand or manufacturer throughout for each class of material or equipment.

B. Trade names or catalog numbers stated herein indicts grade or quality of material desired. Materials, where applicable, shall UL labeled and in accordance with NEMA standards.

C. Dimensions, sizes and capacities shown are a minimum. Do not make changes without permission or Engineer.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
260500 - 7 City of Ceres
Water Division
A. Examine Construction Documents and Site; be familiar with types of construction where electrical installation is involved. Note carefully other sections of Specifications with their individual cross-references, standard details, etc. Any electrical work or materials shown either in Construction Documents, but not mentioned herein, or vice versa, shall be executed the same as if mentioned herein, in a workmanlike manner in accordance with NEMA Standards of Installation. Coordinate work with other crafts to avoid conflicts, and check all outlet locations with Architectural and Mechanical drawings and specifications.

Make minor adjustments without additional cost to Owner. Engineer will make clarifications and rulings concerning any obvious discrepancies or omissions in work prior and after bidding. Perform all work involved in correcting obvious errors or omissions after award of Contract as directed by Engineer at Contractor's expense.

B. Examine site dimensions and locations against Drawings and become informed of all conditions under which work is to be done before submitting proposals. No allowance will be made for extra expense due to error.

C. Layouts of equipment, accessories and wiring systems are diagrammatic (not pictorial), but shall be followed as closely as possible. Construction Documents are for assistance and guidance, and exact locations, distance, levels, etc., will be governed by construction; accept same with this understanding.

D. Horsepower of motors or wattage of equipment indicated in Construction Documents is estimated horsepower or wattage requirement of equipment furnished under other sections of Specifications. Size all feeders (conduit and wiring), motor starters, overload protection and circuit breakers to suit horsepower of motors or wattage of equipment actually furnished under various sections of specifications. However, in no case shall feeders and branch circuits (conduit and wiring) and circuit breakers be of smaller capacities or sizes than those indicated on Drawings or specified, unless approved in writing by Engineer.

3.2 PREPARATION
A. Sealant

1. Seal all exterior wall penetrations in an approved watertight manner and to the satisfaction of Engineer and Architect.

B. Rust inhibitor

1. Channels, joiners, hangers, caps, nuts and bolts and associated parts shall be plated electrolytically with zinc followed immediately thereafter by treating freshly deposited zinc surfaces with chromic acid to obtain a surface which will not form a white deposit on surface for an average of 120 hours when subjected to a standard salt spray cabinet test, or shall be hot dipped galvanized

3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Equipment identification
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
260500 - 8 City of Ceres
Water Division

1. Properly identify panelboards, remote control switches, push buttons, terminal boxes, etc. with a descriptive nameplate. Make nameplate with 3/32” laminated plastic with black background and white letters. Machine engraved letters 1/8” high for equipment in device box(es) and 1/4” high for panelboards, terminal cabinets or larger items. Punched strip type nameplates and cardholders in any form are not acceptable. Fasten nameplates with oval head machine screws, tapped into front cover/panel.

B. Working space

1. Provide adequate working space around electrical equipment in compliance with Article 4 of Electrical Safety Orders and NEC Article 110. In general provide 78” of headroom and 30” wide minimum clear workspace in front of panelboards and controls. In addition to the above, provide the following minimum working clearances:
a. 0V – 150V (line-to-ground) provide 36” minimum clear distance. b. 151V – 600V (line-to-ground) provide 42” minimum clear distance.

C. Equipment supports

1. Anchor all electrical equipment to structure. Support systems shall be adequate to withstand seismic forces.

D. Excavating and backfilling

1. Excavate and backfill as required for installation of Work. Restore all surfaces, roadways, walks, curbs, walls existing underground installations, etc., cut by installations to original condition in an acceptable manner. Maintain all warning signs, barricades, flares and lanterns as required by ESO and local ordinances.

2. Dig trenches straight and true to line and grade, with bottom clear of any rock points. Support conduit for entire length on undisturbed original earth. Minimum conduit depth of pipe crown shall be 2’ below finished or natural grade.

E. Forming, cutting and patching

1. In new construction, General Contractor shall provide any special forming, recesses, chased, etc., and provide wood blocking, backing and grounds as necessary for the proper installation of Electrical work. Be responsible for notifying General Contractor that such provision is necessary; layout work and check to see that it suits his requirements.
a. Provide metal backing plates, anchor plates and such that are required for anchorage of Electrical work under this Section; securely weld or bolt to metal framing. Wood blocking or backing will not be permitted in combination with metal framing.

2. Be responsible for proper placement of pipe sleeves, hangers, inserts and supports for this Work.

F. Concrete work
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
260500 - 9 City of Ceres
Water Division

1. Provide concrete work related solely to Electrical work. Concrete work, including forming and reinforcing steel installed under this Division, shall comply with all applicable requirements of Division 1, or in accordance with the State of California Standard Specifications issued by the Department of Transportation.

3.4 REPAIR/RESTORATION
A. Cutting, patching and repairing of existing construction to permit installation of Work is the responsibility of this Section. Repair or replace all damage to existing work in kind to Owner’s satisfaction.

B. Obtain Engineer’s approval prior to performing any cutting or patching of concrete, masonry, wood or steel structure within building.

3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Inspection of work

1. Working parts shall be readily accessible for inspection, repair and renewal. The right is reserved to make reasonable changes in equipment location shown on Drawings prior to rough in without additional costs to the Owner.

2. During construction all work will be subject to observation by the Engineer and his representatives. Assist in ascertaining any information that maybe required.

3. Do not allow or cause any work installed hereunder to be covered up or enclosed before it has been inspected and approved. Should any work be enclosed or covered prior to approval, uncover work, and after it has been inspected and approved, restore work of all others to the condition in which it was found at the time of cutting, all without additional costs to Owner.

B. Furnish all testing equipment as maybe required.

C. Test all wiring and connections for continuity and grounds; where such test indicates faulty insulation or other defects, locate, repair and re-test.

D. Check rotation of all motors and correct if necessary.

3.6 CLEANING
A. Repair or replace all broken, damaged or otherwise defective parts without additional cost to Owner, and leave entire work in a condition satisfactory to Engineer. At completion, carefully clean and adjust all equipment, fixtures and trim installed as part of this work; leave systems and equipment in satisfactory operating condition.

B. Clean out and remove from the site all surplus materials and debris resulting from this work; this includes surplus excavated materials.

3.7 DEMONSTRATION
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
260500 - 10 City of Ceres
Water Division
A. At project completion, Contractor shall allot a period of not less than 8 hours for instruction of operating and maintenance personnel in the use of all systems installed under this Section. This time is in addition to any instruction time stated in the Specifications of other sections for other equipment, i.e., fire alarm, security, intercom, etc. All personnel shall be instructed at one time, the Contractor shall make all necessary arrangements with manufacturer’s representatives as may be required. Contractor, if any, for the above services shall pay all costs.

3.8 PROTECTION
A. In performance of work, protect work of other trades as well as work under this Section from damage. Protect electrical equipment, stored and installed, from dust, water or other damage.

END OF SECTION
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
260519 - 1 City of Ceres
Water Division
SECTION 26 05 19

LOW-VOLTAGE POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes

1. Provide all labor, materials and equipment necessary for the installation of all conductors and cables under this Section related to lighting, power, mechanical, control, and signal systems.

B. Related sections

1. Where items specified in other Division 26 sections conflict with the requirements of this Section, the most stringent requirement shall govern.

2. The requirements of this Section apply to all Division 26 work, as applicable.

3. Consult all other sections, determine the extent and character of related work and properly coordinate work specified herein with that specified elsewhere to produce a complete installation.

1.2 REFERENCES
A. Comply with the latest edition of the following applicable specifications and standards except as otherwise shown or specified:

1. ASTM -American Society for Testing and Materials
a. B3; Standard Specification for Soft or Annealed Copper Wire b. B8; Standard Specification for Concentric-Lay-Stranded Copper Conductors, Hard, Medium-Hard, or Soft
c. B787/B787M; Standard Specification for 19 Wire Combination UnilayStranded Copper Conductors for Subsequent Insulation d. D1000; Standard Test Method for Pressure-Sensitive Adhesive-Coated Tapes Used for Electrical and Electronic Applications

2. CCR –California Code of Regulations, Title 24
a. Part 3 -California Electrical Code(CEC); NFPA 70 National Electrical Code (NEC) with California amendments

3. UL -Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.
a. UL 83; Thermoplastic-Insulated Wire and Cables
b. UL 486A 486B; Wire Connectors
c. UL 486C; Splicing Wire Connectors
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
260519 - 2 City of Ceres
Water Division
d. UL 486D; Standard for Insulated Wire Connector Systems for Underground Use or In Damp or Wet Locations
e. UL 486E; Standard for Equipment Wiring Terminals for Use with Aluminum and/or Copper Conductors
f. UL 493; Thermoplastic-Insulated Underground Feeders and Branch Circuit Cables
g. UL 510; Standard for Polyvinyl Chloride, Polyethylene and Rubber Insulating Tape
h. UL 854; Service-Entrance Cables

4. NEMA –National Electrical Manufacturer’s Association a. WC 70-1999; Nonshielded Power Cables Rated 2000 Volts or less for the Distribution of Electrical Energy

5. IEEE –Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers a. 82; Standard Test Procedure for Impulse Voltage Tests on Insulated Conductors

1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit manufacturer’s data for equipment and materials specified within this Section in accordance to Section 26 05 00.

1.4 DELIVERY
A. Wire shall be in original unbroken package. Obtain approval of Inspector or Engineer before installation of wires.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 BUILDING WIRE
A. Conductor material

1. Provide annealed copper for all wire, conductor and cable of not less than 98% conductivity.

2. Wire #8 AWG and larger shall be stranded.

3. Wire #10 AWG and smaller shall be solid.

B. Insulation material

1. All insulated wire, conductor and cable shall be 600 Vac rated.

2. Feeder and branch circuits larger than #6 AWG shall be type THW, XHHW or THHN/THWN.

3. Feeder and branch circuits #6 AWG and smaller shall be type TW, THW, XHHW or THHN/THWN.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
260519 - 3 City of Ceres
Water Division

4. Control circuits shall be type THW or THHN/THWN.

5. Wires shall bear the UL label, be color-coded and marked with gauge, type and manufacturer’s name on 24” centers.

2.2 FLEXIBLE CORDS AND CABLES
A. Provide flexible cords and cables of size, type and arrangement as indicated on Drawings.

B. Type S flexible cords and cable shall be manufactured in accordance with NEC Article 400 and composed of two or more conductors and a full sized green insulated grounding conductor with an outer rubber or neoprene jacket.

C. Flexible cords and cables shall be fitted with wire mesh strain relief grips either as an integral connector component or an independently supported unit.

D. Suspended flexible cords and cables shall incorporate safety spring(s).

2.3 WIRE CONNECTIONS AND TERMINATIONS
A. Electrical spring wire connectors

1. Provide multi-part construction incorporating a non-restricted, zinc coated square cross-sectional steel spring enclosed in a steel sheet with an outer jacket of plastic and insulating skirt.

2. Self-striping pigtail and tap U-contact connectors are not acceptable.

B. Compression type terminating lugs

1. Provide tin-plated copper high compression type lugs for installation with hand or hydraulic crimping tools as directed by manufacturer. Notch or single point type crimps are not acceptable.

2. Two hole, long barrel lugs shall be provided for size #4/O AWG and larger wire where terminated to bus bars. Use minimum of three crimps per lug where possible.

C. Splicing and insulating tape

1. Provide black, UV resistant, self extinguishing, 7 mil thick vinyl general purpose electrical tape per UL 510 and ASTM D1000. 3M Scotch 33 or equal.

D. Insulating putty

1. Provide pads or rolls of non-corrosive, self-fusing, 125 mil thick rubber putty with PVC backing sheet per UL 510 and ASTM D1000. 3M Scotchfil or equal.

E. Insulating resin

1. Provide two-part liquid epoxy resin with resin and catalyst in pre-measured, sealed mixing pouch. 3M Scotchcast 4 or equal.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
260519 - 4 City of Ceres
Water Division

2. Use resin with thermal and diaelectric properties equal to the cable’s insulating properties.

F. Terminal strips

1. Provide box type terminal strips in the required quantities plus 25% spare. Install in continuous rows.

2. Use the box type terminal strips with barrier open backs and with ampere ratings as required.

3. Identify all terminals strips and circuits.

G. Crimp type connectors

1. Provide insulated fork or ring crimp terminals with tinned electrolytic copper-brazed barrel with funnel wire entry and insulation support.

2. Fasten crimp type connectors or terminals using a crimping tool recommended by the manufacturer.

3. Provide insulated overlap splices with tinned seamless electrolytic copper-brazed barrel with funnel wire entry and insulation support.

4. Provide insulated butt splices with tinned seamless electrolytic copper-brazed barrel with center stop, funnel wire entry and insulation support.

H. Cable ties

1. Provide harnessing and point-to-point wire bundling with nylon cable ties. Install using tool supplied by manufacturer as required.

I. Wire lubricating compound

1. UL listed for the wire insulation and conduit type, and shall not harden or become adhesive.

2. Shall not be used on wire for isolated type electrical power systems.

J. Bolt termination hardware

1. Bolts shall be plated, medium carbon steel heat-treated, quenched and tempered equal to ASTM A-325 or SAE Grade 5; or silicon bronze alloy ASTM B-9954 Type B.

2. Nuts shall be heavy semi-finished hexagon, conforming to ANSI B18.2.2, threads to be unified coarse series (UNC), class 2B steel or silicon bronze alloy.

3. Flat washers shall be steel or silicon bronze, Type A plain standard wide series, conforming to ANSI B27.2. SAE or narrow series shall be used.

4. Belleville conical spring washers shall be hardened steel, cadmium plated or silicon bronze.

5. Each bolt connecting lug(s) to a terminal or bus shall not carry current exceeding the following values:
a. 1/4” bolt – 125 A
b. 5/16” bolt – 175 A
c. 3/8” bolt – 225 A
d. 1/2” bolt – 300 A
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
260519 - 5 City of Ceres
Water Division
e. 5/8” bolt – 375 A
f. 3/4” bolt – 450 A
PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Thoroughly examine site conditions for acceptance of wire and cable installation to verify conformance with manufacturer and specification tolerances. Do not commence with work until all conditions are made satisfactory.

3.2 INSTALLATION
A. All wire, conductor, and cable with their respective connectors, fittings and supports shall be UL listed for the installed application and ambient conditions.

B. Feeders and branch circuits in wet locations shall be rated 75C minimum.

C. Feeders and branch circuits in dry locations shall be rated 90C minimum.

D. Minimum conductor size

1. #12 AWG copper for all power and lighting branch circuits.

2. #14 AWG copper for all line voltage signal and control wiring, unless otherwise indicated.

3. Aluminum conductors may be substituted on the basis of equal performance for sizes greater than #10 AWG with the approval of Engineer.

E. Remove and replace conductors under the following conditions at no additional costs to the Owner:

1. Installed within wrong specified conduit or raceway.

2. Damaged during installation.

3. Of insufficient length to facilitate proper splice of conductors

3.3 WIRING METHODS
A. Install wires and cable in accordance with manufacturer’s written instructions, as shown on Drawings and as specified herein.

B. Install all single conductors within raceway system, unless otherwise indicated.

C. Parallel circuit conductors and terminations shall be equal in length and identical in all aspects.

D. Provide adequate length of conductors within electrical enclosures and neatly train to termination points with no excess. Terminate such that there is no bare conductor at the terminal.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
260519 - 6 City of Ceres
Water Division
E. Splice cables and wires only in junction boxes, outlet boxes, pull boxes, manholes or handholes.

F. Group and bundle with tie wrap each neutral with its associated phase conductors where more than one neutral conductor is present within a conduit.

G. Install cable supports for all vertical feeders in accordance with NEC Article 300. Provide split wedge type fittings, which firmly clamp each individual cable and tighten due to cable weight.

H. Seal cable where exiting a conduit from an exterior underground raceway with a nonhardening compound (i.e., duct seal or equal).

I. Provide UL listed factory fabricated, solder-less metal connectors of size, ampacity rating, material, type and class for applications and for services indicated. Use connectors with temperature ratings equal or greater than the conductor or cable being terminated.

J. Stranded wire shall be terminated using fittings, lugs or devices listed for the application.

Under no circumstances shall stranded wire be terminated solely by wrapping it around a screw or bolt.

K. Flexible cords and cables supplied as part of a pre-manufactured assembly shall be installed according to manufacturer’s published instructions.

3.4 WIRING INSTALLATION IN RACEWAYS
A. Install wire in raceway after interior of building has been physically protected from weather, and all mechanical work likely to injure conductors has been completed.

B. Pull all conductors into raceway at the same time.

C. Use UL listed, non-petroleum base and insulating type pulling compound as needed.

D. Completely mandrel all underground or concrete encased conduits prior to installation.

E. Completely and thoroughly swab raceway system prior to installation F. Do not use block and tackle, power driven winch or other mechanical means for pulling conductors smaller than #1 AWG.

G. Wire pulling

1. Provide installation equipment that will prevent cutting or abrasion of insulation during installation.

2. Maximum pull tension shall not exceed manufacturer’s recommended value during installation for cable being measured with tension dynometer.

3. Use rope made of non-metallic material for pulling.

4. Attach pulling lines by means of either woven basket grips or pulling eyes attached directly to the conductors.

5. Pull multiple conductors simultaneously within same conduit.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
260519 - 7 City of Ceres
Water Division

3.5 WIRE SPLICES, JOINTS AND TERMINATIONS
A. Join and terminate wire, conductors and cables in accordance with UL 486, NEC and manufacturer’s instructions.

B. Thoroughly clean wires before installing lugs and connectors.

C. Make splices, taps and terminations to carry full conductor ampacity without perceptible temperature rise, and shall be made mechanically and electrically secure.

D. Terminate wires in terminal cabinets using terminal strips, unless otherwise indicated.

E. Insulate spare conductors with electrical tape and leave sufficient length to terminate anywhere within panel or cabinet.

F. Encapsulate splices in wet locations using specified insulating resin kits.

G. Make up all splices and taps in accessible junction or outlet boxes with connectors as specified herein. Pigtails and taps shall be the same color as feed conductor with at least 6 inches of tail, all neatly packed within box.

H. Where conductors are to be connected to metallic surfaces, coated surfaces shall be cleaned to base metal surface before installing connector. Remove lacquer coating of conduits where ground clamps are to be installed.

I. Branch circuits (#10 AWG and smaller) connectors shall comply with 2.01.D.2 and

2.01.D.2 above.

J. Branch circuits (#8 AWG and larger)

1. Join or tap conductors using insulated mechanical compression taps with premolded, snap-on insulating boots or specified conformable insulating pad and over-wrapped with two half-lapped layers of vinyl insulating tape starting and ending at the middle of joint.

2. Terminate conductors using mechanical compression lugs in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendation or as specified elsewhere.

3. Field installed compression connectors for 250 MCM and larger shall have not less than two clamping elements or compression indents per wire.

4. Insulate splices and joints with materials approved for the particular use, location, voltage and temperature.

K. Termination hardware assemblies

1. Al/Cu lugs connected to aluminum plated or copper bus shall be secured with steel bolt, flat washer (two per bolt), Belleville washer and nut.

2. Copper lugs connected to copper buss shall bus shall be secured using silicon bronze alloy bolt, flat washer (two per bolt), Belleville washer and nut.

3. The crown of Belleville washers shall be under the nut.

4. Bolt assemblies shall be torque to manufacturer’s recommendations. Where manufacturer recommendation is not obtainable, the following shall be used:

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
260519 - 8 City of Ceres
Water Division
a. 1/4” -20 bolt at 80 inch-pound torque
b. 5/16” -18 bolt at 180 inch-pound torque
c. 3/8” -20 bolt at 20 inch-pound torque
d. 1/2” -20 bolt at 40 inch-pound torque
e. 5/8” -20 bolt at 55 inch-pound torque
f. 3/4” -20 bolt at 158 inch-pound torque

3.6 IDENTIFICATION
A. Securely tag all branch circuits. Mark conductors with specified vinyl wrap-around markers. Where more than two conductors run through a single outlet, mark each conductor with the corresponding circuit number.

B. Provide all terminal strips with each individual terminal identified using specified vinyl markers.

C. In manholes, pullboxes and handholes provide tags of embossed brass type with cable type and voltage rating. Attach tags to cable with slip-free plastic cable lacing units.

D. Color coding

1. For 120/208 Volt (or 120/240 Volt), 1 phase, 3 wire systems:
a. Phase A – Black
b. Phase B – Red
c. Neutral – White
d. Ground – Green

2. For 120/208 Volt, 3 phase, 4 wire systems:
a. Phase A – Black
b. Phase B – Red
c. Phase C – Blue
d. Neutral – White
e. Ground – Green

3. For 277/480 Volt, 3 phase, 4 wire systems:
a. Phase A – Brown
b. Phase B – Orange
c. Phase C – Yellow
d. Neutral – Gray
e. Ground – Green

4. Switch leg individually installed shall be the same color as the branch circuit to which they originate, unless otherwise indicated.

5. Travelers for 3-way and 4-way switches shall be a distinct color and pulled with the circuit switch leg or neutral.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
260519 - 9 City of Ceres
Water Division

3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Supply labor, materials and test equipment required to perform continuity and ground tests.

B. Electrical testing

1. Perform feeder and branch circuit insulation test after installation and prior to connection to device.

2. Tests shall be performed by 600 Vdc megger for a continuous 10 seconds from phase-to-phase and phase-to-ground.

3. Torque test conductor connections and terminations for conformance to Specifications.

4. If any failure is detected, locate failure, determine cause and replace or repair cable to Engineer’s satisfaction at no additional costs.

5. Furnish test results in type written report form for review by Engineer.

END OF SECTION
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
260526 - 1 City of Ceres
Water Division
SECTION 26 05 26

GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes

1. Provide all labor, materials and equipment necessary to complete the installation required for the item specified under this Section, including but not limited to power system grounding
B. Related sections

1. Where items specified in other Division 26 sections conflict with the requirements of this Section, the most stringent requirement shall govern.

2. The requirements of this Section apply to all Division 26 work, as applicable.

3. Consult all other sections, determine the extent and character of related work and properly coordinate work specified herein with that specified elsewhere to produce a complete installation.

1.2 REFERENCES
A. Comply with the latest edition of the following applicable specifications and standards except as otherwise shown or specified:

1. CCR –California Code of Regulations, Title 24
a. Part 3 -California Electrical Code(CEC); NFPA 70 National Electrical Code (NEC) with California amendments

2. IEEE –Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers a. 142; Recommend Practices for Grounding of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems

3. NFPA –National Fire Protection Association
a. 780; Lightning Protection Code

4. UL –Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.
a. 467; Grounding and Bonding Equipment
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
260526 - 2 City of Ceres
Water Division

1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. This Section provides for the grounding and bonding of all electrical and communication apparatus, machinery, appliances, components, fittings and accessories where required to provide a permanent, continuous, low impedance, grounded electrical system.

B. Ground the electrical service system neutral at service entrance equipment as shown on the Drawings.

C. Ground each separately derived system, as defined in CEC/NEC 250-5(d) and on the Drawings, unless specifically noted otherwise.

D. Except as otherwise indicated, the complete electrical installation including the neutral conductor, equipment and metallic raceways, boxes and cabinets shall be completely and effectively grounded in accordance with all CEC/NEC requirements, whether or not such connections are specifically shown or specified.

1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit manufacturer’s data for equipment and materials specified within this Section in accordance to Section 26 05 00.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. All materials, equipment and parts comprising the materials specified herein shall be new and unused, bearing UL labels where applicable.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 INSULATED GROUNDING BUSHINGS
A. Plated malleable iron body with 150C molded plastic insulated throat and lay-in ground lug; OZ/Gedney BLG, Thomas & Betts #TIGB series or equal.

2.2 CONNECTION TO PIPE
A. Cable to pipe connections; OZ/Gedney G-100B series, Thomas & Betts #290X series or equal.

2.3 CONNECTIONS TO STRUCTURAL STEEL, GROUND RODS OR SPICES ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
260526 - 3 City of Ceres
Water Division
A. Where required by the Drawings, grounding conductors shall be spliced together, connected to ground rods or connected to structural steel using exothermic welds, Cadweld or equal, or high pressure compression type connectors, Cadweld, Thomas & Betts or equal.

2.4 BONDING JUMPERS
A. OZ/Gedney Type BJ, Thomas & Betts #3840 series or equal.

2.5 GROUND CONDUCTOR
A. Ground conductor shall be code size UL labeled, Type THWN insulated copper wire, green in color.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Grounding electrode conductor

1. Provide grounding electrode conductors per CEC/NEC Table 250-94 or as shown on Drawings, whichever is greater.

B. Power system grounding

1. Connect the following items using code size copper grounding conductors to BGB or as shown on Drawings:
a. Concrete encased electrode (Ufer ground)
b. Ground rod(s)
c. Incoming cold and fire water pipes
d. Gas pipe
e. Structural steel
f. Distribution transformer secondary
C. Equipment Bonding/Grounding

1. Provide a code sized copper ground conductor, whether indicated or noted on the drawings, in each of the following:
a. All power distribution conduits and ducts
b. Distribution feeders
c. Motor and equipment branch circuits\
d. Device branch circuits
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
260526 - 4 City of Ceres
Water Division

2. Provide a separate grounding bus at distribution panelboards, loadcenters, switchboards and motor control centers. Connect all metallic enclosed equipment so that with maximum fault current flowing, shall be maintained at not more than 35V above ground.

3. Metallic conduits terminating in concentric, eccentric or oversized knockouts at panelboards, cabinets, gutters, etc. shall have grounding bushings and bonding jumpers installed interconnecting all such conduits.

4. Provide bonding jumpers across expansion and deflection coupling in conduit runs, pipe connections to water meters and metallic cold water dielectric couplings.

5. Provide ground wire in flexible conduit connected at each end via grounding bushing.

6. Provide bonding jumpers across all cable tray joints.

7. Bond each end of metallic conduit longer than 36” in length to grounding conductor using a #6 AWG pigtail.

3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Contractor using test equipment expressly designed for that purpose shall perform all ground resistance tests in conformance with IEEE quidelines. Contractor shall submit typewritten records of measured resistance values to Engineer for review and approval prior to energizing the system.

B. Obtain and record ground resistance measurements both from electrical equipment ground bus to the ground electrode and from the ground electrode to earth. Furnish and install additional bonding and add grounding electrodes as required to comply with the following resistance limits:

1. Resistance from ground bus to ground electrode and to earth shall not exceed 5 ohms unless otherwise noted.

2. Resistance from the farthest panelboard, loadcenter, switchboard or motor control center ground bus to the ground electrode and to earth shall not exceed 20 ohms maximum.

C. Inspection

1. The Engineer or Inspector prior to encasement, burial or concealment thereto shall review the grounding electrode and connections.

END OF SECTION
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
260533 - 1 City of Ceres
Water Division
SECTION 26 05 33

RACEWAYS AND BOXES
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes

1. Provide all labor, materials and equipment necessary to complete the installation required for the items specified under this Section, including but not limited to electrical conduits; outlet, junction and pull boxes; and related supports.

B. Related sections

1. Where items specified in other Division 26 sections conflict with the requirements of this Section, the most stringent requirement shall govern. a. 26 05 26 – Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems

2. The requirements of this Section apply to all Division 26 work, as applicable.

3. Consult all other sections, determine the extent and character of related work and properly coordinate work specified herein with that specified elsewhere to produce a complete installation.

1.2 REFERENCES
A. Comply with the latest edition of the following applicable specifications and standards except as otherwise shown or specified:

1. ANSI –American National Standards Institute
a. C33.91; Specification for Rigid PVC Conduit
b. C80.1; Specification Rigid Steel Conduit, Zinc-Coated c. C80.3; Specification for Electrical Metallic Tubing, Zinc-Coated d. C80.6; Intermediate Metal Conduit (IMC), Zinc-Coated

2. CCR –California Code of Regulations, Title 24
a. Part 2 -California Building Code (CBC); International Building Code (IBC) with California amendments
b. Part 3 -California Electrical Code(CEC); NFPA 70 National Electrical Code (NEC) with California amendments

3. NECA –National Electrical Contractors Association
a. 101, Standard for Installing Steel Conduit (Rigid, IMC, EMT) ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
260533 - 2 City of Ceres
Water Division
b. 111, Standard for Installing Nonmetallic Raceways (RNC, ENT, LFNC) (ANSI)

4. NEMA –National Electrical Manufacturer’s Association a. FB 1; Fittings, Cast Metal Boxes, and Conduit Bodies for Conduit, Electrical Metallic Tubing, and Cable
b. FB 2.10; Selection and Installation Guidelines for Fittings for Use with Nonflexible Electrical Metal Conduit or Tubing (Rigid Metal Conduit, Intermediate Metal Conduit, and Electrical Metallic Tubing)
c. FB 2.20; Selection and Installation Guidelines for Fittings for Use with Flexible Electrical Conduit and Cable
d. OS 1; Sheet-Steel Outlet Boxes, Device Boxes, Covers, and Box Supports e. OS 3; Selection and Installation Guidelines for Electrical Outlet Boxes f. RN 1; Polyvinyl-Chloride Externally Coated Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduit and Electrical Metallic Tubing
g. TC 2; Electrical Plastic Tubing and Conduit
h. TC 3; PVC Fittings for Use with Rigid PVC Conduit and Tubing i. TC 14; Reinforced Thermosetting Resin Conduit (RTRC) and Fittings

5. OSHPD Anchorage Pre-approvals
a. OPA-0003; Superstrut Seismic Restraint System
b. OPA-0114; B-Line Seismic Restraints
c. OPA-0120; Unistrut Seismic Bracing System
d. OPA-0242; Power-Strut Seismic Bracing System

6. UL –Underwriter’s Laboratories, Inc.
a. 1; Standard for Flexible Metal Conduit
b. 6; Rigid Metal Electrical Conduit
c. 360; Standard for Liquid-Tight Flexible Steel Conduit d. 514A; Metallic Outlet Boxes, Electrical
e. 514B; Fittings for Conduit and Outlet Boxes
f. 651; Schedule 40 & 80 PVC Conduit
g. 797; Electrical Metallic Tubing
h. 1242; Intermediate Metal Conduit
i. 1684; Reinforced Thermosetting Resin Conduit (RTRC) and Fittings

1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Furnish, assemble, erect, install, connect and test all electrical conduits and related raceway apparatus required and specified to form a complete installation.

1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit manufacturer’s data for materials specified within this Section in accordance to Section 26 05 00.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
260533 - 3 City of Ceres
Water Division

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. All materials, equipment and parts comprising the materials specified herein shall be new and unused, bearing UL labels where applicable.

B. Installation shall conform to the NECA installation guidelines unless otherwise indicated within this Section
PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS
A. Conduits and Fittings

1. Rigid steel conduit (RMC)
a. Conduit: Standard weight, mild steel pipe, and zinc coated on both inside and outside by a hot dipping or shearardizing process manufactured in accordance with UL 6 and ANSI C80.1 specifications.
b. Fittings (couplings, elbows, bends, etc.)
1) Shall be steel or malleable iron.
2) Coupling and unions shall be threaded type, assembled with anti-corrosion, conductive and anti-seize compound at joints made absolutely tight to exclude water.
c. Bushings
3) Insulating bushings: Threaded polypropylene or thermosetting phenolic rated at 150C minimum.
4) Insulating grounding bushing: Threaded cast body with insulating throat and steel “lay-in” ground lug.
5) Insulating metallic bushing: Threaded cast body with plastic insulated throat rated at 150C minimum.

2. Coated rigid steel conduit (CRMC)
a. Conduit: Equivalent to RMC with a Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) coated bonded to the galvanized outer surface of the conduit. The bonding between the PVC coating and conduit surface shall be ETL PVC-001 compliant. The coating thickness shall be a minimum of 40mil.
b. Fittings (couplings, elbows, bends, etc.)
6) Equivalent to RMC above with bonded coating same as conduit. 7) The PVC sleeve over fittings shall extend beyond hub or coupling approximately one diameter or 1 1/2” whichever is smaller. c. Bushing equivalent to RMC above.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
260533 - 4 City of Ceres
Water Division

3. Intermediate metallic conduit(IMC)
a. Conduit: Intermediate weight, mild steel pipe, meeting the same requirements for finish and material as rigid steel conduit manufactured in accordance with UL 1242 and ANSI C80.6 specifications
b. Fittings (couplings, elbows, bends, etc.) equivalent to RMC above. c. Bushing equivalent to RMC above.

4. Electrical metallic tubing (EMT)
a. Conduit: Cold rolled steel tubing with zinc coating on outside and protective enamel on inside manufactured in accordance with UL 797 and ANSI C80.3 specifications.
b. Couplings: Steel or malleable iron with compression type fastener via a nut. c. Connectors: Steel or malleable iron with compression type fastener via a nut with plastic insulated throat rated at 150C minimum.

5. Rigid non-metallic conduit (PVC)
a. Conduit: PVC composed Schedule 40, 90C manufactured in accordance with NEMA TC 2 and UL 651 specifications.
b. Fittings: Molded PVC, slip on solvent welded type in accordance to NEMA TC 3.

6. Reinforced thermosetting resin conduit (RTRC)
a. Conduit: Fiber impregnated with a cured thermosetting resin compound in accordance with NEMA TC 14 and UL1684.
b. Fittings: Molded resin with glass reinforcement manufactured in the same process as the conduit bonded with an epoxy adhesive.

7. Flexible metallic conduit (FMC)
a. Conduit: Continuous, flexible steel spirally wound with zinc coating on both inside and outside in accordance with UL 1.
b. Connectors: Steel or malleable iron with compression type fastener via a nut with plastic insulated throat rated at 150C minimum.

8. Liquidtight flexible metallic conduit (LFMC)
a. Conduit: PVC coated, continuous, flexible steel spirally wound with zinc coating on both inside and outside in accordance with UL 360. b. Connectors: Steel or malleable iron with compression type fastener via a nut with plastic insulated throat rated at 150C minimum.

9. Miscellaneous Fittings and Products
a. Conduit sealing bushings: Steel or cast malleable iron body and pressure clamps with PVC sleeve, neoprene sealing grommets and PVC coated steel pressure rings. Supplied with neoprene sealing rings between body and PVC sleeve.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
260533 - 5 City of Ceres
Water Division
b. Watertight cable terminators: One piece, compression molded sealing ring with PVC coated steel pressure disks, stainless steel screws and zinc plated cast iron locking collar.
c. Watertight cable/cord connectors: Liquidtight steel or cast malleable iron body with sealing neoprene bushing and stainless steel retaining ring. d. Expansion fittings: Multi-piece unit of hot dip galvanized malleable iron or steel body and outside pressure bussing design to allow a maximum of 4” movement (2” in either direction). Furnish with external braid tinned copper bonding jumper. UL listed for both wet and dry locations. e. Expansion/deflection couplings: Multi-piece unit comprised of a neoprene sleeve, internal flexible tinned copper braid attached to bronze end couplings with stainless steel bands. Coupling to provide minimum of 3/4” movement and 30 degrees deflection from normal. UL listed for both wet and dry locations.
f. Conduit bodies: Raintight, malleable iron, hot-dip galvanized body with threaded hubs, stamped steel cover, stainless steel screws and neoprene gasket.
g. Other couplings, connectors and fittings shall be equal in quality, material and construction to items specified herein.

B. Boxes

1. Outlet boxes
a. Standard: Galvanized one-piece of welded pressed steel type in accordance with NEMA OS 1 and UL 514. Boxes shall not be less than 4” square and at least 1 1/2” deep.
b. Concrete: Galvanized steel, 4” octagon ring with mounting lug, backplate and adapter ring type in accordance with NEMA OS 1 and UL 514. Depth as required by application.
c. Masonry: Galvanized steel, 3.75” high gang box in accordance with NEMA OS 1 and UL 514.
d. Surface cast metal: Cast malleable iron body, surface mounted box with threaded hubs and mounting lugs as required in accordance with NEMA OS 1 and UL 514. Furnish with ground flange, steel cover and neoprene gasket.

2. Pull and junction boxes
a. Sheet metal boxes: Standard or concrete outlet box wherever possible; otherwise use 16 gauge galvanized sheet metal, NEMA 1 box sized per CEC with machine screwed cover.
b. Cast metal boxes: Install standard cast malleable iron outlet or device box when possible.
c. Flush mounted boxes: Install overlapping cover with flush head screws. d. In-ground mounted pull holes/boxes: Install pre-cast concrete box, sized per Drawing or CEC with pre-cast or traffic rated lid.

3. Floor boxes
a. Floor boxes shall be adjustable, cast metal body with threaded conduit openings, adjustable rings, brass flange or Lexan ring and cover plate with ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
260533 - 6 City of Ceres
Water Division
threaded plug. Include provisions to accommodate surface mounted telephone or receptacle outlet, or flush floor mounted telephone or receptacle outlet where shown on Drawings.

C. Pull line/cord

1. Polypropylene braided line or Let-line #232 or equal of 1/8” diameter with a minimum break strength of 200 pounds.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Thoroughly examine site conditions for acceptance of wire and cable installation to verify conformance with manufacturer and specification tolerances. Do not commence with work until all conditions are made satisfactory.

3.2 PREPARATION
A. Conduit

1. Provide all necessary conduit fittings, connectors, bushings, etc. required to complete conduit installation to meet the CEC/NEC and intended application whether noted, shown or specified within.

2. Location of conduit runs shall be planned in advance of the installation and coordinated with other trades.

3. Where practical, install conduits in groups in parallel vertical or horizontal runs that avoid unnecessary offsets.

4. All conduits shall be parallel or at right angles to columns, beams and walls whether exposed or concealed.

5. Conduits shall not be placed closer than 12” to a flue, parallel to hot water, steam line or other heat sources; or 3” when crossing perpendicular to the above said lines when possible.

6. Install exposed conduit as high as practical to maintain adequate headroom. Notify Engineer if headroom will be less than 102”.

7. Do not obstruct spaces required by Code in front of electrical equipment, access doors, etc.

8. The largest trade size conduit in concrete floors and walls shall not exceed 1/3 thickness or be spaced a less than three conduit diameters apart unless permitted by Engineer. All conduits shall be installed in the center of slab or wall, and never between reinforcing steel and bottom of floor slab.

9. Install additional pull boxes, not shown on Drawings, in sufficient quantities to facilitate pulling of conductors and cables such that total spacing does not exceed 150 feet or 270 degrees, total; and maximum pulling tension will not be exceeded.

10. When installing underground conduits to specified depth; depth shall be taken from finished grade as it will be at project completion. Should finish grade be above existing grade by an amount equal to or greater than specified depth, conduit shall be installed not less than 6” below existing grade.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
260533 - 7 City of Ceres
Water Division

11. Verify that information concerning finish grade is accurate, for should the underground run be less than the specified depth, Contractor may be required to re-install conduit to meet the required depth.

12. Unless otherwise specified, underground conduits shall be installed with top side not less than 24” below finished grade; this depth applies to all conduits outside of building foundations including those under walks, open corridors or paved areas.

13. Utility company service conduits installation depth shall be as directed by their respective specifications and requirements.

B. Boxes

1. Before locating outlet boxes, check Construction Documents for type of construction and make sure that there is no conflict with other equipment. Locate outlet boxes as shown and locate so as not to interfere with other Work or equipment.

2. Install all outlet boxes flush within walls, ceiling and floors except where installed within non-finished rooms, cabinetry, attic spaces or as indicated on Drawings.

3. Locate pull boxes and junction boxes within concealed, accessible locations where possible.

4. Do not install outlet boxes back-to-back with same stud space. Where shown back-to-back, offset as required, and fill void with sound dampening material where requested by Owner.

5. In fire rated walls separate boxes by 24” minimum and with stud member.

6. Adjust position of outlet boxes within masonry wall to accommodate course lines.

3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Conduit

1. Minimum conduit size shall be 3/4” unless otherwise indicated.

2. All conduit work shall be concealed unless otherwise indicated. Exposed conduits shall be permitted within unfinished rooms/spaces to facilitate installation.

3. Install conduit in complete runs prior to installing conductors or cables.

4. Make long radius conduits bends free from kink, indentations or flattened surfaces.

Make bends carefully to avoid injury or flattening. Bends 1 1/4” size and larger shall be factory made ells, or be made with a manufactured mechanical bender.

Heating of steel conduit to facilitate bending or that damage galvanized coating will not be permitted.

5. Remove burrs and sharp edges at end of conduit with tapered reamer.

6. Protect and cover conduits during construction with metallic bushings and bushing “pennies” to seal exposed openings.

7. Assemble conduit threads with anti-corrosion, conductive, anti-seize compound and tighten securely.

8. Install conduits shall that no traps to collect condensation exist.

9. Fasten conduit securely to boxes with locknuts and bushings to provide good grounding continuity.

10. Install pull cords/line within any spare or unused conduits of sufficient length to facilitate future cable installation.

11. Penetrations
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
260533 - 8 City of Ceres
Water Division
a. Locate penetrations within structural members as shown on Drawings and as directed by Architect or Engineer. Should it be necessary to notch any framing member, make such notching only at locations and in a manner as approved by Engineer.
b. Do not chase concrete or masonry to install conduit unless specifically approved by Engineer.
c. Cutting or holes
8) Install sleeves for cast-in-place concrete floors and walls. After installing conduit through penetration, seal using dry-pack grouting compound (noniron bearing, chloride free and non-shrinking) or fire rated assembly if rated floor or wall. Use escutcheon plate on floor underside to contain compound as necessary.
9) Cut holes with a hole saw for penetrations through non-concrete or nonmasonry members. 10) Provide chrome plated escutcheon plates at all publicly exposed wall, ceiling and floor penetrations.
d. Sealing
11) Non-rated penetration openings shall be packed with non-flammable insulating material and sealed with gypsum wallboard taping compound. 12) Fire rated penetration shall be sealed using a UL classified fire stop assembly suitable to maintain the equivalent fire rating prior to the penetration.
13) Use escutcheon plates to hold sealing or fire rated compound as necessary.
e. Waterproofing
14) Make penetrations through any damp-proofed/waterproofed surfaces within damp/wet locations as such as to maintain integrity of surface. 15) Install specified watertight conduit entrance seals at all below grade wall and floor penetrations.
16) At roof penetrations furnish roof flashing, counter flashing and pitchpockets compatible to roof assembly. 17) Where possible conduits that horizontally penetrate a waterproof membrane shall fall away from and below the penetration’s exterior side. 18) Make penetrations through floors watertight with mastic, even when concealed within walls or furred spaces.

12. Supports
a. Conduits shall be support and braced per OSHPD pre-approved anchorage systems when those methods are implemented and installed. b. Sizes of rods and cross channels shall be capable of supporting 4 times and 5 times actual load, respectively. Anchorage shall support the combined weight of conduit, hanger and conductors.
c. Support individual horizontal conduit 1 1/2” and smaller by means of 2 hole straps or individual hangers.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
260533 - 9 City of Ceres
Water Division
d. Galvanized iron hanger rods sizes 1/4” diameter and larger with spring steel fasteners, clips or clamps specifically design for that purpose for 1 1/2” conduits and larger.
e. Support multi-parallel horizontal conduits runs with trapeze type hangers consisting of 2 or more steel hanger rods, preformed cross channels, ‘J’ bolts, clamps, etc.
f. Support conduit to wood structures by means of bolts or lag screws in shear, to concrete by means of insert or expansion bolts and to brickwork by means of expansion bolts.
g. Support multi-parallel vertical conduits runs with galvanized Unistrut, PowerStrut or approved equal type supports anchored to wall. Where multi-floored conduits pass through floors, install riser clamps at each floor. h. Maximum conduit support spacing shall be in accordance with NECA Standard of Installation:
19) Horizontal runs:
20) 3/4” and smaller at 60” on centers, unless building construction prohibits otherwise, then 84” on centers.
21) 1” and larger at 72” on centers, unless building construction prohibits otherwise or any other condition, then 120” on centers. 22) Vertical runs:
23) 3/4” and smaller @ 84” on centers.
24) 1” and 1 1/4” @ 96” on centers.
25) 1 1/2” and larger @ 120” on centers.
26) Any vertical condition such as shaftways and concealed locations for any sized conduit, 120” on centers.
i. Anchorage for RMC/IMC supports unless otherwise specified:
27) < 1” IMC/RMC = #10 bolt/screw.
28) 1” IMC/RMC = 1/4” bolt/screw.
29) 1 1/2” and 2” IMC/RMC = 3/8” bolt/screw.
30) 3” IMC/RMC, 4” EMT = 1/2” bolt/screw.
31) > 3” IMC/RMC = 5/8” bolt/screw.
j. Anchorage for EMT supports unless otherwise specified:
32) < 1 1/2” EMT = #10 bolt/screw.
33) 1 1/2” EMT = 1/4” bolt/screw.
34) 2, 2 1/2” and 3” EMT = 3/8” bolt/screw.
35) 4” EMT = 1/2” bolt/screw.
36) > 4” EMT = 5/8” bolt/screw.

B. Boxes
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
260533 - 10 City of Ceres
Water Division

1. Install boxes as shown on Drawings and as required for splices, taps, wire pulling, equipment connections and Code compliance.

2. Install additional pull boxes, not shown on Drawings, in sufficient quantities to facilitate pulling of conductors and cables such that total spacing does not exceed 150 feet or 270 degrees, total; and maximum pulling tension will not be exceeded.

3. Install plaster rings on all outlet boxes in stud walls or in furred, suspended or exposed ceilings. Covers shall be of a depth suited for installation.

4. Provide gasketed cast metal cover plates where boxes are exposed in damp or wet locations

5. Install access door for boxes installed within concealed locations without access.

6. Install approved factory made knockout seal where knockouts are not present.

7. Refer to Architectural interior elevations and details shown for exact mounting heights of all electrical outlets. In general, locate outlets as shown or specific and complies with Americans with Disabilities Act:
a. Convenience outlets: +18”AFF or +6” above counter or splash. b. Local switches: +48”AFF or +6” above counter or splash. c. Telecommunication outlets: +18”AFF or +48”AFF for wall telephone or intercom device.
d. Verify all mounting heights with Architectural Drawings, and where heights are not suited for construction or finish please consult Engineer or Architect.

8. Use conduit bodies to facilitate pulling of conductor or cables or change conduit direction. Do not splice within conduit bodies.

9. Enclose pull box with additional rated gypsum board as necessary to maintain wall’s original fire rating.

10. Install galvanized steel coverplates on all open boxes within dry listed areas.

11. Install in-ground pull holes/boxes flush to grade finish at finished areas or 1” above finished landscaped grade. Seal all conduits terminating in pull hole/box watertight. Install and grout around bell ends where shown. Cover and lids shall be removable without damage to adjacent finish surfaces.

12. Support
a. Accurately place boxes for finish, independently and securely supported by adequate blocking or manufacturer channel type heavy-duty box hangers for stud walls. Do not use nails to support boxes.
b. Support boxes independent of conduit system.
c. Mount boxes installed within ceilings to 16 gauge metal channel bars attached to main runners or joists.
d. Support boxes within suspended acoustical tile ceilings directly from structure above when light fixture are to be installed from box. e. Use auxiliary plates, bar or clips and grouted in place for masonry, block or pour-in-place concrete construction.

3.4 APPLICATION
A. Conduit

1. RMC/IMC suitable for all damp, dry and wet locations except when in contact with earth. IMC not suitable for hazardous locations as stated within CEC/NEC.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
260533 - 11 City of Ceres
Water Division

2. CRMC suitable for damp or wet locations, concealed within concrete or in contact with earth.

3. EMT suitable for exposed or concealed dry, interior locations.

4. PVC/RTRC suitable for beneath ground floor slab, except when penetrating, and direct earth burial. Do not run exposed within concrete walls or in floor slab unless indicated on Drawings or per Engineer’s permission.

5. FMC suitable for dry locations only for connections to motors, transformers, vibrating equipment/machinery, controllers, valves, switches and light fixtures in less than 6 foot lengths.

6. LFMC application same as FMC above but for damp or wet locations.

B. Termination and joints

1. Use raceway fittings compatible with associated raceway and suitable for the location.

2. Raceways shall be joined using specified couplings or transitions where dissimilar raceway systems are joined.

3. Conduits shall be securely fastened to cabinets, boxes and gutters using (2) two locknuts and insulating bushing or specified insulated connector. Where joints cannot be made tight and terminations are subject to vibration, use bonding jumpers, bonding bushings or wedges to provide electrical continuity of the raceway system. Use insulating bushings to protect conductors where subjected to vibration or dampness. Install grounding bushings or bonding jumpers on all conduits terminating at concentric or eccentric knockouts.

4. Terminations exposed at weatherproof enclosures and cast outlet boxes shall be made watertight using specified connectors and hubs.

5. Stub freestanding equipment conduits through concrete floors for connections with top of coupling set flush with finished floor. Install plugs to protect threads and entrance of debris.

6. Install specified cable sealing bushings on all conduits originating outside the building walls and terminating within interior switchboard, panel, cabinet or gutters.

Install cable sealing bushings or raceway seal for conduit terminations in all grade level or below grade exterior pull, junction or outlet boxes.

7. Where conduits enter building from below grade inject into filled raceways preformulated rigid 2 lbs. density polyurethane foam suitable for sealing against water, moisture, insects and rodents.

8. Install expansion fitting or expansion/deflection couplings per manufacturer’s recommendations where:
a. Any conduit that crosses a building structure expansion joint; secure conduit on both sides to building structure and install expansion fitting at joint. b. Any conduit that crosses a concrete expansion joint; install expansion/deflection at joint.
c. Any conduit greater than 1-1/4” is routed along roof top in runs greater than 100 feet; install expansion fittings every 100 feet.
d. Engineer may allow FMC or LFMC in lieu of expansion fitting or expansion/deflection couplings on conduits 2” and smaller within accessible locations upon further review and written consent.

C. Boxes
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
260533 - 12 City of Ceres
Water Division

1. Standard type suitable for all flush installations and all dry concealed locations.

2. Concrete type suitable for all flush concrete installations.

3. Masonry type suitable for all flush concrete and block installations.

4. Surface cast metal type suitable for all exposed damp and wet surface mounted locations, and dry surface mounted locations less than 96” from finished floor

END OF SECTION
ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
260926 - 1 City of Ceres
Water Division
SECTION 26 09 36
MODULAR DIMMING CONTROLS – LUTRON
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Standalone lighting control systems and associated components:

1. Fluorescent electronic dimming ballasts.

2. LED drivers.

3. Power interfaces.

4. Main units.

5. Lighting control modules.

6. Digital dimming ballast and switching modules.

7. Control stations.

8. Low-voltage control interfaces.

9. Wired sensors.

10. Wireless sensors.

11. Accessories.

1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. 47 CFR 15 – Radio Frequency Devices; current edition.

B. ANSI C82.11 - American National Standard for Lamp Ballasts - High Frequency Fluorescent Lamp Ballasts - Supplements; 2011.

C. ANSI/ESD S20.20 - Protection of Electrical and Electronic Parts, Assemblies and Equipment (Excluding Electrically Initiated Explosive Devices); 2014.

D. ASTM D4674 - Standard Practice for Accelerated Testing for Color Stability of Plastics Exposed to Indoor Office Environments; 2002a (Reapproved 2010).

E. CAL TITLE 24 P6 – California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part 6 (California Energy Code); 2013.

F. CSA C22.2 No. 223 – Power Supplies with Extra-low-voltage Class 2 Outputs; 2015.

G. IEC 60929 - AC and/or DC-Supplied Electronic Control Gear for Tubular Fluorescent Lamps - Performance Requirements; 2015.

H. IEC 61000-4-2 - Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) - Part 4-2: Testing and Measurement Techniques - Electrostatic Discharge Immunity Test; 2008.

I. IEC 61000-4-5 - Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) - Part 4-5: Testing and Measurement Techniques - Surge Immunity Test; 2014.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
260926 - 2 City of Ceres
Water Division
J. IEC 61347-2-3 - Lamp Control Gear - Part 2-3: Particular Requirements for A.C. and/or D.C. Supplied Electronic Control Gear for Fluorescent Lamps; 2011.

K. IEEE 1789 - Recommended Practice for Modulating Current in High-Brightness LEDs for Mitigating Health Risks to Viewers; 2015.

L. IEEE C62.41.2 - Recommended Practice on Characterization of Surges in Low-Voltage (1000 V and less) AC Power Circuits; 2002 (Cor 1, 2012).

M. ISO 9001 - Quality Management Systems-Requirements; 2008.

N. NECA 1 - Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction; 2010.

O. NECA 130 - Standard for Installing and Maintaining Wiring Devices; National Electrical Contractors Association; 2010.

P. NEMA 410 - Performance Testing for Lighting Controls and Switching Devices with Electronic Drivers and Discharge Ballasts; National Electrical Manufacturers Association; 2011.

Q. NEMA WD 1 - General Color Requirements for Wiring Devices; National Electrical Manufacturers Association; 1999 (R 2010).

R. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; National Fire Protection Association; Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements.

S. UL 94 - Tests for Flammability of Plastic Materials for Parts in Devices and Appliances; Current Edition, Including All Revisions.

T. UL 508 - Industrial Control Equipment; Underwriters Laboratories Inc.; Current Edition, Including All Revisions.

U. UL 924 - Emergency Lighting and Power Equipment; Current Edition, Including All Revisions.

V. UL 935 - Fluorescent-Lamp Ballasts; Current Edition, Including All Revisions.

W. UL 1310 – Class 2 Power Units; Current Edition, Including All Revisions.

X. UL 1472 - Solid-State Dimming Controls; Current Edition, Including All Revisions.

Y. UL 1598C - Light-Emitting Diode (LED) Retrofit Luminaire Conversion Kits; Current Edition, Including All Revisions.

Z. UL 2043 - Fire Test for Heat and Visible Smoke Release for Discrete Products and Their Accessories Installed in Air-Handling Spaces; Current Edition, Including All Revisions.

AA. UL 8750 - Light Emitting Diode (LED) Equipment for Use in Lighting Products; Current Edition, Including All Revisions.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
260926 - 3 City of Ceres
Water Division

1.3 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Coordination:

1. Coordinate the placement of sensors and wall controls with millwork, furniture, equipment, etc. installed under other sections or by others.

2. Coordinate the placement of wall controls with actual installed door swings.

3. Coordinate the placement of daylight sensors with windows, skylights, and luminaires to achieve optimum operation. Coordinate placement with ductwork, piping, equipment, or other potential obstructions to light level measurement installed under other sections or by others.

4. Where motorized window treatments are to be controlled by the lighting control system provided under this section, coordinate the work with other trades to provide compatible products.

5. Coordinate the work to provide luminaires and lamps compatible with the lighting controls to be installed.

6. Notify Architect of any conflicts or deviations from the contract documents to obtain direction prior to proceeding with work.

B. Preinstallation Meeting: Conduct on-site meeting with lighting control system manufacturer prior to commencing work as part of manufacturer's standard startup services.

Manufacturer to review with installer:

1. Low voltage wiring requirements.

2. Separation of power and low voltage/data wiring.

3. Wire labeling.

4. Where Lighting Control Manufacturer Sensor Layout and Tuning service is specified in Part 2 under "LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS", sensor locations to be reviewed in accordance with layout provided by Lighting Control Manufacturer. Lighting Control Manufacturer may direct Contractor regarding sensor relocation should conditions require a deviation from locations indicated.

5. Control locations.

6. Load circuit wiring.

7. Connections to other equipment.

8. Installer responsibilities.

C. Sequencing:

1. Do not install sensors and wall controls until final surface finishes are complete.

1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures.

B. Design Documents: Where Lighting Control Manufacturer Sensor Layout and Tuning service is specified in Part 2 under "LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS", Lighting Control Manufacturer to provide plans indicating occupancy/vacancy and/or daylight sensor locations.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
260926 - 4 City of Ceres
Water Division
C. Product Data: Include ratings, configurations, standard wiring diagrams, dimensions, colors, service condition requirements, and installed features.

1. Occupancy/Vacancy Sensors: Include detailed basic motion detection coverage range diagrams.

D. Shop Drawings:

1. Provide schematic system riser diagram indicating component interconnections.

Include requirements for interface with other systems.

E. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Include application conditions and limitations of use stipulated by product testing agency. Include instructions for storage, handling, protection, examination, preparation, and installation of product.

F. Title 24 Acceptance Testing Documentation: Submit Certification of Acceptance and associated documentation for lighting control acceptance testing performed in accordance with CAL TITLE 24 P6, as specified in Part 3 under “COMMISSIONING”.

G. Project Record Documents: Record actual installed locations and settings for lighting control system components.

H. Operation and Maintenance Data: Include detailed information on lighting control system operation, equipment programming and setup, replacement parts, and recommended maintenance procedures and intervals.

I. Warranty: Submit sample of manufacturer's Warranty or Enhanced Warranty as specified in Part 1 under "WARRANTY". Submit documentation of final execution completed in Owner's name and registered with manufacturer.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70.

B. Maintain at the project site a copy of each referenced document that prescribes execution requirements.

C. Manufacturer Qualifications:

1. Company with not less than ten years of experience manufacturing lighting control systems of similar complexity to specified system.

2. Registered to ISO 9001, including in-house engineering for product design activities.

3. Qualified to supply specified products and to honor claims against product presented in accordance with warranty.

D. Title 24 Acceptance Testing Technician Qualifications: Certified by a California approved Acceptance Test Technician Certification Provider as an Acceptance Test Technician (ATT) in accordance with CAL TITLE 24 P6.

E. Maintenance Contractor Qualifications: Manufacturer's authorized service representative.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
260926 - 5 City of Ceres
Water Division

1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Store products in a clean, dry space in original manufacturer's packaging in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions until ready for installation.

1.7 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Maintain field conditions within manufacturer's required service conditions during and after installation.

1. System Requirements - Lutron, Unless Otherwise Indicated:
a. Ambient Temperature:
1) Lighting Control System Components, Except Those Listed Below:

Between 32 and 104 degrees F (0 and 40 degrees C).
2) Fluorescent Electronic Dimming Ballasts: Between 50 and 140 degrees F (10 and 60 degrees C).
b. Relative Humidity: Less than 90 percent, non-condensing.

1.8 WARRANTY
A. See Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements.

B. Include additional costs for manufacturer's Enhanced Warranty with manufacturer Startup; Silver Enhanced Warranty; Lutron LSC-E8S; coverage to include items listed under manufacturer's standard warranty with manufacturer start-up above, plus the following upgrades:

1. Manufacturer Lighting Control System Components, Except Ballasts/Drivers and Ballast Modules:
a. First Two Years:
1) As-available Field Service response; no committed response time. b. Additional Coverage for Years 3-5: 50 percent replacement parts coverage, no manufacturer labor coverage.
c. Additional Coverage for Years 6-8: 25 percent replacement parts coverage, no manufacturer labor coverage.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Basis of Design Manufacturer: Lutron Electronics Company, Inc; www.lutron.com or approved equal.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
260926 - 6 City of Ceres
Water Division

2.2 LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Sensor Layout and Tuning: Include additional costs for Lighting Control Manufacturer's Sensor Layout and Tuning service; Lutron LSC-SENS-LT:

1. Lighting Control Manufacturer to take full responsibility for wired or wireless sensor layout and performance for sensors provided by Lighting Control Manufacturer.

2. Lighting Control Manufacturer to analyze the reflected ceiling plans, via supplied electronic AutoCAD format, and design a detailed sensor layout that provides adequate occupancy sensor coverage and ensures occupancy and daylight sensor performance per agreed upon sequence of operations. Contractor to utilize the layouts for sensor placement.

3. During startup, Lighting Control Manufacturer to direct Contractor regarding sensor relocation, as required, should conditions require a deviation from locations specified in the drawings..

4. Lighting Control Manufacturer to provide up to two additional post-startup on-site service visits within one calendar year from Date of Substantial Completion to finetune sensor calibration per the agreed upon sequence of operations.

B. Provide products listed, classified, and labeled by Underwriter's Laboratories Inc. (UL) as suitable for the purpose indicated.

C. Unless specifically indicated to be excluded, provide all required equipment, conduit, boxes, wiring, connectors, hardware, supports, accessories, software, system programming, etc. as necessary for a complete operating system that provides the control intent indicated.

D. Shade Control Requirements:

1. Capable of operating shades and recalling shade presets via keypad, contact closure input, infrared receiver, lighting management system software, or other lighting control system interface.

2. Capable of operating any individual, group, or subgroup of shade electronic drive units within system without requiring separate group controllers.

3. Capable of assigning and reassigning individual, groups, and subgroups of shades to any control within system without requiring additional wiring or hardware changes.

4. Capable of controlling shade speed for tracking within plus or minus 0.125 inch (3.17 mm) throughout entire travel.

5. Provide 10 year power failure memory for preset stops, open and close limits, shade grouping and sub grouping and system configuration.

6. Capable of synchronizing multiple shade electronic drive units of the same size to start, stop and move in unison.

7. Capable of stopping shades within accuracy of 0.125 inch (3.17 mm) at any point between open and close limits.

8. Capable of storing up to 250 programmable stop points, including open, close, and any other position.

E. Design lighting control equipment for 10 year operational life while operating continually at any temperature in an ambient temperature range of 32 degrees F (0 degrees C) to 104 degrees F (40 degrees C) and 90 percent non-condensing relative humidity.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
260926 - 7 City of Ceres
Water Division
F. Electrostatic Discharge Tolerance: Design and test equipment to withstand electrostatic discharges without impairment when tested according to IEC 61000-4-2.

G. Dimming and Switching (Relay) Equipment:

1. Designed so that electrolytic capacitors operate at least 36 degrees F (2 degrees C) below the capacitor's maximum temperature rating when the device is under fully loaded conditions at maximum rated temperature.

2. Inrush Tolerance:
a. Utilize load-handling thyristors (SCRs and triacs), field effect transistors (FETs) and isolated gate bipolar transistors (IGBTs) with maximum current rating at least two times the rated operating current of the dimmer/relay. b. Capable of withstanding repetitive inrush current of 50 times the operating current without impacting lifetime of the dimmer/relay.

3. Surge Tolerance:
a. Panels: Designed and tested to withstand surges of 6,000 V, 3,000 amps according to IEEE C62.41.2 and IEC 61000-4-5 without impairment to performance.
b. Other Power Handling Devices: Designed and tested to withstand surges of 6,000 V, 200 amps according to IEEE C62.41.2 without impairment to performance.

4. Power Failure Recovery: When power is interrupted and subsequently restored, within 3 seconds lights to automatically return to same levels (dimmed setting, full on, or full off) as prior to power interruption.

5. Dimming Requirements:
a. Line Noise Tolerance: Provide real-time cycle-by-cycle compensation for incoming line voltage variations including changes in RMS voltage (plus or minus 2 percent change in RMS voltage per cycle), frequency shifts (plus or minus 2 Hz change in frequency per second), dynamic harmonics, and line noise.
1) Systems not providing integral cycle-by-cycle compensation to include external power conditioning equipment as part of dimming system.
b. Incorporate electronic "soft-start" default at initial turn-on that smoothly ramps lights up to the appropriate levels within 0.5 seconds. c. Utilize air gap off to disconnect the load from line supply. d. Control all light sources in smooth and continuous manner. Dimmers with visible steps are not acceptable.
e. Load Types:
1) Assign a load type to each dimmer that will provide a proper dimming curve for the specific light source to be controlled.
2) Provide capability of being field-configured to have load types assigned per circuit.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
260926 - 8 City of Ceres
Water Division
f. Minimum and Maximum Light Levels: User adjustable on a circuit-by-circuit basis.
g. Line Voltage Dimmers:
1) Dimmers for Magnetic Low Voltage (MLV) Transformers:
(a) Provide circuitry designed to control and provide a symmetrical AC waveform to input of magnetic low voltage transformers per UL 1472.
(b) Dimmers using unipolar load current devices (such as FETs or SCRs) to include DC current protection in the event of a single device failure.
2) Dimmers for Electronic Low Voltage (ELV) Transformers: Operate transformers via reverse phase control. Alternately, forward phase control dimming may be used if dimming equipment manufacturer has recommended specific ELV transformers being provided. 3) Dimmers for Neon and Cold Cathode Transformers:
(a) Magnetic Transformers: Listed for use with normal (low) power factor magnetic transformers.
(b) Electronic Transformers: Must be supported by the ballast equipment manufacturer for control of specific ballasts being provided.
h. Low Voltage Dimming Modules:
1) Coordination Between Low Voltage Dimming Module and Line Voltage Relay: Capable of being electronically linked to a single zone.
2) Single low voltage dimming module; capable of controlling the following light sources:
(a) 0-10V analog voltage signal.
(1) Provide Class 2 isolated 0-10V output signal conforming to IEC 60929.
(2) Sink current according to IEC 60929.
(3) Source current.
(b) 10-0 V reverse analog voltage signal.
(c) DSI digital communication.
(d) DALI broadcast communication per IEC 60929:
(1) Logarithmic intensity values complying with IEC 60929. (2) Linear intensity values for use with LED color intensity control.
(e) PWM per IEC 60929.

6. Switching Requirements:

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
260926 - 9 City of Ceres
Water Division
a. Rated Life of Relays: Typical of 1,000,000 cycles at fully rated 16 A for all lighting loads.
b. Switch load in a manner that prevents arcing at mechanical contacts when power is applied to and removed from load circuits.
c. Provide output fully rated for continuous duty for inductive, capacitive, and resistive loads.

H. Device Finishes:

1. Wall Controls: Match existing devices within space.

2. Standard Colors: Comply with NEMA WD1 where applicable.

3. Color Variation in Same Product Family: Maximum delta E of 1, CIE L*a*b color units.

4. Visible Parts: Exhibit ultraviolet color stability when tested with multiple actinic light sources as defined in ASTM D4674. Provide proof of testing upon request.

I. Provides one direct-wired occupancy sensor connection without interface or power pack.

2.3 LIGHTING CONTROL MODULES (LUTRON ENERGI SAVR NODE)
A. Provide lighting control modules as indicated or as required to control the loads as indicated.

B. General Requirements:

1. Listed to UL 508 as industrial control equipment.

2. Delivered and installed as a listed factory-assembled panel.

3. Passively cooled via free-convection, unaided by fans or other means.

4. Mounting: Surface.

5. Connection without interface to wired:
a. Occupancy sensors.
b. Daylight sensors.
c. IR receivers for personal control.

6. LED status indicators confirm communication with occupancy sensors, daylight sensors, and IR receivers.

7. Contact Closure Input:
a. Directly accept contact closure input from a dry contact closure or sold-state output without interface to:
1) Activate scenes.
(a) Scene activation from momentary or maintained closure. 2) Enable or disable after hours.
(a) Automatic sweep to user-specified level after user-specified time has elapsed.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
260926 - 10 City of Ceres
Water Division
(b) System will provide occupants a visual warning prior to sweeping lights to user-specified level.
(c) Occupant can reset timeout by interacting with the lighting system.
3) Activate or deactivate demand response (load shed).
(a) Load shed event will reduce lighting load by user-specified amount.

8. Emergency Contact Closure Input:
a. Turn all zones to full output during emergency state via direct contact closure input from UL 924 listed emergency lighting interface, security system or fire alarm system.
b. Allow configurable zone response during emergency state. c. Disable control operation until emergency signal is cleared.

9. Supplies power for control link for keypads and control interfaces.

10. Distributes sensor data among multiple lighting control modules.

11. Capable of being controlled via wireless sensors and controls.

C. Switching Lighting Control Modules:

1. Switching:
a. Rated Life of Relay: Typical of 1,000,000 cycles at fully rated 16 A for all lighting loads.
b. Load switched in manner that prevents arcing at mechanical contacts when power is applied to and removed from load circuits.
c. Fully rated output continuous duty for inductive, capacitive, and resistive loads. d. Module to integrate up to four individually controlled zones. e. Utilize air gap off, activated when user selects "off" at any control to disconnect the load from line supply.

D. 0-10V Lighting Control Modules:

1. Product(s):
a. Lutron 0-10 V Energi Savr Node; Model QSN-4T16-S: 16 A continuous-use per channel.
b. Lutron 0-10 V Energi Savr Node; Model QSN-4T20-S: 20 A (16 A ballast) continuous-use per channel.

2. Coordination Between Low Voltage Dimming Module and Line Voltage Relay:

Capable of being electronically linked to single zone.

3. Single low voltage dimming module; capable of controlling following light sources:
a. 0-10 V analog voltage signal.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
260926 - 11 City of Ceres
Water Division
1) Provide Class 2 isolated 0-10 V output signal conforming to IEC 60929.
2) Sink current per IEC 60929.
b. 10-0 V analog voltage signal.
1) Provide Class 2 isolated 0-10 V output signal conforming to IEC 60929.
2) Sink current per IEC 60929.

4. Switching:
a. Rated Life of Relay: Typical of 1,000,000 cycles at fully rated 16 A for all lighting loads.
b. Load switched in manner that prevents arcing at mechanical contacts when power is applied to and removed from load circuits.
c. Fully rated output continuous duty for inductive, capacitive, and resistive loads. d. Module to integrate up to four individually controlled zones. e. Utilize air gap off, activated when user selects "off" at any control to disconnect the load from line supply.

E. Digital Fixture Lighting Control Modules:

1. Provides two-way feedback with digital fixtures for energy monitoring, light level status, lamp failure reporting, and ballast/driver failure reporting.

2. Provide testing capability using manual override buttons.

3. Each low-voltage digital communication link to support up to 64 ballasts or LED drivers capable of NFPA 70 Class 1 or Class 2 installation.

2.4 CONTROL STATIONS
A. Provide control stations with configuration as indicated or as required to control the loads as indicated.

B. Wired Control Stations:

1. General Requirements:
a. Power: Class 2 (low voltage).
b. UL listed.
c. Provide faceplates with concealed mounting hardware. d. Borders, logos, and graduations to use laser engraving or silk-screened graphic process that chemically bonds graphics to faceplate, resistant to removal by scratching and cleaning.

2. Multi-Scene Wired Control:
a. General Requirements:
1) Allows control of any devices part of the lighting control system.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
260926 - 12 City of Ceres
Water Division
2) Allows for easy reprogramming without replacing unit. 3) Replacement of units does not require reprogramming. 4) Communications: Utilize RS485 wiring for low-voltage communication.
5) Software Configuration:
(a) Customizable control station device button functionality:
(1) Buttons can be programmed to perform single defined action.
(2) Buttons can be programmed to perform defined action on press and defined action on release.
(3) Buttons can be programmed using conditional logic off of a state variable such as time of day or partition status. (4) Buttons can be programmed to perform automatic
sequence of defined actions.
(5) Capable of deactivating select keypads to prevent
accidental changes to light levels.
(6) Buttons can be programmed for raise/lower of defined loads.
(7) Buttons can be programmed to toggle defined set of
loads on/off.
6) Status LEDs:
(a) Upon button press, LEDs to immediately illuminate.
(b) LEDs to reflect the true system status. LEDs to remain illuminated if the button press was properly processed or LEDs to turn off if the button press was not processed. (c) Support logic that defines when LED is illuminated:
(1) Scene logic (logic is true when all zones are at defined levels).
(2) Room logic (logic is true when at least one zone is on). (3) Pathway logic (logic is true when at least one zone is on).
(4) Last scene (logic is true when spaces are in defined scenes).
b. Wired Keypads
1) Communications: Utilize RS485 wiring for low-voltage communications link.
2) Mounting: Wallbox or low-voltage mounting bracket; provide wall plates with concealed mounting hardware.
3) Button/Engraving Backlighting:
(a) Utilize backlighting for buttons and associated engraving to provide readability under all light conditions.
(b) Backlight intensity adjustable via programming software.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
260926 - 13 City of Ceres
Water Division
4) Design keypads to allow field-customization of button color, configuration, and engraving using field-changeable replacement kits.
5) Contact Closure Interface: Provide two contact closure inputs on back of unit which provide independent functions from front buttons; accepts both momentary and maintained contact closures. 6) Terminal block inputs to be over-voltage and miswire-protected against wire reversals and shorts.
7) Provide integral infrared receiver for personal control. c. Wired Keypads
1) Mounting: Wallbox provide wall plates with concealed mounting hardware.
2) Design keypads to allow field-customization of button color, configuration, and engraving using field-changeable replacement kits.
3) Contact Closure Interface: Provide two contact closure inputs on back of unit which provide independent functions from front buttons; accepts both momentary and maintained contact closures. 4) Terminal block inputs to be over-voltage and miswire-protected against wire reversals and shorts.
d. Wired Keypads;
1) Mounting: Wallbox provide wall plates with concealed mounting hardware.
2) Button/Engraving Backlighting:
(a) Utilize backlighting for buttons and associated engraving to provide readability under all light conditions.
(b) Backlight intensity adjustable via programming software. 3) Design keypads to allow field-customization of button color, configuration, and engraving using field-changeable replacement kits.
4) Contact Closure Interface: Provide two contact closure inputs on back of unit which provide independent functions from front buttons; accepts both momentary and maintained contact closures. 5) Terminal block inputs to be over-voltage and miswire-protected against wire reversals and shorts.

3. Single-Scene or Zoned Wired Control:
a. Turn an individual fixture or group of fixtures on and off. b. Raise and lower light levels.
c. Recall favorite light levels.

4. Four-Button Preset Wallstation:
a. Recall four scenes plus all on or all off for one group of fixtures.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
260926 - 14 City of Ceres
Water Division
b. Master raise/lower control for entire group of fixtures. c. Integral IR receiver for personal control.
d. Immediate local LED response upon button activation to indicate that a system command has been requested.

5. Wired Keyswitch:
a. Allows control of any devices part of the lighting control system. b. Utilize RS485 wiring for low-voltage communication.
c. Functionality:
1) Allows for easy reprogramming without replacing unit. 2) Requires key insertion to activate actions.
d. Software Configuration:
1) Customizable control station device button functionality:
(a) Key positions can be programmed to perform single defined action.
(b) Key positions can be programmed using conditional logic off of a state variable such as time of day or partition status.

C. Wireless (Radio Frequency) Controls:

1. Product(s):
a. -Button Control
b. 2-Button Control with Night Light
c. 2-Button with Raise/Lower Control
d. 3-Button Control
e. 3-Button with Raise/Lower Control
f. 3-Button with Raise/Lower Control and Night Light
g. 4-Button Control
h. Single Pedestal
i. Double Pedestal
j. Triple Pedestal
k. Quadruple Pedestal
l. Screw Mounting Kit
m. Wallbox Adapter

2. Communicates via radio frequency to compatible dimmers, switches, and plug-in modules.

3. Does not require external power packs, power or communication wiring.

4. Allows for easy reprogramming without replacing unit.

5. Button Programming:
a. Single action.
b. Toggle action.
c. Defined action on press and defined action on release.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
260926 - 15 City of Ceres
Water Division

6. Includes LED to indicate button press or programming mode status.

7. Mounting:
a. Capable of being mounted with a table stand or directly to a wall under a faceplate.
b. Faceplates: Provide concealed mounting hardware.

8. Power: Battery-operated with minimum ten-year battery life.

D. Infrared Handheld Controls:

1. Designed for use in conjunction with compatible infrared receiver and lighting control; compatibility dependent on that receiver, not transmitter.

2. Learnable by other variable frequency remote controls.

2.5 LOW-VOLTAGE CONTROL INTERFACES
A. Provide low-voltage control interfaces as indicated or as required to control the loads as indicated.

B. UL listed.

C. Contact Closure Interface:

1. The contact closure input device to accept both momentary and maintained contact closures.

2. The contact closure output device can be configured for maintained or pulsed outputs.

3. Contact closure can be programmed using conditional logic off of a state variable such as time of day or partition status.

D. Wallbox Input Closure Interface:

1. Mounts in wallbox behind contact closure keypad to provide interface for up to eight contact closure inputs.

2. The contact closure input device to accept both momentary and maintained contact closures.

E. RS232 and Ethernet Interface:

1. Provide ability to communicate via Ethernet or RS232 to audiovisual equipment, touchscreens, etc.

2. Provide control of:
a. Light scene selections.
b. Fine-tuning of light scene levels with raise/lower.
c. Shade group presets.
d. Fine-tuning of shade preset levels with raise/lower.

ATTACHMENT B ITEM 6
260926 - 16 City of Ceres
Water Division
e. Simulate system wall station button presses and releases.

3. Provide status monitoring of:
a. Light scene status.
b. Shade group status.
c. Wall station button presses and releases.
d. Wall station LEDs.

4. Provide ability to send custom output strings.

F. DMX Interface:

1. Provide ability to:
a. Map a single zone intensity to a single DMX512 lighting channel. b. Map a single zone intensity to three DMX512 channels for RGB/CMY color control.
c. Map a single zone intensity to a single DMX512 integration channel. d. Smoothly transition from one color to another in a cross fade. e. Automatically sequence through a variety of colors.
f. Download, program, and customize a color wheel for each unit.

G. Sensor Modules:

1. Wired Modules:
a. Provide wired inputs for:
1) Occupancy sensors.
2) Daylight sensors.
3) IR receivers for personal control.
4) Digital ballast wall stations.